Citation
Leeward Islands gazette

Material Information

Title:
Leeward Islands gazette
Added title page title:
Supplement to the Leeward Islands gazette
Creator:
Leeward Islands (West Indies)
Place of Publication:
[Antigua
Publisher:
Gov. Printing Office]
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
1 online resource

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Politics and government -- Leeward Islands (West Indies) ( lcsh )
Law
Leeward Islands (Federation)
Montserrat
Genre:
serial ( sobekcm )
periodical ( marcgt )
Official gazettes ( fast )
Gazettes ( fast )
newspaper ( marcgt )

Notes

Dates or Sequential Designation:
1- , 1872-
General Note:
Two pages per frame.
General Note:
Supplements, issued with some numbers, contain departmental reports, Meteorological registers, ordinances, statutory rules and orders, etc., of Antigua, St. Kitts and Nevis, Montserrat, and the British Virgin Islands.
General Note:
Weekly
General Note:
Published by Authority, <27th March, 1941>-28th June, 1956.
General Note:
Open access via Digital Library of the Caribbean.
General Note:
Some issues called "extraordinary."
General Note:
Occasionally issued with "Supplement to the Leeward Islands gazette."
General Note:
Vol. 18, no. 10 (13th March 1890); title from caption (viewed July 10, 2023).
General Note:
Vol. 84, no. 30 (28th June, 1956) (viewed July 10, 2023).

Record Information

Source Institution:
University of Florida
Holding Location:
University of Florida
Rights Management:
This item is presumed to be in the public domain. The University of Florida George A. Smathers Libraries respect the intellectual property rights of others and do not claim any copyright interest in this item. Users of this work have responsibility for determining copyright status prior to reusing, publishing or reproducing this item for purposes other than what is allowed by fair use or other copyright exemptions. Any reuse of this item in excess of fair use or other copyright exemptions may require permission of the copyright holder. The Smathers Libraries would like to learn more about this item and invite individuals or organizations to contact Digital Services (UFDC@uflib.ufl.edu) with any additional information they can provide.
Resource Identifier:
001724221 ( ALEPH )
AJD6739 ( NOTIS )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
Antigua, Montserrat and Virgin Islands gazette

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text


THE LEEWARD
GAZETTE,

ISL

Published by Authority.

No. 27.





VOL. LXXXIV. THURSDAY, l4rve JUNE, 1956.
NI 7 N i i 6 2 re
Notices. No. 71 No. 21 of 1956, roe.
ee : : dated June 6, 1956, bringing
The following Ordinances and operation the Prison

a aaa OF ORDINANCES.
0. OU.

The Secretary of State for the
Colonies has informed the Governor
that the power of disallowance will
not be exercised in respect of the
undermentioned Ordinances:—

Antigua.

No. 15 of 1955, “The Public Ser-
‘vice Commission Ordinance, 1955”.

No. 17 of 1955, “ The Interpretation
of Laws (Amendment) Ordinance,
1955”.

No. 2 of 1956. “The Package Tax
(Repeal) Ordinance, 1956.”

Saint Christopher-Neuis- Anguilla,

No. 1 of 1956. “The Interpretation
of Laws (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956”.

No. 3 of 1956, “ The Public Service
Commission Ordinance, 1956”.

Montserrat.

No. 7 of 1955, “ The Supplementary
Appropriation (1953) Ordinance,
1955.”

No. 1 of 1956, ““ The Public Service
Commission Ordinance, 1956.”

No. 70.

The Governor has been pleased to
assent to the undermentioned Ordi-
nances:—

Antigua.

No. 16 of 1956, “ The Cotton Export

Levy (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 8
Montserrat.

No. 13 of 1956, “The Lunacy and

Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”
June 6
Virgin Islands.
No. 4 of 1956, “ The Publication of
Official Matters Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5
‘No. 5 of 1956, “The Laws and
Public Offices (Change of Terms)
Ordinance, 1956.” June 5

No. 6 of 1956, ‘‘ The Interpretation

of Laws (Repeal) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5

No. 7 of 1956, “The Prison

(Amendment) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5

No. 8 of 1956, “ The Crown Pro-
ceedings (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956.” June 5

No. 9 of 1956, “The Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”

June 5

No. 10 of 1956, “The Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956.” June 5

No. 11 of 1956, “The Currency,
Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinanee,
1956.” June 5

LP 727L
L ¥97

Statutory Rules and Orders are circu-
lated with this Gazette and form
part thereof:—

ORDINANCES.
Antigua.

No. 16 of 1956, “The Cotton
Export Levy (Amendment) Ordi-
nance, 1956.” 2 pp, Price 4 cts.

Montserrat.

No. 12 of 1956, “The Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956.”
21 pp. Price 24 cts.

Virgin Islands.

No. 8 of 1956, “The Crown Pro-
ceedings (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956.” 5 pp. Price 8 cts.

No, 9 of 1956, “The Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”
30 pp. Price 33 cts.

No. 11 of 1956, “The Currency,
Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinance,
1956.” 3 pp. Price 6 cts.
STATUTORY RULES & ORDERS.

General Government.

* Proclaination
into
(Amendnient)
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 12 of 1256).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

Montserrat.

No. 11 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,
1955 (No. 10 of 1955).”

1 pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 12 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 9 of 1956).”

1 pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 13 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Leprosy Ordinance
1956 (No. 12 of 1956).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

Virgin Islands.

No. 17 of 1956 “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Lunacy and Mental
Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

No. 19 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Currency, Coinage and

' Legal Tender Ordinance, 1956.”

No. 22 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 6, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prisons (Repeal) Act,
1955 (No. 10 of 1955).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

No. 23 of 1956, ‘The Pensions
Laws (Adaptation) Regulations,
1956,” 5 pp. Price 8 cts.

No. 24 of 1956, ‘ Proclamation
dated June 14, 1956, dissolving the
General Legislative Council of the
Leeward Islands. 1 pp, Price 3 cts.

Antigua.

No. 18 of 1956, “ The Traffic Signs
(Kinds and Descriptions) (Amend-
ment) Regulations, 1956.”

2 pp. Price 4 cts.

No. 19 of 1956, “ The Prison Rules,
1956.”
(Price to be notified in a later issue)

No. 20 of 1956, “ Proviamation
dated June 6, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,

1955 (No. 4 of 1955).”
1 pp: Price 3 ats,

L pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 20 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956. bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,

1954 (No. 12 of 1954).”
1 pp. Price 3 cents.

No. 21 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956.”

1 pp. Price 3 cents.



It is hereby notified for general
information that Mr. E. C. WINTER,
Agricultural Assistant III, Peasant
Development Services, Agricultural
Department, Antigua, has been
appointed additional Protection
Officer during the Cotton Close Season
from the lst June, 1956.

Administrator's Office,
Antigua.
1st June, 1956.

Ref. A. 13/106-II.

-



ee





102

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
ANTIGUA, 5th June, 1956

SOCONY MOBIL OIL CO. INC.
of 26 Broadway, New York, State
of New York, have applied for regis-
ration of one Trade Mark consisting
of the following :—

‘MOBIL

in respect of Chemicals derived
from petroleum for various
uses in industry, and all the
other goods in the class; and in
respect of petroleum and pro-
ducts of petroleum with or
without admixtures of other
materials for illuminating,
heating, power, burning, lubri-
cating, cutting, greasing,
tempering, quenching, slushing
and flushing; mineral wax, can-
dles, and penetrating oils; and
chemicals derived from. petro-
leum for various uses in indus-
try and all the other goods in
that class.

Class
1

Class
2

Class
47

The Applicants claim that they
have used the said Trade Mark in
respect of the said goods for more
than 21 years before the date of their
said Application.

Any person may within three
months from the date of the first
appearance of this Advertisement in
the Leeward Istands Gazette, give
notice in duplicate at the ‘Trade
Marks Office, Antigua, of opposition
to registration of the said Trade
Mark.

OECIL O. BYRON,
Aoting Registrar of Trade Marks.



PAINFALL FIGURES.

Central Experiment Station



Antigua.

Month. 1952, 1953. 1954, 1055. 1986.
Jan. 2.41 1.93 3.04 2.16 5,15
Feb. 1.60 1,02 2,45 68 1,23
Mar. 1.62 5.60 1.08 83 = 1.40
April 3.14 2.06 49 1.75 3.83
May 3.07 150 3.83 281 2.58
To 9th June 27 (10 1°16 ‘48 ‘72

12°11 12°21] 12°05) §=8'71 «14°91



THE LEEWARD ISLANDS GAZETTE.

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
ANTIGUA, 5th June, 1956.
N.V.J. VAN DORP of GOUDA
(The Netherlands), VAN BERGEN
I JZENDOORNPARK 10 have ap-
applied for Registration of one Trade
Mark consisting of the following:—



in Class 42, that is to say, milk, milk
products and infants’ food.

The Applicants claim that they
have used the said Trade Mark in
respect of the said goods for 4 years
before the date of their said Applica-
tion. :

Any person may within three
months from the date of the first
appearance of this Advertisement in
the Leeward Islands Gazette, give
notice in duplicate at the Trade
Marks Office, Antigua, of opposition
to registration of the said Trade
Mark.

CECIL O. BYRON,

Acting Registrar of Trade Marks.



Statement showing British Caribbean Coin
circulation in the British Caribbean
Territories (Eastern Group) on 1st
May, 1956.

Average circulation during
March, 1956 $1,563,832.00

British Caribbean Coins in cir-

culation Ist May, 1956

Trinidad & Tobago $562,900
Barbados 379,725
British Guiana 379,725
Grenada 76,000
St. Vincert 61,025
St. Lucia 103,750
Dominiea 73,350
Antigna 61,775
St. Kitts 57,250
Montserrat 10,800

1,766,300

L. SPENCE,
Executive Commissioner,
Br. Caribbean Currency Board.

British Caribbean Currency Board,
Treasury Chambers,
Port of Spain,
Trinidad.
Ref. No. 24/00079.

{14 June, 1956.

Statement of Currency Note
Circulation in the British
Caribbean Territories (East-
ern Group) on ist May,
1956.

Average circulation during March,
1956:—

Br. Caribbean Cur- $
rency Notes 57,290,721.00
Demonetized Gov't.

Notes outstanding 1,212,983.00





58,503,704.00



Br. Caribbean Currency Notes in
circulation on lst May, 1956:
$

Trinidad & Tobago ... 27,714,148.00







Barbados -- 5,829,625.00

British Guiana «+» 14,779,050.00

Grenada » 2,754,100-00

St. Vincent 504,400.00

St. Lucia 934,000.00

Dominica 1,257,400.00

Antigua 1,905,300.00

St. Kitts 1,519.500.00

Montserrat 329,905.00
Total Br. Caribbean

Currency Notes _ ... 57,527,428.00
Demonetized Trinidad

and Tobago Gov't.

Notes outstanding --. 816,771.00
Demonetized Br.

Guiana Gov’t.

Notes outstanding .... 301,774.00
Demonetized Barbados

Gov’t. Notes

outstanding 77,119.00
Total demonetized

Government Notes

outstanding 1,195,664.00
Total circulation

on Ist May, 1956 58,723,092.00

L. SPENCE,

Lxecutive Commissioner,
British Caribbean
Currency Board.

British Caribbean Currency Bourd,
Treasury Chambers,
Port of Spain,
Trinidad, B.W.I.

No.24/00044



14 June, 1956. ] THE LEEWARD ISLANDS GAZETTE. 103

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
Antigua, 5th June, 1956.

CREAM OF WHEAT (CANADA) LTD., of 312 Chambers Street, Winnipeg, Manitoba,
CANADA, have applied for Registration of one Trade Mark consisting of the following :—

CREAM OF WHEAT

in Class 42 that is to say: Cereal foods.

The Applicants claim that they have used the said Trade Mark in respect of the said goods
since Ist March, 1895 before the date of their said Application.

Any person may within three months from the date of the first appearance of this Advertise-
ment in the Leeward Islands Gazette, give notice in duplicate at the Trade Marks Office, Antigua, of
Opposition to registration of the said Trade Mark.

Cxciz O. Byron,
Acting Registrar of Trade Marks.

ANTIGUA.,
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands, hy EARL Piaort,
Acting Government Printer.--By Authority.

1956.
) : 2D





y

we

No. 16 of 1956. Cotton Export Levy (Amendment)

[L.S.]

I Assent,
K. W. Buiacksurnr,
Governor.
8th June, 1956.

ANTIGUA.
No. 16 of 1956.

An Ordinance to amend further the Cotton Export
Levy Ordinange, 1933.

r
- (1st January, 1956]

Ne EXA@TED by the Legislature of Antigua as
tollows:—

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Cotton
Export Levy (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956 and shall be
read ag one with the Cotton Export Levy Ordinance, 1933,
as amended, hereinafter called the Principal Ordinanee.

2. Section 3 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended by the substitution of the words “two cents”
for the words “ one haif penny ”.

3. Section 6 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended by the deletion of the full-stop at thé end of the
section and the addition thereto of the words “or the
Antigua Cotton Growers’ Association”.

4. This Ordinance shall be deemed to have come
into operation on the Ist day of January, 1956.

Avec LOovELACcK,
President.

ANTIGUA.



Q

Commence:
rent,

Short title,

9/1983,
3/1987.

Amendment
of section 3 of
the Principal
Ordinance.

Amendment
of section 6 of
the Principal
Ordinance,

Commence-
ment,

ee fale,



ANTIGUA. 2 Cotton Export Levy (Amendment) No. 16 of 1956.

Passed the Legislative Council this 14th day of May,
1956.

F. A. Ciarkg,
Acting Clerk of the Council.

ANTIGUA,
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands.
hy Earn Pigorr, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956,
A. 25/14—520—-6.56. [Price 4 cents.]





No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. MONTSERRAT,

[L.8.}
I Asssnr,
K. W. Buacxzurnr,
(rovernor.
23th May, 1956.

MONTSERRAT.
No. 12 of 1956.

An Ordinance to make provision for the segrega-
tion and treatment of lepers for their
removal trou. the Colony to a leprosarium
outside the Colony and for other matters
incidental thereto and connected therewith.

[By Proclamation | Commence-

ENACTED by the Legislature of Mont-
serrat.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Short title.
Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.

&
Â¥
2. In this Ordinance, unless the context Interpreta-
otherwise requires— a
4 °
; ‘‘alleged leprous patient”? means a person

showing physical signs, deformities,
or other stigmata usually associated
with leprosy and from which it may
reasonably be inferred that he is
suffering from leprosy;

“Arrangement” means an Arrangement.
made under section 3;

‘criminal lunatic” means a person detained
in custody by reason of his having been
charged with an offence, and cither
found to have been insane at the time
of such offences, or found or certified or
otherwise lawfully proved to be unfit
on the ground of his insanity to be tried
for the same, and includes a person
convicted of an offenee and afterwards
certified or otherwise lawfully proved
to be insane;



MONTSERRAT,

Power to Ad-
ministrator to
make Arrange-
ment with
Administrator
of Antigua.

Power to
Administra-
tor to order
removal of
leprous pa-
tient pursu-
ant to ar-
ranyementa,

2 Leprosy. No. 1% of 1956.

“Form” means a Form in the First

Schedule;

‘“‘leprosariim ” means a leprosarinm to
which leprous patients or voluntary
patients in the Colony may be admitted
by virtue of an Arrangement;

“Jeprous patient”? means a person suffering
from any type of leprosy and certified
as such under the provisions of this
Ordinances

“licensed leprous patient”? means a leprous
patient to whom a licence has been
issued uader subsection (1) of section 9;

“public service vehicle” means a motor
vehicle used for carrying passenvers for
hire or reward, whether at separate and
distinct fares for their respective places
or not;

“Schedule” means Schedule to this Ordi-
nance;

“ section’ means section of this Ordinance;
“voluntary patient” means a person de-
scribed in subsection (1) of section 8.

3. (1) The Administrator may on behalf
of the Colony enter into an Arrangement with
the Administrator of Antigua, upon such terms
and subject to such conditions as they may con-
sider appropriate for the reception and detention
in and discharge from a leprosariuin of any
leprous patient or voluntary patient in the
Colony.

(2) Any Avrangement made under this
section may be varied or revoked by a subsequent
Arrangement.

4. Where under the provisions of subsec-
tion (1) an Arrangement bas been made, the
Administrator may by order under his band in
Form A direct the removal of any leprous patient
from the Colony to a iepresariun: and such order
shall be suthcient authority for the removal of



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 3

such leprous patient from the Colony, his con-
veyance to, and his :vcepsion and detention in,
the leprosarium, and in the event ot his escape
therefrom, his capture and return to the said
leprosarium

5. (1) Whenever a leprous patient or an
alleged leprous pee is an inmate of any
premises used for hiunan habitation (not being a
leprosarium), the head of the family to which
such inmate belongs, and in his default the
nearest relation of such inmate living on the
premises or being in attendance on such inmate,
and in default of any such relative the occupier
of the premises, shall, as soon as he becomes
aware that such inmate is a leprous patient or
shows signs from which if may reasonably be
inferred that he is suffering from leprosy, notify
a governinent medical ollicer accordingly.

(2) Hvery medical practitioner attending on
or called to visit a patient shall forthwith, on
becoming aware that the patient is suffering from
leprosy or a disease suspected to be leprosy, send
to a government medical officer a notification in
Form B stating the names and surname, race, age
and sex of the patient, the address of the premises,
and the disease from which, in the opinion of such
medical practitioner, such patient is suffering or
suspected to be suffering. For every such notifica-
tion a fee of twenty-four cents shall be paid to the
medical practitioner out of public funds.

(3) Every person who fails to comply with
any of the provisions of subsections (1) and (2) of
this section shall be liable on summary conviction
to # fine of twenty-four dollars.

(4) The expression “ occupier ” in this section
imcludes a person having the charge, management,
or control of any premises or of any part “thereof
and in the case of a house, the whole or any part
of which is let to lodgers, the person receiving the
rent payable by the tenants or lodgers, either on
his own account or as the agent of anuther, and
in the case of a ship, vessel or boat, the master or
ether person for the time beimg in charge thereof.

MoNTSERRAT.

Notification
of leprosy.



MONTSERRAT.

Powers of
government
medical
officer to
examine
alleged
leprous
patients,

4 Leprosy, No. 12 of 1956

(5) The provisions of subeeenou: (1) and (2)
of this section shall not apply in the case of a
leprous patient in whose ease a permit has been
issued under the provisions of subsection (1) of
section 9 and who duly complies with the conditions
thereof and with any regulations made under
paragraph (¢) of subsection (1) of section 29.

6. (1) Whenever a government medical
officer has reasonable cause to believe that any
person is a leprous patient or an alleged leprous
patient, it shall be lawful for such medical officer
to require In writing, such person to attend ata
specified place to be examined, or such medical
officer may enter without previous notice and with
such attendance as he thinks expedient, the house
building or place in which such person is reported
to be, and examine such person with a view to
ascertaining whether he is suffering from leprosy,

(2) In the event of a government medical
officer being in any way obstrueted when acting in
the exercise of the powers conferred upon him by
aubsection (1) of this section or in the event of a
Jeprous patient or alleged leprous patient refusing
or failing to attend at any specified place to be
examined or refusing to be examined, it shall be
lawful for the Magistrate on report made to lim
by any such government medical officer and atrer
enquiry to issue an order in Form C authorising
entry or examination, or both, and any person to
whom such order is exhibited and who refuses
admittance or obstructs or evades the examination,
as the case may be, shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine ‘Or one hundred dollars and it
shall be lawful for such vovernment medical officer
to have the leprous patient or alleged leprous
patient removed, by force if necessary, in the
custody of a constable or other person, to a hospital
or other suitable place, and temporarily detained
therein pending examination.

(3) UH, after examining a person under the
provisions of subsection (1) or of suhsection 2)
of this section, the government medical oficer

is of opinion that the person examincd is a
leprous patient and that the leprous patieni is



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 5

living under conditions which are favourable to
the spread of leprosy to other persons. he may
cause such leprous patient to be removed, by
force if necessary, in the custody of a constable
or other person to an hospital or other suitable
place, and temporarily detained therein pending
the issue by the Administrator of an order for
his removal and detention in a leprosarium.

(4) No person shall, without the order of
a Magistrate, be temporarily detained under this
section for a period exceeding seven days :

Provided that a Magistrate, on application
made in writing or in person by the govern-
ment medical officer who ordered temporary
detention may, after enquiry, make an order in
Form PD extending the aforesaid period of seven
days for the purpose of further examination or
observation of the alleged leprous patient or
pending the issue by the Administrator of an
order for his removal and detention in a lepro-
sarium.

7. Whenever a government medical officer
is of opinion that a person is a leprous patient
and should be detained in a leprosarium he shall
issue a certificate to that effect in Form I: and
forward if to a Magistrate. On receiving such
certificate the Magistrate may, after enquiry,
issue a warrant in Form F ordering the deten-
tion of such leprous patient in an hospital or
other suitable place, pending the issue by the
Administrator of an order for his removal and
detention in a leprosariura.

8. (1) Any person desirous of heing admit-
ted into « leprosarium (hereinafter referred to as
a “voluntary patient”) may make an applica-
tion to the Administrator in Form G.

(2) On the receipt of any such application
the Administrator shall forward it to a govern-
ment medical officer requesting bim to examine
the voluntary patient and determine whether hia
admission to a leprosarium is necessary and in the
interests of the community. If the government

Monrsprerat.

Detention in
leprosarium,

Voluntary
application
for admission
to lepro-
sarium.



MONTAERRAT.

Leprous
patient not
detained in
leprosarium,

6 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

medical officer is satisfied that a voluntary
patient ought to be admitted to a leprosarium
he shall inform the Administrator accordingly
and the Administrator shall take steps to secure
the voluntary patient’s admission to a lepro-
sarium.

(3) Where under this section the Adminis-
trator has taken such steps as may be required
to secure a voluntary patient's admission to a
leprosarium, such patient shall be decmed to
have consented to his removal from the Colony
to the leprosariuim and shall undertake to remain
therein until discharged in accordance with the
provisions of an Arrangement to conform to
the rales regulating the obligation, conduct and
discipline of patients detained in the leprosarium
and not toleave the said leprosarium without bein
discharged as aforesaid.

(4) Such voluntary patient, after his reception
into a leprosarium, shall not, unless discharged. in
accordance with the terms of an Arrangement be
entitled to leave such leprosariui, and, in case of
leaving without being discharged as aforesaid, may
be captured and reconveyed thereto in accordance
with the terms of the said Arrangement.

(5) Where a voluntary patient refuses to leave
the Colony after the Administrator has taken sach
steps as may be required for his reception and
detention in a leprosarium, the Administrator may
issue an order under his hand in Form H directing
any constable to remove the said patient from the
Colony and deliver him to the leprosarium in
respect of which the voluntary patient has applied
for admission.

9. (1) Whenever a government medical officer
decides that a person, although a leprous patient
need not, subject to certain conditions and restric-
tious, reside within « leprosarium, he shall issue
@ permit in duplicate in Form J specifying the
conditions and restrictions subject to which the
leprous patient (hereinafter called a “licensed
leprous patient”) may be allowed to reside in any
premises in the Colony:



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 7

Provided that any such permit may be
revoked or from time to time varied by the govern-
ment medical officer who issued it.

(2) One copy of any permit issued under sub-
section (i) of this section shall be delivered by the
government medical officer to the licensed leprous
patient named therein, and a copy shall be kept on
record in the medical department of the Colony :

Provided that in cuse of revocation or vari-
ation of any such permit, written notice of such
revocation or any such variation shall be delivered
to the liecnsed leprous patient and a copy kept on
record’ as provided by this subsection.

10. It shall be lawful for the Magistrate on
complaint upon oath of any credible witness that
any leprous patient or alleged leprous patient has
been wandering about begging or collecting alms,
or seeking precarious support, or exposing his
leprosy in any public road, street, or place, to order
such paticnt to appear before a» government medical
officer, and, if he thinks it necessary, such Magis-
trate may . after enquiry, issue a warrant under his
hand in orm K directing any constable to cause
such leprous patient or alleged leprous patient to be
brought for examination by a government medical
officer nt a time and place to be specified in such
warrant.

11. For the purposes of any enquiry made
by tt Magistrate under the provisions of sections 6,
7, or 10, the Magistrate shall have the same pow-
ers as if the leprous patient or alleged leprous
patient were a person against whom a complaint
for a summary offence has been laid:

Provided that the Magistrate may, if he thinks
fit, proceed with such enquiry in the absence of the
leprous patient or alleged leprous patient, and
without proof of the service of any summons or
other notification upon such patient (except that
in the case of an enquiry under section 7 such
patient shall be given on opportunity of being
present if he so desires):

Provided further that such enquiry shall not

MONTSERRAT.

Powers of
Magistrates
with regard
to leprous
patients
wandering,
etc,

Enquiry by
Magistrate.



MOoNTSHRRAT,

Leprous
patient
oharged with
offence or
undergoing
imprison-
ment,

32 & 33 Vict,
¢. 10.

Leprous
patient who
is a criminal
lunatic.

47 & 48 Vict.
ec. 31,

Prohibition
of certain
callings to
leprous
patients,

8 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.
be conducted in court and may be conducted in
such place as the Magistrate may deem suitable.

12. (1) Whenever a leprous patient is
brought before any conrt charged with any offence
and is remanded in custody, such court may order
that the said patient be detained in a hospital, or
other place where he can be suitably isolated
during the period of remand.

(2) If a leprous patient under sentence of
imprisonment is removed from the Colony under
the provisions of the Prisoners Removal Act, 1869,
he shall if he is not fit for discharge from the
leprosarium on the expiration of his sentence of
imprisonment continue to be detained therein but
shall be treated as an ordinary leprous patient.

18. Whenever a leprous patient who is also
a criminal lunatic is removed from the Colony in
accordance with the provisions of the Colonial
Prisoners Removal Act, 1884, he may be contined
in a leprosarium, and if the said leprous paticnt is
under sentence of imprisonment the time during
which he is detained in a leprosarium shall be
reckoned in accordance with the Prison Rules from
time to time in force as if such detention had been
in prison:

Provided further that if at the expiration of
the period of imprisonment such leprous patient
is found to be no longer insane he shall continue
to be detained in the leprosarium as an ordinary
leprous patient.

14. (1) No licensed leprous patient shall
carry on any of the trades or callings specified in
the Second Schedule and the Administrator may,
by proclamation, vary or alter such Schedule from
time to time.

(2) Any licensed leprons patient who shall
carry on any trade or calling as aforesaid, and any
person who shall knowingly employ any such
licensed leprous patient in any such trade or calling,
shall be liable on summary conviction toa fine of

fifty dollars.



No. 12 of 1956 Leprosy. 9
15. Any person knowing that he 1s suffering
from leprosy eho enters any hotel, boarding-honse,
lodging house, shop Cn food or drink is sold),
public 3 service vehicle or pu hlie bath, and the pro-
prietor or person for the time being in charge of any
hotel or other place or vehicle aforesaid, who shall
knowingly allow any leprous patient to enter the
same shall bo liable on summary conviction to « fine
of one hundred dollars and any leprous patient who
refuses to comply when being forbidden entry into
orasked to leave any place or vehicle aforesaid may
be arrested without warrant by any person and taken
immediately to the nearest. police station:

Provided that when a leprous patient is in
actual possession of valid permit issued under the
provisions of subsection (1) of section 9 allowing
him to do any of the acts enumerated above the
provisions of this section shall not apply.

16.

Tf a licensed leprous patient—

(a) prepares or handles any article of
food or drink intended for consumption by any
member of the public; or

(b) sells, exposes, or offers for sale, any
article of food or drink,

fine

he shall be liable on summary conviction to 4
of one hundred dollars.

17. Any person whosells, exchanges or gives
away any article of food or drink which to Ins
knowledge, has been prepared or handled by a
licensed leprous patient, or with which a licensed
leprous patient has come in contact, shall be liable
on summary conviction toa fine of one hundred
dollars:

Provided that the provisions of this section
shall not apply in respect of sales, exchanges and
gifts or articles of food or drinks as between
licensed leprous patients.

18. Any person who knowingly purchases or
receives from any licensed leprous patient any
articles of whatsoever nature ehall be liable on sum-

MONTSERRAT.

Leprous
patients using
public service
vehicles, etc,

Preparation
of food by
Jeprous
patient.

Sale, etc. of
food prepared
by leprous
patient.

Obtaining
articles from
licensed
loprous
patients,



MONTSERRAT, -

Cleansing and

disinfecting
of premises.

10 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

mary conviction toa fine of fifty dollare or to
imprisonment for one month,

19. (1) Where a government medical officer
is satisfied that the cleansing and disinfection of any
premises, and the disinfection or destruction of any
articles therein likely to retain infection, would tend
to prevent the spread of leprosy, the government
medical officer shall give notice to the occupier of
the premises that he will at the occnpier’s cost
cleanse and disinfect the premises and disinfect, or,
as the case may require, destroy anv such asticles
therein unless, within twenty-four hours after the
receipt of the notice, the occupier informs the
government medical officer that within the time
fixed in the notice the ocenpier will take such steps
as are specified therein.

(2) If within twenty-four hours after the
receipt of the notice the person to whom it is given
does not inform the government medical officer as
aforesaid, or if, having so informed the government
medical officer, he fails to take such steps as afore-
said to the pause ct on of the said government
medical officer within the time fixed in the notice
the government medical officer may cause the
premises to be cleansed and disinfected and the
articles to be disinfected or destroyed, as the case
may require, and may, if he think fit, recover from
auch person the expenses reasonably incurred by
the government medical officer in so doing.

(3) For the purpose of carrying into effect
this section, a government medical officer may enter
by day on any premises.

(4) Where the occupier of any premises is in
the opinion of a government medical officer unable
effectively to take sneh steps as he considers
necessary, he may, without giving such notice as
aforesaid but with the consent of such occupier,
take the required steps and the cost thereof shall he
a charge on public funds.

»



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 11

(5) Where a government medical officer has
under this section disinfected any premises or
article, or destroyed any articles, he may, if he

think fit, pay compensation to any person who has
suffered danage by his action.

(6) J*or the purposes of this section, the
owner of unoccupied premises shall be deemed to
be in occupation thereof.

20. A person who-ceages to occupy a house,
or part of s house, in which to his knowledge any
‘person has, withi:: six months previously, been
suffering fon leprosy, and who does not have it
and all articles therein liable to retain infection
disirifected to the satisfaction, as certified by him,
.of & government medical officer or does not first
give to the owner of such house, or part: of a house,
Notice of the previous existence of such disease,
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
one hundred dollars or to imprisonment for three
months.

21. Any person who knowingly lets for hire
any house, room, or part of a house in which a
leprous patient has resided, without having such
house, room, or part of a house and all articles
therein liable to retain infection, disinfected, treated,
or otherwise disposed of to the satisfaction of a
government medical officer as testified by a
certificate signed by such iiedical officer, shall be
liable on sammary conviction to a fine of one
hundred dollars, and for the purpose of this section
the proprictor or person for the time being in charge
of a hotel, boarding house, or lodging house shall
be deemed to let for hire part of a house to any
person admitted as a guest into such hotel, boarding
house or lodging house.

22. (1) A person shall not send or take to
any laundry or public wash-house for the purpose
of being washed, or to any place for the purpose
of being dléancd, any article which he knows to
have been in contact with a leprous patient, unless
that article has been disinfected by, or to the
satisfaction of a government medical officer, or is
sent with proper precautions to a laundry for the

MONTAERRAT.

Liability of
outgoing
occupiers to
disinfect
house or to
give notice
to owner,

Letting
infected
premises.

Infected
article not
to be sent to
laundry or
to cleaners.



MoNTSBRRAT,

‘

Provisions as
to library
books.

12 TLejvasy. No. 12 of 1956.

purpose of disinfection with noties that if has
heen exposed to infection,
|

(2) The oceupier of any house in) which a
person is suffering from leprosy shall, if required
by a government. medical officer, furnish to him the
address cf any laundry, wash-house, or hor place
to which articles from the house have been, or will
be, sent during the continuance of the disease for
the purpose of being washed or cleaned.

(3) A person who contravenes. or fails to
comply with, any provision of this section shall be
liable on summary conviction to a fine of fifty
dollars.

23. (1) A person who knows that he is
suffering from leprosy shall not take avy book,
or cause any book to be taken for his us, or use
any book taken from any public or circulating

library.

(2) No person shall permit any book which
has been taken from a public or circulating library,
and is under his control, to be used by any person
whom he knows to be suffering from leprosy.

(3) No person shall return to any public or
circulating library a book which he knows to have
been handled by a leprous patient, or permit any
such book which is under his ecostrs! to be so
returned, but shall give notice to a covernment
medical officer that the book has been so handled.

(4) A person who contravenes any of the
foregoing provisions of this section shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine of fifty dollars.

(5) A government medical officer on receiving
euch notice as aforesaid shall cause the book to he
disinfected and returned to the library, or shall
cause it to be destroyed and the provisions of sub-
section (5) of section 19 with regard to payment
of compensation shall apply madtatis mudiidix in
case the book is destroyed or damaged.



No. 12 of 1956. Lepiosi. 13

24. (1) Ifany leprous patient is conveyed
inany public service vehicle, the person in charge
thereof shall, as soon as practicable, give notice to a
government medical officer, and, before permitting
any otber persom to enter "the vehicle, cause it to
be disinfected. Auy person who contravenes, or
fails to. comply with any of the provisions of this
subsection shall be liable on summary conviction
to a fine of fifty dollars.

(2) The owner, driver or conductor of a public
service vehicle may recover by action before the
competent court from any leprous patient conveyed
in xuch vehicle, or from the person causing that
patient to be so conveyed, a sufficient sum to cover
any loss and expense incurred by him.

_ (3) When so requested by the person in charge
of a public service vehicle in| which a leprous
patient ite been conveved, a government medical
officer suall provide for its disinfection, and shall
make no charve in respect, thereof except in a case
where the owner, driver or conductor conveyed a
person knowing that he was suffering from leprosy.

26. (1) In any proceeding before any
court or inevisirate a person shall not be deemed to
be a leprous patient except on the evidence or
certificate of a governinent medical officer.

(2) The certificate in writing of a government
medien! officer shall be Advis aS evidence
under this scction unless the sourt or magistrate
shall otherwise direct.

hh

26. Whenver a leprous patient or’other
person is charged with an cffence under any of tne
following «cuous 20, 21, 22, 25 or 24 such patient
or person shell be nequitted if he establishes that
a government! aiedical officer certified that the
leprous ps Wwient copcerucd suffers from a type of
leprosy which is uot communicable.

B%. Jue person who does anvthing 1p
pursuance of Chis Ordirumce shall not be liable to
any ewil or criminal oroceedings if he has acted
in good faith and with reasonable care,

MONTSERRAT.

Duty of owner
of public
service
vehicle.

Hvidence
required to
prove leprosy.

Cases in
which no
offence is
committed.

Protection of
persons acting
in good faith
with reason-
able care,



MONTSERRAT.

Obstruoting
Government
medical
officer.

Power to
make regula-
tions,

Revocation

of declaration
and repeal.
5/1911.

Commence-
ment.

14 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

28. Any persen obstructing or molesting
a government medical officer or anv eoustable or
other person in the exereise of bis powers and
duties under this Ordinance sill, save as other wise
specially provided, be liable on summary convic-
tion to a fine of fifty dollars or to imprisonment
for one month.

29. The Governor in Council mav make
reculations in respect of ail or any of the following
matters —

(a) the forms of the certificates, orders
and other documents to be used under this
Ordinance;

(6) the examination of voluntary
patients, leprous patients or aileged leprows
patients;

(c) the conditions and restrictions under
and subject to which leprous patients may
continue to reside in private dwelling-houses
outside a leprosarium;

(d) the ineasures to be taken as to the
treatment or disposal of clothing and other
effects of leprous patients;

(e) the disinfection of premises inhabited
or lately oecupied by a Jeprous patient, and
the disinfection of any public vtoee or public
service vehicle in which a leprous patient has
recently been;

(7) generally for carrying into effect
the provisions of this Ordinance.
30. The deciaration embodied im section Z
of the Lepers (General Legislature Competency )

Ordinance, L911, is hereby revoked and the said
Ordinance is hereby repealed.

31. ‘This Ordmance shali come into opera
tion on a date to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gazette.



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 15 Monrewerar.

FIRST SCHEDULE.
Form A.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 4.
Orpen By ADMINISTRATOR FOR REMOVAL OF
Leprrous Patrexrt tro a LEPROSARIUM.

CoLony of MONTSERRAT.

To all constables in the Colony
and
To the officer in charge of the leprosarium in

WHEREAS the medical certificate hereto annexed and
signed by Dr. a government medical officer
in the Colony is to the effect that
is a leprous patient anda proper subject of confinement in a
leprorarium.

NOW, THEREFORE, ido hereby order and command
you the said constables to remove the said
from the Colony and convey him to the leprosarium in

and there deliver him into the custody of the officer in charge
of the said leprosarium.

AND you the officer in charge of the leprosarium
aforesaid are hereby authorised to receive and detain the
said in the said Jeprosarium until he is dis-
charged therefrom in accordance with the provisions of the
abovementioned Ordinance and any Arrangcment made there-
under, and in the event of the sald escaping from
the anid leprosarium him to capture und reconvey to the said
leprosariim there to be detained until discharged as aforesaid.

AND for such removal from the Colony, conveyance to,
and reception and detention in, the leprosarium, or capture
and reconveynnce, as the case may be, this shall be your
sufficient authority.

Date. :
cldministrator.



Monrsuxrat 16 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956

Form B.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 5.(2).
NovTleICATION BY REGISTERED MEDICAL
PRACTITIONER.

Cotony or Monrserrart.

To a government medical officer im
the Colony of Montserrat.
I, being a registercd medical
practitioner in the Colony atoresiid, hereby notify you that
of (sex)
(race), and aged is suffering from leprosy
(or a disease suspected to be leprosy).
Date.
Signature
Medical qualifications
Address.
Form C,

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 6 (2)
Onrper By MAGISTRATE AUTHORISING ENTRY
OR EXAMINATION,

Cotony or Montserrat.

To the government medical officer of s
Dr.
WHEREAS on the day of 19 ya report
was made to me by Dr. government medical
officer, of , to the effect that he was

obstructed in the exercise of the powers conferred upon him
by subsections (I) and (2) of section 6 of the Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956 when trying to examine one

at premises situate ut (or that

a leprous patient fan alleged leprous patient has refused to
attend at a specified place to be examined or has refused to be
examined) ;

AND WITERIGAS alter engmry L ani satistied of the
correctness Of sueh report. This is to order all whom it may
concern to allow the said Dr. accompanied by



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 17. Morvsrrnat

to enter at any time any premises in which
the said leprous patient (or a eged leprous patient) may be
found and to examine the said patient, and | further order
the said le proux patient (or alleged leprous patient) to allow
himself to be examined by the said Dr,

2

Date
Magistrate.
Form D.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 6 (4)
ORDER OF MAGISTRATE EXTENDING
PERIOD OF DETENTION,
Cotony ov MOonTserrat.
To
WHEREAS on the day of application
was made to me by Dr. , that it is necessary
that , a leprous patient /an alleged
leprous patient, be detained at
for: a further period of days for the purpose of

examination or pending the issue of an order for his removal
to and detention in a leprosarium* : And Whereas I have
made enquiry:

This is to order and authorise to keep the
suid leprous patient (or alleged leprons patient) under
detention at for a further period of

days from und including the day of

Date

Signature of Magistrate.
“Delete words not applicable.

Form E.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956,
Sec. 7,
CERTIFICATE OF GOVERNMENT MEDICAL
OFFICER.

Conony or MONTSERRAT.

This is to certify that of
suffers from the type of leprosy known as
aud thas it is necessary that the said
be detained in a leprosarium.
Date
Signature of government medi ai officer.



Montsernar 18 Levrosy. No. 12 of 1956.

Form F.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
See. 7
WARRANT OF DETENTION IN UOSPITAL Ok
OTUER SUITABLE PLACE PENDING ODEN
OF REMOVAL TO LEPROSARIUM.
CoLony oF MONTSERRAT.
To the medical officer in charge of hospital.
WHEREAS the medical certificate hereto annexed signed
by Dr. u government medical officer is to
the effect that is a leprous patient and ¢

proper subject of confinement m a leprosariuim;
Now therefore, | do hereby adjudge the said
to be a leprous patient and do hereby order and
authorise you and any constable or person acting nnder
your orders to remove the said

COL cece r eee eee e cee cee eee tees ip eGencuei ears sere dere sea eee e teen rn eeee
(here state hospital or other auitable place)
and detain him thereat pending the issue by the Administrator

of an order for his removal to a leprosarium.
Date

Signature of Magistrate.
Form G.°

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956,
Sec. 8 (1)
APPLICATION BY A VOLUNTARY PATIENT
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR TO SECURE HIS
ADMISSION TO A LEPROSARIUM.

COLONY OF MOKTSERRAT.
‘'o the Administrator of Montserrat.

I, the undersigned, do hereby request you to take sucti
steps as may be necessary to secure my admission to 4
leprosarium in Antigua and i hereby consent to my removal
from the Colony to the leprosarium aforesaid.

L undertake—

(a) to remain therein unti! duly discharged and to
conform to the rules regulating the obligations, conduct
and discipline of patients detained in the leprosarium and
to the terms of any Arrangement made under the above-
mentioned Urdinance;



No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 19 Monresrrar

(b) not to leave the leprosarinm until discharged in
aocordance with the provisions of the said Arrangement
and [ understand that if Lf leave the said leprosarium
without being discharged as aforesaid, I shall be liable to
he captured and returned thereto.

Date
Signature of Applicant.

Witness to Signature.
Form H.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 8 (5)
Orper BY ADMINISTRATOR WHERE VOLUNTARY
PATIENT REFUSES TO GO 'TO LEPROSARIUM.

CoLtoxry of MonrTsERRAT.
To all Constables.

WHEREAS by his application cated
requested me to take steps to secure
his admission to a leprosarium;

AND WHEREAS I have taken the required steps to

secure the admission of the said toa
leprosarium as requested by him;
AND WHEREAS the aaid refuses

to leave the Colony in order to be admitted to the leprosarium
aforesaid.

NOW THEREFORE [ hereby authorise you to remove
the said from the Colony to the leprosarium
at there to be detained until discharged
in accordance with the provisions of any Arrangement made
under the abovementioned Ordinance.

Date.
Administrator.



Montserrat 9() Leprosy, No. 12 of 1986.

Form J.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
See. 9 (1)
PERMIT TO LEPROUS PATIENT TO RESIDE
OUTSIDE LEPROSARIUM

Cotony or Montserrat.

I, government medical officer
in the Colony of Montserrat, do hereby certify that.
is a leprous patient suffering from the type of

leprosy known as , ond being of the
opinion that the said need not reside

within a leprosarium, hereby allow the said
to reside in premises in the Colony on condition that he (or she)
shall strictly comply with the following conditiong:—

and shall not carry on any of the trades or callings specified in
the Second Schedule.
Date.
Government medical ojficer.

Form ix.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.

See, 10
WARRANT TO ARRESP LE PROUS PATIENT Ok:
ALLEGED LEPROUS PATIENT WANDERING ABOUT.
CoLoxy or Montserrat.
To all Constables.
WHEREAS complaint upon oath was on the day of
made by to the effect
that being * « leprous patient/an alleged

leprous patient has been seen wandering about begging or
collecting alms, or seeking preearions support, or exposing his
leprosy ina public road. street or place:

AND WILEREAS Thave made enquiry and ain satisfied
of the correctness of such complaint:

This is to order you to take the said

in your custody and bring him ro on the
day of there to be examined bya
government medical officer.
Date

Signature of Magustrate.

Delete words not applicable,



No. 12 of 1958, Leprosy. 21 Monrsrneat

SECOND SCHEDULE. Sec. 14 (1)

Baker

Bareher

{ce Cream Vendor

Gree ngrocer

Market Gardener

Cook, or any trade or calling in which the person employed
handles or comes in contact with articles of food or
drink, drugs, medicines, or tobacco in any form.

Fishmonger

Washer

Bootmaker

Tailor, or »ny trade or calling in which the person
employed manufactures, handles, or comes in contact
with wearing apparel.

Barber, or any other similar trade or calling in which the
person employed necessarily comes in contact. with
other persons.

Domest’c servant.

Nurse

Waiter ‘

Steward

Barman

Driver or conductor of any public service vehicle

Dairvman, or any other situation or calling in which the
person employed comes in contact with cows or other
animals kept for the parpose of furnishing milk.

Boatman ou any beat licensed for the conveyance of
passengers Or cargo.

Sailor

Hawker

Huckster

Vanman

Schoolmaster

Teacher

O. E. Henry,
President.
Passed the Legislative Council this 1&th day of May, 1956.

Js. H. Carrort,
Clerk of the Council.

ANTIGUA
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Pigott, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.
47]129—500—6.56. Price 24 cents.



No. 8 of 1956. Crown Proceedings
(Amendment)

[L.8.]

I Assent,
K. W. BuackBURNE,
Governor.
dth June, 19656.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 8 of 1956.

An Ordinance to amend the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, 1955.

[80th June, 1956]

ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin
Islands.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown
Proceedings (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956, and
shall be read as one with the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, 1955, hereinafter called the Principal
Ordinance.

2. The following amendments are hereby
made to section 2 of the Principal Ordinance:—

(1) Subsection (2) is amended—

(a) by the deletion of the expression
“ Attorney General ”’;

(6) by the substitution of the following
definition for the definition of the expression
“ officer ’—

“officer” in relation to the Crown
includes the Governor and Cominander
in Chief of the Leeward Islands and any
servant of Her Majesty in right of Her
Government of the Colony or of the
Presidency ;

VirGin
ISLANDS.

Commence-
ment.

Short title,

4/1955.

Amendment
of section 2
of the Prin-
pal Ordi-
nance,



VIRGIN
IsLanbs,

Amendment
of section
1U of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Amendment,
of section 13
of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Amendment
of section 14
of the Princi-

pal Ordinance.

Amendment
of section 15
of the Princi-.

pal Ordinance.

2 Crown Proceedings ho. 8 of 1956.

(Amendment)

(2) Subsection (3) is amended by the substi-
tution of the words “Legal Assistant” for the
words “ Attorney General” wherever the Intter
words appear.

3. Subsection (1) of section 10 of the
Principal Ordinance is hereby amended by the
insertion of the words ‘all such civil proceedings
by or against the Crown as are mentioned in the
Schedule to this Ordinance are hereby abolished,
and” betwéen the words “ Ordinance” and “all ”

4. Section 13 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant’? for the words “ Attorney
General” in subsection (1), (2) and (4) thereof.

5. Section 14 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended as follows: —

(a) by the substitution of the words
“by or against the Crown” for the words
“by the Crown”

(6) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant” for the words “ Attorney
General” wherever the latter words appear.

6. The following amendments are hereby
made to section 15 of the Principal Ordinance:—

(1) Subsection (1) is amended—

(a) by the substitution of the words
“to a Magistrate’s Court” for the words
“to the Supreme Court”

(6) by the substitution of the words
“to the said Court” for the words “to the
Court”;

(c) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant”’ for the words “ Attorney
General’,

(2) Subsection (2) is amended by the substi-
tution of a full-stop for the colon after the word
“costs” and the deletion of the proviso thereto.



No. 8 of 1956. © Crain Proceedings 3 ViRGIN
( Ainendment) ISLANDS.
(3) By the addition to the section of the
following subsection as subsection (3):—

“(3) Without prejudice to the rights of
the Crown under the preceding provisions of
this section, the provisions of section 13 of the
Summary Jurisdiction Act relating to the Cap. 21.
transfer of any suit instituted in the Court of
Summary Jurisdiction from the said Court to
the Supreme Court shall apply in relation to
proceedings against the Crown.”.

7. Section 19 of the Principal Ordinance is Amendment
hereby amended ax follows:— of the Princi-

pal Ordinance,

(a) by the substitution of the following
subsections for subsections (1) and (2)
thereof —

“(1) Subject to the provisions of this
section, any reference in this Part of this
Ordinance to civil proceedings by the Crown
shall be construed as a reference to the follow-
ing proceedings only:—

(a) proceedings for the enforcement
or vindication of any right or the obtain-
ing of any relief which, if this Ordinance
had not been passed and the Crown Suits Cap 6.
Act had not been repealed, might have
been enforced or vindicated or obtained
by any such proceedings as are mentioned
in paragraph | of the Schedule to this
Ordinance, or by an action at the suit of
the Attorney General under the Crown Cap.6.
Suits: Act or by a particular officer of
the Crown under any law;

(6) all such proceedings as the
Crown is entitled to bring by virtue of
this or any other Ordinance, or any law,

and the expression ‘civil proceedings by or against
the Crown”’ shall be construed accordingly,



VirGin
IsLaNbs.

Cap. 6.

Cap. 6.

Amendment
of section 21
of the Princ1-

pal Ordinance,

Amencinent of
section 25 of
the Principal *
Ordinance.

Amendment
of section
29 of the
Principal
Ordinance,

4 Crown Proceedings No. 8’ of 1956.

(Amendment)

(2) Subject to the provisions of this section,
any reference in this Part of this Ordinance to civil
proceedings against the Crown shall be construed
as a reference to the following proceedings only:—

(a) proceedings for the enforcement or
vindication of any right or the obtaining of
any relief which, if this Ordinance: had not
been passed and the Crown Suits Act had not
been repealed, might have beeu enforced or
vindicated or obtained by the proceedings
mentioned in puragraph 2 of the Schedule to
this Ordinance or by xn action against the
Attorney General under the Crown Suits Act;

() all such proceedings as any person is
entitled to bring against the Crown by virtue
of this or any other Ordinance, or any law,

and the expression ‘civil proceedings by or against

the Crown” shall be construed accordingly.”; and

(6) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant” for the words “ Attorney
General” in subsection (3).

8. Section 21 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended as foliows:—

(a)-by the
“* Legal Assistant ”
General”
and

(6) by the substitution of the word
“damages” for the word “damage” in
subsection (3) thereof.

9. Section 25 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended by the substitution of the word
‘¢ Exclusion” for the word “ Execution” in the
marginal note thereof.

substitution of the words
for the words “ Attorney -
in subsections (2) and (4) thereof;

10. Paragraph (7) of subsection (2) of sec-
tion 29 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended as follows:—

(uw) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant ” for the words “ Attorney
General” in sub-paragraph (ii); and



‘

!

No, 8 of 1956. Crown Proceedings 5
(Amendment)

(6) by the substitution of the words

“in the name of the Legal Assistant, shall

not be entitled to avail” for the words

“otherwise than as is mentioned in para-

graph (iii) shall not avail” in sub-paragraph
(iv).

11. Subsection (2) of section 32 of the

Principal Ordinance is hereby amended by the

substitution of the word “any” for the’ word
‘an’ in paragraph (6) thereof.

12. The following Schedule shall be added
to the Principal Urdinance:—

“SCHEDULE.

1, (1) Latin informations and English
informations.

(2) Writs of capias ad respondendum,
writs of subpana ad responden-
dum, and writs of appraisement.

(3) Writs of sere facias.

(4) Proceedings for the determina-
tion of any issue upon a writ of
extent or of diem clausit ea-
tremum.

2. Proceedings against Her Majesty by
way of monstrans de droit.”

18. This Ordinance shall come into opera-
tion on the 30th day of June, 1956.

E. A. EVELYN,
President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th
day of May, 1956.
H. O. CREQUE,
Clerk of the Council,

ANTIGUA.

VIRGIN
IsLanps.

Amendment
of see ion
32 of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Addition of
Schedule to
the Principal
Ordinance,

Commence-
ment,

Printed at the Government Printing Officc, Loeward Islands,
by Ear Pigorr, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

1956.

54/52—680—6.56. [Price 8 cents |



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment.

(L.8.].

I Assent,
Kk. W. BuackBuryeE,
Governor.

5th June, 1956,

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 9 of 1956.

An Ordinance to provide for the custody and treatment of
persons of unsound mind, for their removal from the
Colony to a mental hospital outside the Colony for such
treatment, and for other purposes incidental thereto and
connected therewith.

[By Proclamation ]
ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin Islands.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

2, In this Ordinance—

“Arrangement” means an Arrangement made under
section 3;

“ crime” means any felony or misdemeanour;

“criminal lunatic ” means a person detained in custody by
reason of his having been charged with an offence,
and either found to have been insane at the time of
such offence, or found or certified or otherwise
lawfully proved to be unfit on the ground of his
insanity to be tried for the same, and includes a
person convicted of an offence and afterwards
certified or otherwise lawfully proved to be insane;

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Commence-
meat.

Short title.

Interpreta-
tion,



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Power to
Administrator
to make
Arrangement
with Admin-
istrator of
Antigua,

Power to
Administrator
to order re-
moval to men-

tal hospital.

Form 1.

2 Lunacy and Mental Treatment,

No. 9 of 1956.

“insane person” or “person of unsound mind” or
“patient” includes an idiot and any other person of
unsound mind;

“institution” means a hospital or other suitable place

appointed as such by the Governor in Council for the
purposes of this Ordinance;

‘licensed house ” means a house licensed for the reception
of a person of unsound mind under this Ordinance;

“licensee” means the person to whom a licence in
respect of a licensed house is granted;

“mental hospital” means a mental hospital to which a
temporary patient, or a voluntary patient or a person
who has been duly adjudged to be of unsound mind
and a proper subject for confinement may be removed
pursuant to an Arrangement;

“pauper patient” means any insane person who is found
wandering at large, or who is not under proper care
or not under proper control, or who is likely to
commit a crime;

“removal order” means an order made by the Admin-

istrator under section 4;
“Schedule” means Schedule to this Ordinance;

“section” means section of this Ordinance;

“temporary patient” means a person described in section

?

“Visiting Committee” means the Visiting Committee for
licensed houses referred to in section 16;

‘voluntary patient” means a person described in section
39. 4

3. (1) The Administrator may on behalf of the Colony
enter into an Arrangement with the Administrator of Antigua
upon such terms and subject to such conditions as they may
consider appropriate for the reception and detention in, and
discharge from, a mental hospital in Antigua of any person of
unsound mind or voluntary patient or temporary patient in the
Colony.

(2) Any Arrangement made under this section may be
varied or revoked by a subsequent Arrangement.

4. Where under the provisions of section 3 an Arrange-
ment has been made, the Administrator may by order under his
hand (hereinafter referred to as “a removal! order”) direct the
removal from the Colony of any person duly adjudged to be a
person of unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement,
to a mental hospital and such order shall be sufficient authority



No. 9 of 1956.00 Ta cey and Meutel Treatment, 3 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

for the removal of such person of unsound mind from the

Coleny. bis conveyance to. and his reception and detention in a

mental hospital, and in the event of his escape therefrom, his

capture and return to the said hospital.

ADJUDICATION OF PERSONS OF UNSOUND MIND.

5. (1) Any Magistrate, upon the information upon oath Enquiry as to
of any informant to the effect that the informant has good !¥>A¢y.
cause to suspect and believe and does suspect and believe some
person to be of unsound mind and a proper subject for
confinement, may, in any place which he deems convenient, Form 2.
examine such person, and, in the same place or elsewhere, may
hold an enquiry as to the state of mind of such person.

For the purposes of such enquiry the Magistrate shall have
the same powers as if the person alleged to be of unsound mind
were a person against whom a complaint for an offence
punishable on summary conviction has been laid:

Provided that no person alleged to be of unsound mind
shall be required to attend at any Magistrate's Court for
examination by a Magistrate nor shall he be taken to any such
court for such purpose.

(2) A Magistrate may, if he thinks fit, proceed with an
enquiry under this section in the absence of the person alleged
to be of unsound mind and without proof of the service of any
summons upon such person.

(3) If, at any stage of an enquiry under this section, it
shall be shown to the satisfaction of the Magistrate conducting
such enquiry that the person alleged to be of unsound mind is a
person whom it is expedient to put immediately under confine-
ment pending the conclusion of the enquiry, it shall be lawful
for such Magistrate either proprio. snot or at the request of
the informant-—

(1) to make a written order for the detention of
such person during a period which shall not exceed four-
teen days in an institution;

(/) from time to time, on good cause shown to
make further orders for such detention, in the like form,
for periods none of which shall exceed eight days:

Provided that no such person shall be detained under
observation for more than two months at a time;

(~) at any time, by order under his hand, to direct
that the person detained be released.

(4) It shall be lawful for any person to whom the
execution of an order made under the last preceding subsection
is entrusted, to convey the person alleged to be of unsound
mind therein raentioned to the specified place of detention and
there to detain him during the period specified unless previous



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 3.

Mrgency
orders.

4A Lunacy and Merit Treatment Na. 9 of of 1956,

to the expiry of such period the release of the persen alleged te
be of unsound mind be ordered in due course of law.

(5) The Magistrate shali also appoint a government
medical officer to examine the suspected person and shall
furnish such government medical officer with all the informa-
tion bearing on the mental state of such suszected person which
he has been able to procure and such goveramont medica:
officer shall, if he considers the facts warrant him in se doing,
sign a certificate certifying that in his opinion the suspected
person is of unsound mind. Such certificate shaii specify in
full detail the facts upon which the persen signing it founds his
opinion, and shall distinguish facts which he has himself
observed from facts communicated by others. The person sign-
ing the certificate shall enquire of any persons able to give
information as to the previous history of the suspected person,
and shall state in tis certificate all matters known te him which
he deems likely tc be of service with reference to medical
treatment. No certificate shall lave any effect under this
Ordinance which purports to be founded wholly on facts
communicated by others.

(6) The informant referred to in subsection (1) of this
section shall, if required by the government medical cfficer
appointed to examine the suspected person, by written notice
served personally on him, attend at the time and place specified
in such notice and give such information touching the mental
condition of the suspected person as shali be in his power to
give. Any such person who neglects or refuses to attend as
and when so required or refuses to answer any question con-
cerning the mental condition of the suspected person which may
be put to him by the government medical officer enquiring
into such mental condition shall on summary conviction be
liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars or to
imprisonment for six months.

6. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 5,
whenever a Magistrate considers it expedient, either for the
public safety or for the welfare of any person with respect to
whom an information on oath under the said section has been
laid, that such person should be forthwith placed under observa-
tion, ke may without the production of a medical certificate by
written order direct that such person be received into an
institution to be named in the order ard be there detained
under observation during such period, not exceeding fourteen
days, as to the Magistrate may seem expedient:

Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for further periods none of which shall exceed eight
days:

Provided further that no such person shall be detained
under observation for more than two months at a time.

(2) The Magistrate shall furnish the medical officer in
charge of the institution with all the information bearing on the
mental state of the person so detained which he has been able to
procure.



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy cad diental Preshuent, 5

(3) The person who has laid the information on oath
referred to in susection (1) of this section shall, if required
by the medical officer in charge of the institution by written
notice served personally o1: him, attend at the time and place
specified in such notice and give such information touching the
mencal condition of ihe person so detained as shall be in his
power to give. Any such person who neglects or refuses to
attend as and when so required or refuses to answer ay
question concerning the mental condition of the person detained
which may be put to him by the meslical officer in charge of the
institution shall on summary conviction be liable to a fine of
four hundred and eighty dollars or to imprisonment for six
months.

(4) If the medical officer in charge of the institution
certifies that any such nersen so detained under observation is
of ssund mind, such peyvson s¢ detained shall be discharged
therefrom with all convenient suesd and the said officer shall
notify the Magistrate accordingly within seven days of such
discharge.

(5) It the medical officer in charge of the institution
certifies that any such person so Jetained is of ussound mind
and a proper subject fer continement the Magistr.c shall
proceed te hold an enquiry into the state of miad of such person
in accordance with the provisions of section 5:

Provided that no such person shall be adjudged to be of
unsound mind uriless the Magistrate has seen and, where
circumstances permii, examined such person:

Provided further that the certificate of the said medical
officer shall be sufficient evidence of the facts there‘n stated
concerning the state of niind of such person and it shall net be
necessary to prove the handwriting of such officer. bat the
Magistrate may examine any members ot the staif of the
institution who shal! have had such person under observation.

7, (1) Whenever a Judge or a Magistrate has reason
to believe that a person committed for trial befare hin or
charged before him with aa offence is of ansound min: ne
nay, for the ourpose of obtaining evidence as to wiieti.c: such
person is ‘or is not of unsound mind, by written order direct
that such person be received inio an institution, to be named in
the order, and ke there detained under observation during such
period, not exceeding fourteen days, as to the Judge er
Magistrate may seem expedient:

_ Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for a further period or periods each not exceeding
eight days at a time:

Provided further that no order wader tais subsection shail
be made in respect of persons who are not being kept in custody
pending trial.

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Admission of
accused per-

sons for ohbser-
vation,



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

False medical
certificate.

Adjudication
of person of
unsound mind,
Form 4.

Custody of
person of un-
sound mind,

Forin 4.

Form 5.

Form 6.

Appeal.

6 Tamacy and Moeutal Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

(2) When an order has been made under this section a
certificate under the hand of the medical officer in charge of
the institution shali be sufficient evidence of the facts therein
stated concerning the state of mind of the persen kept under
observation and it shail not be necessary to prove the hand-
writing of such officer, but the Judge or Magistrate may
examine any members of the staff of such institutien who shall
have had the patient under observation.

(3) Every person ordered under this section to he
received into an institution for observation sha'l be received
into the institution named in the order and be there detained
under observation for the period stated in the order or for
such shorter period as the Judge or Magistrate who made the
order may direct, and it shall be lawful for any person to
whom the execution of the order is entrusted to convey the

person named therein to such institution.

8. Any government medical officer or registered medical
practitioner who knowingly and wilfully in ary certificate
under this Ordinance falsely states or falsely certifies anything,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanour, and, on conviction thereof
on indictment, sha!l be liable to a fine of twe hundred and
forty dollars, and may also, if the court so think fit, be
imprisoned for one year.

9. Where, upon such enquiry as is provided fcr by this
Ordinance, it appears to the Magistrate that any person is of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confineme>!, and suck
medical certificate as by this Ordinance is reavired of his
unsoundness of mind has been given, the Magistrate may
adjudge such person to be of unsound mind and a proper sub-
ject of confinement, and may make an order accerding to this
Ordinance for the detention of such person in an institution
pending the making of a removal order in respect of such
person.

10. Where, under this Ordinance, any person has been
duly adjudged to be of unsound mind and a proper subject of
confinement, a Magistrate may—

(a) make an order as provided in section 2; or

(b) grant to any person residing in the Colony
a licence authorising such person to receive te person of
unsound mind into some house specified in the licence,
and situate within the Colony and there to take charge of
him; or

(c) if it appears that the person of unsound mind is
a pauper patient, make an order for the detextion of sach
person in an institution pending the making of 2 removal
order in respect of such person.

11. In case of any order under this Ordinas:« adudging
any alleged insane person to b> of unsound mind avd 3 proper
subject of confinement, and in case of a refusal so io adjudge,



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Preeiuent, 7

an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court, subject to the same
conditions and with the same consequences as if the alleged
insane person had been convicted cf an cffence punishable on
summarv conviction in a case in which an appeal would lie.

INSTITUTIONS.

12. The Administrater may, by proclamation, appoint
the whole or any part of any building, house, or other place,
with any out-houses, yards, gardens, grcuads, or premises
thereto belonging, to be an institution for the purposes of this
Ordinance.

13. The Superintendent of any institution or any officer
or servant thereof, or any police officer or other peace officer,
may retake any patient wio is escaping from such institution,
and may, within fourteen days after any escape, retake any
patient who has escaped from such institu:ion, and may return
to the institution any patient so retaken, where he shall revert to
his former custody.

14. (1) Where the medical officer in charge of a
hospital in the Colony or any other medical officer duly
authorised by the said medical officer in charge to act on his
behalf has reason to suspect tiaf any person in such b-apital is
of unsound mind he may by order in writing direct the ‘vansfer
of such person to and his detention in an institutios for the
purpose of observation during such period not exceeding four-
teen days as to him may seem expedient:

Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for further periods none oi which shall exceed eight
days:

Provided further that no such patient shail be detained
under observation for more than two months at a time.

(2) The medical officer in charge of the said hospital or
other medical officer duly acting on behalf of the said medica!
officer in charge, as the case may ve, shail immediately on
ordering the transfer and detenticn of a patient under the
provisions of subsection (1) of this section notify the Mxgis-

tat

trate of such transfer and detention and furnish fim with {ve
grounds on which he has made the orier, and sucn Mi ate
shall either confirm or annul such order and within three cays
of such notification communicate kis decision to such medical
officer in charge of the aforesaid hczpital or other medical
officer, as the case may be, as well as to the medical officer in
charge of the institution to which the patient has been trans-
ferred:




Provided that if the Magistrate shall annu! such order the
patient shall forthwith be discharged from such institution.

(3) Where the medical officer i. charge ef an institution
certifies in writing that in his opinion any person detained
under the authority of subsection (2) of this section is of

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Appointment
of institu-
tions,

Escape trom
institution,

Transfer of
persons from
hospital to
institution in
Colony for
observation,



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Duty of licen-

Bee,

Visiting Com-

mittee,

Records,

Escape from
licensed
house,

Absence ort
trial.

8 Lunacy and Mental Treatiuent, No. 9 of 1956.

unsound mind, an enquiry into the state of mind of such person
shall be held in accordance with the provisions of section 5.

(4) For the purposes of such enquiry the certificate of
the medical officer in charge of the institution shall be
sufficient evidence of the facts therein stated concerning the
state of mind of the patient and it shall not be necessary to
prove the handwriting of such officer, but the Masistrate may
examine any memters of the staff of such institution who shall
have had the patient under observation.

(5) Every person ordered under this section to be
received into an institution for observation shall be received
into the institution named in the order and be there detained
under observation fer the period stated in the order or for
such shorter period as the medical officer in charge of the
hospital or other medical officer duly authorised by him to act
on his behalf or the Magisirate, as tie case may be, who made
the order shail direct, and it shall be awful for =ny person to
whom the execution of the order is entrusted to convey the
person named therein to the institution named therein.

LICENSED HOUSES.

15. Where a licence in respect of any patient is
granted under this Ordinance, the licensee shall se hound to
take proper care of such patient until he dies or tite licensee is
discharged under this Ordinance.

16. Regulations made under section 44 shall provide
for the constitution by the Administrator of a Visiting
Committee for licensed houses consisting of such number of
persons appointed at such times, in such manner, fer such
periods and with such functions as may be prescribed.

17. The licensee of every licensed house shail keep such
books, make such entries, furnish such returns, and give such
notices as may from time to time be required by reguiations
made under this Ordinance.

18. The licensee of any licensed house, or any servant
of or person authorised by such licensee, or any po'ice officer
or other peace officer, may retake any patient whe is escaping
from such licensed house, and may within fourtecn days aftor
any escape, retake any patient who has escaped from such
licensed house and may return to such licensed house any
patient so retaken, where he shal! revert to bis former custody.

19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Gridinares, the
Administrator may allow any patient confined in a licensed
house to be absent from such licensed house upon trial for such
peried as he thinks fit, and may at any time grant an extension
of such period.

(2) No patient shall be allowed to be absent on trial
under this section unless some person enter into an agreentent
approved by the Administrator io take charge of such patient.



No. 9 of 1956.) Lunacy and Miental Treatment. 9

(3) If any patient allowed to be absent on trial from
a licensed house under this seotion does not return at or
before the expiration of the allowed period of absence,
then, unless a certificate signed by a government medical
officer certifying that such patient may safely be permit-
ted to be at large is sent to the Magistrate and also, where
practicable, to the licensee of sneh licensed house, such
patient may at any time within fourteen days from the
expiration of such allowed period, be retaken as if he had
escaped from such licensed house, or, in case the licensee
from whose custody the patient was allowed to be absent
is unable or unwilling to resume the care and custody. of
sush patient, may be dealt with asa person duly adjudged
under this Ordinance to be of unsound mind and a proper
subject of confinement.

20. Notice of the death of any patient confined in
a licensed house shall be given forthwith by the licensee
to the Coroner and shall also be given by the licensee as

soon as may be to the nearest known relative of the~

patient.

21. (1) When any patient is confined in a licensed
house, the Heensec, if desivons of being discharged of the
care of such patient, shall serve notice of such his desire
upon the Magistrate.

(2) At the expiration of fourteen days from the
service of such notice, the licensee shall be discharged,
and such patient may be dealt with ag a person duly
adjadged under this Ordinance to be of unsound mind
and a proper subject of confinement.

28, Where it appears to a Magistrate that the
persons at whose expeuse a patient is inaintained in a
licensed Louse ave desirous that the patient should be
removed from such licensed house, and that provision
has been mide for his care and custody in a mental
hospital cr in another licensed house, the Magistrate
may—

(@) Where prevision has been made for the care
and cusiods of fhe patient in a mental hospital, order
such patient to be removed from the licensed honse
wherein he is then confined to an institution pending
the making of a removal order in respect of such
person: or

(6) where the patient is to be removed from one
licensed house to another licensed house order the
patient fo ty removed to such other licensed house,

and shall in cither case discharge the licensee of the first-
mentioned licensed house accordingly.

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Death of
patient.

Discharge of
licensee.

Form 7.

Removal of
patient at
request of
friends.

Form 8.



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Removal of
patient ill-
treated or
neglected.

Form 9.
Form 10.

Form 11.

Release of
patient.

Form 12.

Appeal by
licenses.

Cap. 61,

Appeal where
order refused.

Execution of
order of
removal.

10° Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

283. (1) Where, upon the information upon oath of
any person, it appears to a Magistrate that a patient
confined ina Heensed house is il-treated or neglected,
the Magistrate may order the patient to be removed cither
to an institution pending the making of a removal order
in respect of such patient or to another licensed house,
and thereupon the licensee of the first-mentioned licensed
house shall be clischarged.

(2) Where an order has been made under subsection
(1) of this section for the removal of a patiemt from a
licensed house to an institution or to another licensed
house the Magistrate shall issue a warrant authorising
such removal.

24. (1) Where, upon ihe information upon oath of
any person, it appears to & Magistrate that a patient
confined ina licensed house is no longer a proper subject
of confinement, such Magistrate may discharge the
licensee and order him to release the patient, or may
himself release the patient

(2) Any licenses disobeying an order made wider
this section shall be liable, on summary conviction, toa
fine of forty-eight dollars. Such convietion shall not be a
bar to any action in respect of the same wrong.

25. Where, wnder this Ordinance, the Magistrate
orderg the removal of a putient from a licensed house on
the ground of ill-treatment or neglect, or orders 4 patient
confined in a licensed louse to be released, the licensee
may appeal against such order, subject to the same
conditions and with the same consequences as if he had
been a party against whom a conviction was made within
the meaning of subsection (2) of section 172 of the
Magistrate’s Code of Procecure Act.

26. Where, upon information being laid under this
Ordinance that a patient cotined ina Heensed house is
ill-treated cr neglected, or that a person confined ina
licensed house as a patient ought to be released, 2
Magistrate refuses to make any order, an appeal shall lie
to the Supreme Court, subject to the same conditions and
with the same consequences as if the licensee had been
charged with an offence punishable on summary convic-
tion and the Magistrate had refused to convict.

27. Where an order for the removal of a patient
from a licensed house hag been made, the court, Judge,
or Magistrate making the order may issue a warrant for
the execution of the order directed to any person or
persons whom such court. Judge, or Magistrate thinks fit.
Any person stall, if required by any one to whom the
warrant is directed, aid and assist in the execution of the
warrant.



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 11
INTERIM ORDERS.

28. Where notice of appeal under this Ordinance
has been given—

(a) the Magistrate may, if he thinks fit, suspend
the exeention vf any order made by him until the
decision of the appeal, or for any shorter period, and
upon such terms and conditions, if any, as he thinks
fit; and

(b) any Judge, upon the application of the
appellant, and, if he thinks fit, without any notice of
the application being served upon the respondent,
may, at any time, and notwithstanding any previous
order of a Judge or Magistrate, make such order,
subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as he
thinks fit, as to the care or custody or allowing to be
at large, until the decision of the appeal or for any
shorter period, of the person alleged or adjudged to
be or confined as a person of unsound mind:

Provided that upon an appeal being or being deemed
to be abandoned, any order made under this seetion shall
determine, and the order appealed against shall take
effect.

CRIMINAL LUNATICS.

29. Where any person being in custody as a
eriminal lunatic is removed from the Colony under the
provisions ¢f the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act, 1884,
the time during which such criminal lunatic, if under
sentence of imprisonment, is detained in a criminal
lunatic hospital or other place of detention shall be
reckoned as having been served under such sentence.

30. When the term of imprisonment to which a
person confined in a criminal lunatie hospital or other
place of detention is liable expires while such person is in
custody in such hospital or other place of detention, then
unless the medical officer in charge of the said hospital or
other place of detention, as the case may be, by writing
under his hand, certifies that such person may safely be
allowed to he at large, such person shall, at the expiration
of his term of iuprisonment, be deemed to be a pauper
patient, and muy be detained in a mental hospital asa
pauper patient.

MAINTENANCE OF INSANE PERSONS.

31. (1) in all cases notwithstanding any previous
order made under this seetion the Supreme Court, and in
cases where the property of an insane person is of less
value in the whole than the sum of four hundred and
eighty dollars, or the annual value of such property is
less than forty-eight dollars, a Magistrate may, upon the
application of any person, make an order as to the appli-

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Interim order
in case of
appeal,

Form 13.

Prisoners of
unsound
mind, 47 &
48 Vict, c. 31.

Insanity at
expiration of
sentence.

Application
of insane
person’s
property for
maintenance.

Form 14.



VIRGIN
ISLANES,

Declaring
insane person
a trustee.

Form 15.

29/1939,

Tll-treatment
of insane
person in
institution.

120 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956..

cation of any property of a person confined under this
Ordinance, or the income thereof, in or towards the
expenses of the muintenance and sapport of such person,
or in or towards recouping the expenses of his past
mnailitenance and support, or, in case any other person
undertakes to pay the expenses of such maintenance and
support, or such portion of these expenses as the Court or
Magistrate thinks fit. ‘The expenges of such maintenance
and support, or past inaintenance and support, shall be in
equity a charge upon the real egiute of the insane person
in the samme manner as if he had power to charge, and by
writing under his hand had agreed to charge, his real
estate therewith.

(2) The application to the Supreme Court shall be
by motion or petition in a summary way, or in such
other manner as such Court, by a general order made
under this Ordinance, directs.

(3) Any application under this seetion shall be served
upon such persons and in such manner as the Court or
Magistrate directs.

(4) Whether any order mnder this seetion is made,
suspended, or refused, the Court or Magistrate shall make
such order as is just as to the costs of the applicant, and
such costs shall be recoverable by distress and sale of the
insane person’s personal estate, aud shall be a charge in
equity upon his real estate in the same manner as if he
had power to charge, and by writing under his hand had
agreed to charge, his real estate therewith.

832. Where, under this Ordinance, the supreme
Court or a Magistrate orders the property of amy insane
person or the income thereof to be applied in or towards
his maintenanee or support, such Court or Magistrate
may declare that such person holds such property or
income upon trust to obey the orders of the Court or
Magistrate, and thereupon the Court or Magistrate shall
have the powers conferred upon the Supreme Court by
subsection (2) of seetion 21 of the Supreme Court Act,
1939, so far as regards the care of the real and personal
estates of Innaties and persons of unsound mind held by
such lunatics, or persons of unsound mind, upon trust
or by way of mortgage.

OFFENCES IN REFERENCE TO INSANE:
PERSONS. :

38. Any superintendent, officer, nurse, attendant,
servant or other person employed in any institution who
strikes, ill-treats or wilfully neglects any insane person
or patient confined in sach institution shall he jiable, on
stunmary convietion, toa fine of one hundred dollars, ov
to imprisonment for six months, or to both sach fine aad
imprisonment.



No. 9 of 1956.

384. (1) Any person who resenes any insane person
or patient while being conveyed to or while confined in
any institution under this Ordinance, and any officer or
servant of any such institution who secretes, or through
wilful neglect or connivance permits to escape, any insane
person or patient confined in any such institution under
this Ordinanee, shall be guilty of a misdemeanonr and, on
conviction thereof on indictment, shall be liable to be
imprisoned for five years.

Lunccy and Mental Treatment. 13

(2) Any officer or servant of any institution who
carelessly permits any person confined therein under this
Ordinance to escape shall be liable, on summary convic-
tion, to a fine of one hundred dollars.

85. (1) No private person shall undertake the care
or custody of any insane person unless he fiest obtains, in
respect of such insane person, a licence under this Ordi-
nance,

(2) Any person acting in contravention of this

section shal] be guilty of 1 misdemeanour and, on Gonvic- .

tion thereof on indictment, shall be lable to a fine of
four hundred and eighty dollars, or to imprisonment for
two years, or to both such fine and imprisonment.

86. Where an insane person is confined in any
licensed honse, the Heensee, or any nurse, servant, or
other person employed in such house or by the licensee,
who strikes, ill-treats, or wilfully neglects such insane
person shall be liable, on snmmary conviction, to a fine
of one hundred dollars, or to imprisonment for six
months.

87. Whosoever resists or obstructs any member of
the Visiting Committee while visiting or attempting to
visit a licensed house, shall be liable, on suminary con-
viction, to a fine of fifty dollars, or to imprisonment for
three months.

88. Whosoever obstructs any person acting in
execution of an order for the delivery of an insane person
to an institution or licensed house, or for the removal of
an insane person from an institution or a licensed house,
shall he liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of two
hundred and forty dolars, or to imprisonment for six
months.

TREATMENT OF VOLUNTARY PATIENTS IN A
MENTAL HOSPITAL.

89. (1) Any person who is desirous of voluntarily
submitting himself to treatment for mental illness in a
mental hospital (hereinafter referred to as a ‘“ voluntary
patient’) and who makes a written application to the
Administrator for the purpose, may withont being
adjadicated a person of unsound mind under this Ordi-
uance or an order issued thereunder be sent, in accord-
ance with the terms of an Arrangement, as a voluntary
patient to a mental hospital,

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Rescue and
permitting

escape from
institution,

\
Taking charge
of insane
person with-
out licence.

Tll-treatment.
of insane
person in
licensed
house.

Obstructing
Visiting
Committee,

Obstructing
execution of
order for
delivery or
removal

Provision for
voluntary
treatment
without
certification
of certain
persons,

Form 16,

'



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Provision for
temporary
treatment
without
certification
of certain
persons,

Form 17.

14. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956,

(2) A voluntary patient received into a mental
hospital under any Arrangement may upon giving to the
medical officer in charge thereof seventy-two hours’
notice in writing leave the said hospital at the expiration
of the period of such notice,

(3) A voluntary patient shall by virtue of his applica-
tion for admission to a mental hospital be deemed to
consent to his removal from the Colony to a mentel
hospital and, subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of
this section, shall undertake to remain therein until
discharged in accordance with the terms of an Arrange-
ment. The said patient shall also undertake to conform
to the rules regulating the obligations. conduct and |
discipline of persons detained for treatment in the mental
hospital, and, subject as aforesaid, shall further undertake
not to leave the said hospital without being discharged in
the manner hereinbefore provided.

(4) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this
section any voluntary patient who leaves a mental
hospital without being discharged as in this section
provided may be captured and reconveyed thereto in
accordance with the terms of an Arrangement.

(5) If auy voluntary patient dies in a mental
hospital, or departs therefrom without being discharged
or giving notice, as required by this section, the Adminis-
trator shall be notified of the occurrence of any of these
events in the manner prescribed by an Arrangement.

40. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a
person who is suffering from mental illness and is likely
to benefit by temporary treatment but is for the time
being incapable of expressing himself as willing or
unwilling to receive such treatment (hereinafter referred
to asa“ temporary patient’) may, on @ writen applica-
tion duly made in accordance with the provisions of this
section but without being adjudicated a person of
unsound mind under this Ordinance or an order issued
thereunder, be received as a temporary patient in a
mental hospital for the purpose of treatment therein.

(2) An application under this section which shall be
in duplicate shall be in the form numbered 17 in the
Schedule, shall be made to the Administrator and shall,
if possible, be made by the husband or wife, or by a
relative or guardian of the temporary palient or on the
request of the husband or wife or, if a relative or guard-
ian, by a registered medical practitioner and if the
application is not so made, it shall contain a statement
of the reason why it is not so made, of the connection of
the applicant with the temporary patient and of the
circumstances in which he made the application.



No. 9 of 1956. 0 Luiiey and Mental Treatment. 15

(3) The applicution shall be accompanied by’ a
recommendation in duplicate in the form numbered 18
in the Schedule, signed by two registered medical practi-
tioners of whom one shall be a government medical
officer.

(4) On the receipt of an application accompanied by
a recommendation as provided in subsection (3) of this
section, the Administrator shall take steps in accordance
with the provisions of an Arrangement to have the
temporary patient received into a mental hospital for 4
period not exceeding six months.

(5) Each of the registered medical practitioners by
whom a recommendation under this section is to be made
shall, before signing the recominendation, examine the
temporary patient either separately or in conjunction
with the other and shail specify in the recommendation
the date on which he so examined the said temporary
patient and the grounds on which he bases his recom-
mendation,

(6) A recommendation shall be of no effect for the
purposes of this section if there is a greater interval than
five clear days between the dates on which the temporary
patient was examined by the two registered medical
practitioners respectively and any such recommendation
shall cease to have effect on the expiration of fourteen
days from the date on which the temporary patient was
examined by the two registered medical practitioners, or
if he was examined by those practitioners on two differ-
ent dates, on the expiration of fourteen days from the
later of those dates.

(7) Where a temporary patient is sent under this
section to a mental hospital a copy of the application and
of the recommendation accompanying the application shall
be forwarded to the person in charge of th® mental
hospital into which the temporary patient is to be
received. The person in charge of the said mental
hospital shall upon the signed request of any person who
considers himself to be unjustly detained under such
application or recommendation furnish to him or to his
authorised representative free of cost a copy of such
application or recommendation.

(8) If a temporary patient dies in or departs from
the mental hospital where he was residing, notice of the
fact shall be given to the Administrator in accordiiuce
with the provisions of the Arrangement.

41. (1) Where a person has laid an information
under section 5 or signed or carried out or done any act
with a view to signing or carrying out an order purpert-
ing to be an adjudication order or any report, application.
recommendation or certificate purporting to be a report,

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
Form 18,

Protection to
persons acting
under this
Ordinance,



VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Cap. 17.

Prerogative
of Crown,

Insane per-
sons so found
by inquisi-
tion

Regulations,

16 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

application, recommendation or certificate under thig
Ordinance or has done snything in pursuines of this
Ordinance he shall not be liable to any civil ov criminal
proceedings whether on the ground of want of jtrisdic-
tion or on any other ground unless he has acid in had
faith or without reasonable care,

(2) No proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be
brought against any person in any court in respect of any
puch matter as is mentioned in subsection (1) of this
section, without the leave of the Supreme Court, and
leave shall not be given unless the Court is satisfied that
there is substantial ground for the contention that the
person, against whom it is sought to bring the proceed-
ings, has acted in bad faith or without reasonable care.

(3) Notice of any application under subsection (2)
of this section shall be given to the person against whom
it is sought to bring the proceedings, and that person
shall be entitled to be heard against the application.

(4) Where on the application under this section
leave is given to bring any proceedings and the proceed-
ings are commenced within four weeks after the date on
which leave was so given, the proceedings shall for the
purpose of the Public Authorities Protection Act, be
deemed to have been commenced on the date on which
notice of the application was given to the person against
whom the proceedings are to be brought.

MISOELLANEOUS.

42. Nothing in this Ordinance shall preindice any
right or prerogative of Her Majesty, or of the Governor
of the Leeward Islands on behalf of Her Majesty.

43. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to in-
sane persons so found by inquisition.

44. The Governor in Council may make regula-
tions—

(a) for the maintenance and coutrol of ingtilu-
tions and for the admission to and discharge of
patients from such institutions;

(b) for the constitution of a Visiting Committee
for licensed houses im the manner provided by
section 16;



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment, 17 Vincix
ISLANDR.

(c) as to the bouks to be kept by the licensee of a
licensed house, the entries to be made therein, and
the returns and notices to be furnished and given by
such licensee;

(d) generally for carrying into effect the pro-
‘visions of this Ordinance.

45. The forms contained in the Schedule may be Forma,
used in all cases to which they are applicable, but no
such form shall in any case be obligatory.

46. This Ordinance shall come into operation on a Commence-
dute to be appointed by the Governor by Proclamation ment.
published in the Gazette.

E. A. Evetyn,
President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th day
of May, 1956.

H. O. Crequr,
Clerk of the Couneil.



18 Lunacy and Mental Treaticnt. No. 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
SCHEDULE...

Form 1.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Removal Order by Administrator. See. 4.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To all Constables in the Colony
and
To the officer in charge of the mental hospital in...... co... ceeee cess vee

WHEREAS by an order of the Magistrate made on the
day of A.B. of
was adjudged to be a person of uusound mind and a proper subject of
confinement, and was by the said order detained in an institution
pending the making of an order for his removal to # mental hospital.

NOW, THEREFORE, I do hereby order and command you the
said constables to remove the said
from the Colony and convey him to the mental hospital in
and there deliver him into the custody of the officer in charge of the
said mental hospital.

AND you the officer in charge of the mental hospital aforesaid are
hereby authorised to receive and detain the said
in the said mental hospital until he is discharged therefrom in accord-
ance with the provisions of the abovementioned Ordinance and any
‘Arrangement made thereunder, and in the event of the said
escaping from the said
mental hospital him to capture and reconvey to the said mental hospital
there to be detained until discharged as aforesaid,

AND for such removal from the Colony conveyance to, and
reception and detention in, the mental hospital, or capture and recon-
veyance thereto, as the cage may be, this shall be your sufficient
authority. ‘

Dated this day of 19 ‘

Administrator.

Form 2.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956:

Information upon Oath. Sec. 5 (Lj
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

A.B., of informs the undersigned
Magistrate that he has good cause to suspect and believe and does
suspect and believe that D.E., of
is a [pauper patient] person of unsound mind and a proper subject of
confinement,



‘

VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. ‘ 19.
_ ISLANDS,
Taken and sworn

this day of Informant.

before me,

Magistrate.

Form 8.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Medical Certificate. See. 5(5).
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

I, R.K., a government medical officer, and being in actual practice
as a (Physician, Surgeon or Apothecary, as the case may be) having

been appointed by the Magistrate to examine A.B.
: of hereby

certify that I, on the day of

at personally examined the said

A.B. and I hereby certify that the said A.B, is a person of unsound
mind and a proper subject of confinement, and I have formed this
opinion upon the following grounds, namely :—

1. Facts indicating insanity observed by myself (here elate the
facts)

2. Other facts (if any) indicating insanity communicated by
others (here state the facts and by whom communicated)

3. have made enquiries of all persons known to me who seem
likely to be able to give information as to any facts of the
previous history of the said A.B. likely to be of service with
reference to the medical treatment. The following statement
contains all such facts known to me:

STATEMENT.

(If any partioulars in this statement are not known,
this is to be stated)

Name of patient and christian nume at length.

Sex and age.

Married, single, or widowed.

Condition of life and previous occupation, if any.
The religious persuasion as far as known.

Previous place of abode.

Whether first attack. Age (if known) on first attack.
When and where previously under care and treatment,
Duration of existing attack. Supposed cause.
Whether subject to epilepsy.

Whether suicidal.

Whether dangerous to others.



20 3 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Name and christian name and place of abode of nearest known
relative of the patient and degree of relationship.

(Add any other facts proper to be stated)
(Signed) R.K.

(Place of abode)
Dated this day of 19

Form 4.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Adjudication of lunacy and committal toan Sees. 9 and
institution pending making of a removal order. 10(a)
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

Whereas on the day of _A.B., of

informed me the undersigned Magistrate,

that he had good cause to suspect and believe and did suspect and

believe that D.E., of » was a person of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas it appears to me that the said D.M. is a person of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas, us required by the abovementioned Ordinance, the
medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundness of mind of
the said D.E. has been given.

Now, therefore I do hereby adjudge the said D.K. to be a person
of unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement and do hereby
order that the said D.E. be detained in an institution at
pending the issue of a removal order in respect of the said A.B.

Magistrate.



VIRGIN No. 9 of 2956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 21
ISLANDS.

Form 5.
The Lunacy and Mientul Treatment Ordinanee, 1956.
Adjudication of lunacy and committal to Sec, 10(d)

licensed house.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

Whereas on the day of 19 , A.B.
of , informed me the undersigned Magis-
trate that he had good cause to suspect and believe, and did suspect and
believe D.E., of , to be a person of unsound

mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas ag required by the abovementioned Ordinance, the
medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundness of mind of
the said D.K. has been given:

And Whereas F.G., of has offered to under- .
take the care and custody of the said D.E., in his house situate

at and has requested to have a licence granted
to him for that purpose:

And Whereas I am of opinion that the said F.G. is a proper person
to have the care aud custody of the said D.E., and that his said house is
suitable for the reception of the said D.E.

NOW, therefore, I do hereby adjudge the said D.H. to be a person
of nnsound mind and a proper subject of confinement and I do hereby
grant to the said F.G. a licence to receive the said D.E. into his said
house and there to take care and custody of him the said D.E., and I
do hereby order that the said D.E. be detained as a person of uusonnd
mind in the said house of the said F.G., in the care and cagstody of the
said F.G., subject to the provisions of the abovementioned Ordinance,

Magistrate.
Form 6.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order of committal of pauper patient to an institution
pending the making of a removal order. Sec. 10(e).

Oolony of the Virgin Islands.
A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

WHEREAS on the day of 19 ,AB,, of

, informed me the undersigned Mavistrate that he

had good cause to suspect and believe and did suspect and believe that
D.E. was a pauper. patient and a proper subject of confinement:

AND WHEREAS, as required by the abovementionrd Ordinance,
the medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundicss of mind
of the said D.E. has been given.



22 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956. VirGtn
ISLANDS,
NOW, THEREFORE, Ido hereby adjudge the said D.K. to bea
penper patient and a proper subject of confinement and 1 do hereby
order thi af the said D.ld. be detained in an institution at
pending the isaue of a removal order in respect of the
said D.E,

Magistrate,

Form 7.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956,
Notice by Licensee desiring to be discharged. Sec, 21,
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To TM. Magistrate.

{, E.F., to whom on the day of /
a licence was granted by _ to receive into my
house, situate in one A.B., a patient, and there

to take the care and custody of the said A.B., do hereby give you notice
that I desire to be discharged of the care and custody of the suid A.B.

Witness G.H. of
E.F.

Date.

Form 8.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order for removal of person of unsound mind from Sec. 22.
licensed house at request of friends.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

(Date)
Whereas by an order made on the day of
by Magistrate a licence was granted to E.F., of

to receive one .\.B., a patient into his house situate at
and there to take the care and custody of the said A.B.:

And Whereas it appears to me, the undersigned Magistrate, that
the said A.B. is maintained in the said licensed house of the gaid E.F.
at the expense of J.H. and K.L. and that the said J.H. and K.L. are
dasirous that the said A.B. should be removed from the licensed Dome
of ihe said E.F, to the house of one Q.R. situate at

*(Where provision has been made for the care and custody
of a patient in a mental hospital use the words shown below).

And Whereas the said Q.R. has applied to me fora licence to
enable him to receive the said A.B. at his said house, and there to take
the care and custody of the said A.B.:



VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956. £ vacy and Mental Treatment. 23
ISLANDs.

And Whereas I am of opinion that the said Q.R. is a proper person
to have the care and custody of the said A.B. and that his said house is
suitable for the reception of the said A.B.

Now, therefore, I, the said Magistrate do hereby discharge the said
E.F. of the care and custody of the said A.B. and do hereby order that
the said A.B. be removed from the licensed house of the said E.Â¥. to
the said house of the said Q.R. And I do hereby grant to the said Q.R.
a licence to receive the said A.B. into his said house, and there to take
thé care aud custody of him the said A.B. And I do hereby order that
the said A.B. be detained as a patient in the said house of the said Q.R.
in the care and custody of the said Q.R. subject to the provisions of the
abovementioned Ordinance.

Magistrate.

*And Whereas provision has been made for the care and custody of
the said A.B. in a mental hospital.

Now, therefore, I the said Magistrate do hereby discharge the sai
E.F. of the care and custody of the said A.B. and do hereby order that
the said A.B. be removed from the licensed house of the said E.F. to an
institution at pending the making of a removal order
in respect of the said A.B.

Magistrate.

Form 9.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Complaint of ill-treatment (or neglect) ofa person See. 23.
of unsound mind in a licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

of , informs
Magistrate, that A.B. a patient confined in the licensed house of E. F,,
situate at is ill-treated (or neglected).

day of Informant.

Taken and sworn mY
before me,

Magistrate.



24) = Lunacy and Mental Treatiint. No. 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
Form 10.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance. 1956.

Order for removal on ground of ill-treatment (or Sec. 23.
neglect) of a person of unsound mind from a
licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

On this _ day ot , at
complaint was made to me the undersigned Magistrate that A.B. a
patient confined in the licensed house of WI, situate at
is ill-treated (or neglected) and 1, having heard the said complaint, do
hereby order that the said E.F. be discharged from the eare and custody
of the said A.B. and do hereby further order that the said A.B. be
removed from the licensed house of the said E.F.

(where patient is to be sent to a mental
hospital use the following words)

to an institution pending the making of a removal order in respect of
the said A.B. and I hereby discharge the said KF. of the eare and
custody of che said A.B.

(where patient ts to be sent to wnother licensed
house, use the following words)

to the house of Q.R.: And I do hereby grant the said Q.R. a licence to
receive the said A.B. into his house and there to take the cwre and
custody of him the said A.B. And I do hereby further order, that the
said E.Â¥. be discharged of the care and custody of the said A.B. and
that the gaid A.B. be detained as a patient in the said honse of the said
Q.R. in the care and custody of the said Q.R. subject to the provisions
of the abovementioned Ordinance.

Date

Magistrate.

Form 11,
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance. 1956:

Warrant for the removal of a person of unsound Sec. 23(2)
mind from a licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

To T.S. W.Y. YZ. and |
To Q.R.
Whereas by an order made on the day of

by me the undersigned Magistrate, I did order that A.B., a patient
confined in the licensed house of E.F. situate at ;
be removed from the suid licensed house of the said E.F. to (*the house



VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956.) Linaci and Mental Treatinent. | 25
ISLANDS.

of you the abovenamed Q.R., sittate at )f (an
institution situate at pending the making of an
order of removal in reapect of the said A.B.).

These are, therefore, to authorise you the said T.S,, W.V. and Y.Z.,
or any or either of you, to remove the said A.B. from the said licensed
house of the said K.F.. and him to deliver (*to you the said Q.R. at the
said house of you the said Q.N., where you the said Q.R. are to receive
and take the care and custody of the said A.B.)/(*to the institution
aforesaid); And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

And if required in this behalf by you, or any of you, all constables,
peace officers, and all other Her Majesty’s subjects are to be aiding and
assisting in the execution of this warrant.

t

Given under my hand this day of 19

Magistrate.
* Delete words not applicable.

Form 12.

The Lunacy and Meutal Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order for the release of a patient from a Sec. 24,
licensed House.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

On this day of at

complaint was made before me the undersigned Magistrate that A.B., a
patient confined in the licensed house of EF. situate at

is no longer a proper subject of confinement, and it appearing to me,
having heard the said complaint, that the said A.B., is no longer a
proper subject of confinement, Ido hereby discharge the said ELF. of
the care and custody of the said A.B., and do hereby order him the said
E.F. to release the said A.B., and him the said A.B. to suffer to go at
large whithersoever he will.

Date

Magistrate,



26 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956, ViRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 13.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Interim Order by a Magistrate after notice See. 28.
of appeal.

(This Order may be written at the foot of the Order
to which it relates)

Whereas the above-named D.E, bas duly given notice of appeal
against the above order:

And Whereas under the circumstances of the case it appears to me
to be fit and proper to suspend the execntion of the above order for the
time and subject to the condition herein after mentioned.

Now, therefore, I do order that the above order be suspended
until the appeal against it of the said D.E. is heard and determined or
is deemed to be abandoned: Provided that this suspension is subject to
the following condition, namely, that the suid D.E. do reside with his
uncle P.K. in the village of , and in case the said
D.E. shall cease so to reside, this order of suspension shall become void,
and the above order shall revive aud be of full force and effect.

Date
Magistrate.

Form 14.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Order of Magistrate for Applization of income Sec. 31.
of insane person’s real estate towards
his maintenance.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

* In the matter of A.B. a person of unsound mind,

(Date)

Upon the application of 8.L.C, it appearing to ine
that A.13. has sinee the day of been maintained,
and that he is still maintained, at ; . as a patient, and
that he is entitled to certain houses situate at
in the Colony, and now Ict to at rents amounting in

the aggregate to the sin of ($45) per annum, and that the total annual
value of such houses is less than $48, and that the said A.B. is possessed
of no other property: and it also appearing to me that the expenses of
the past maintenance and support of the said A.B. in the said

exceed the amount of the rents in arrear of the
said houses, and tha’ the vearly expenses of his future maintenance and
support will exceed the yearly rents which will acerue to the said A.B.



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 27 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Now, therefore, [do order that the said rents in arrear be applied
in discharge of the past maintenance and support of -him the said A.B.,
and that the said rents hereafter to acerue be applied in payment of the
expenses of the future maintenance and support of the said A.B, so long
as he lives and continues to be an inmate of the said ;

and Ido declare that the said A.B. holds the said property and the right
to receive the said rents accrued, or hereafter to accrue, on trust to obey
this order, and accordingly I do order that the right to sue for and
recover the said rents in arrear and the rents that shall accrue, vest in
the said S.L.C. and any unapplied surplus in the hands of the said
8.L.C. upon the discharge of the said A.B. from the said

or upon his death is to be held upon trust for the said A.B, his
executors, adininistrators and assigns,

Magistrate.

Form 15.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinanec, 1956.

Order for sale of insane person’s real estate, Sec. 32,
and application for proceeds for his
maintenance.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

In the matter of A.B., a person of unsound mind.

(Date)

TTpon the application of , it appearing to me
Magistrate, that A.B. has since the day of
been maintained‘and he still is maintained in the
at as a (pauper) patient,

and that he is seised of an estate in fee simple in possession of one
undivided moiety of and ina certain cottage, and premises situate at
to the other undivided. moiety of which E.F., of
is entitled for an estate in fee simple in possession,
and that the value of the said undivided moiety of the said A.B. is less
than the sum of $480., and that the said A.B. is possessed of no other
property, and it also appearing to me that the expenses of the past
maintenance and support of the said A.B. in the said
from the said day of ;
to the day of - , amount to the sum of ($200).
And the said E.F. offering to purchase the said undivided moiety of the
said A.B. for the sum of ($400). And I being of opinion that the said
offer of the said E.F. is fair and reasonable, and that it is expedient to
accept the same, do order that the same be accepted and carried into
effect, and do «declare that the said A.B. holds the said undivided
moiety Upon trust to obey this order. And the said K.l. having paid
the sum of ($400) to the said S.L.C., and the said S.L.C. nidertaking to
apply the sum of ($200), part thereof in payment of the expenses of
the past maintenance aud support of the said A.B, from the suid



VIRGIN 28 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.
ISLANDS.
day of to the said day of , and from time to time
to apply the sum of ($200) residue of the said sum of ($400) in or
towards the expenses of the maintenance and support of the said A.B.
from the last mentioned day, and upon the discharge from the said
or death of
the said A.B. to hold any unapplied surplus in his hands upon trust for
the suid A.B. his executors, administrators, or assigns, I do order that
the said undivided moiety of the said A.B. of and in the said cottage
and premises do vest in the said E.F. his heirs and assigns for all the
astate and interest which the said A.B. has therein.

Magistrate.

Form 16.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Application by a voluntary patient to the See. 39(1).
Administrator to secure his admission
to a mental hospital.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To the Administrator ef the Virgin Islands.

I, the undersigned, do hereby request you to secure my admission,
as a voluntary patient, to a mental hospital and T hereby consent to my
removal from the Colony to the said hospital.

I undertake—

(4) to remain in the mental hospital until duly discharged
unless I give notice of my intention to leave the same a3 required
by subsection (2) of section 39:

(8) to conform to the rules regulating the obligations, cenduct
and discipline of persons detained for treatment in the said
hospital and to the terins of any Arrangement made under the
abovenamed Ordinance;

(e) subject tommy right to leave the mental hospital at any time
on giving and at the expiration of, the required notice, not to leave
the said hospital without being discharged therefrom in accordance
with the terms of au Arrangement hereinbefore mentioned; and I
understand that if I leave the said hospital without being dis-
charged, as aforesaid, or without giving the required netics, I shall
be liable to be captured and returned thereto.



No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment, 29 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 17.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance , 1956,

Form of application for reception of a Sec. 40(2).
temporary patient in mental hospital.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

To the Administrator of the Virgin Islands.

1. I, hereby request you to take such steps af
may be necessary for the reception of as a temporary
patient into the mental hospital at for a period not
exceeding six months.

2. Iam related to the said in the following
manner :—

Or

I am a registered medical practitioner in the Colony. The said

is well known to me and I make this application

at the request of , who is related to the said
in the following manner:—

Or

Iam not related to the said . The reasons
why this application is not made by a relative of the said
and my connection with him, and the circnmstances under which I
make this application, ara as follows:—

3. Annexed hereto ig a recommendation for the semporary

treatment of the said signed by
(Signed)
Dated
To
Form 18.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Form of Recommendation for temporary Sec. 40(3)
treatment.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

Recommendation for the temporary treatment of
of



VIRGIN 30 9 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

ISLANDS.” ,

J, of hereby declare that:—
1. Lama government medical officer in the Colony and I am not

the usual medical attendant of the abovenamed.

2. IT examined the said on the day of

*2.> T have formed the conclusions stated below on the following
grounds, viz:—

i, of hereby declare that :—

1. Lama registered medical practitioner in the Colony and am
(am not) the usual medical attendant of the abovenamed.

2. T examined the abovementioned on the
day of .
*3. T have formed the conclusions stated below on the following
grounds, viz:



‘And we, the said and
further declare that:—
1. The said
() is suffering from mental illness;
(ii) is likely to benefit by temporary treatment:
(iii) is for the iime being incapable of expressing himself as
willing or unwilling to receive such treatment.

2. It is expedient with a view to the said *s
recovery that he shoald be received inte for
a period not execeding six months.

(Signed)
Medical Qualifications. .

Date

(Signed)
Medical Qualifications,

Date

*A pevson in specifying tae gronnds on which his conclusions are based, must
carefully distinguish between statements of fact which are based upon his own
observations atid statements of fact which are based upon communications
made to hita by others.

Printed at the Governinent Printing Office. Leeward Islands.
hy Far. Prgott, Actine Government Printer.—By Authority.
19s,

47/00419—580 —( 56, [Price 33 coants. |



No. 11 of 1956. Currency, Coinage and Legal VIRGIN
Tender. IsLANDs.

{L.S.]
I Assent,
K. W. Bracknourne,
Governor.
5th June, 1956.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 11 of 1956.

An Ordinance to declare currency notes and coins
issued by the Board of Commissioners of
Currency, British Caribbean Territories (Kast-
ern Group) and currency notes issued by the
Government of Jamaica to be legal tender in

the Colony.
[ By Proclamation | Commenve-

ment.
ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin
Islands.

1. This Ordinances may be cited as the Short title.
Currency, Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinance,
1956.

2. In this Ordinance— Intorpreta-
AON.

“ Board’ means the Board of Commissioners
of Currency, British Caribbean Territories
(Eastern Group) ;

“coin”? means any coin provided, issued or
re-issued by the Board;

‘currency note” means any note provided
or issued by the Board and includes a

o.

Jamaica currency note;

“die” includes any plate, type, tool, or
implement whatsoever, and also any part
of any die, plate, type, tool, or imple-
ment, and any stamp or impression
thereof or any part of such stamp or
impression ;

Jamaica currency note” means any note of
the Government of Jamaica issued from



VIRGIN
IsLANDS.

Cap. 88.

Legal tender,

Value of
Jamaica
currency note.

Imitation of
currency note.

Mutilating or
defacing cur-
rency notes.

2 Currency, Coinaye and Legal No, 11 of 1956,
Tender,

time to time under the provisions of the
Currency Notes Law of the Colony of
Jamaica and being, at the time of tender,
legal tender in Jamaica.

3. (1) Currency notes shall be legal tender
in the Colony for the payment of any amount.

(2) Coin shall, if the coins have not been
illegally dealt with, be legal tender to an amount
not exceeding in the case of coins of a denomina-
tion of not less than twenty cents, ten dollars; and
in the case of coins of a lower denomination, two
dollars,

(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a
coin shall be deemed to have been illegally dealt
with where the coin has been impaired, diminished,
or lightened otherwise than by fair wear and tear,
or has been defaced by having any name, word,
device or number stamped or engraved thereon,
whether the coin has or has not been thereby
diminished or lightened.

4. The value of a Jamaica currency note
shall be calculated at the rate of four dollars and
eighty cents for one pound.

5. If any person makes or causes to be made
or uses for any purpose whatsoever, or utters any
document purporting to be or in any way resem-
bling or so nearly resembling as to be calculated to
deceive, any currency note or any part thereof, he
shall be liable on summary conviction in respect of
each such document to a fine of one hundred
dollars and the court shall order the document in
respect of which the offence was committed and
any copies of that document and any plates,
blocks, dies, or other instruments used for or
capable of being used for printing or reproducing
any such document which are in the possession of
such offender, to be destroyed.

6. Whosoever without lawful authority or
excuse (the proof whereof shall lie on the person
accused) mutilates, cuts, tears or perforates with
holes any currency note or in any way defaces



No. 11 of 1956. Chrency, Coinage and Legal 3
Tender.

currency note whether by writing, printing, draw-
ing or stamping thereon, or by attaching or affixing
thereto anything in the nature or form of an
advertisement, shall on summary conviction be
liable to a fine of twenty-four dollars.

7. For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby

declared that a currency note under this Ordinance
is within the meaning of the expression ‘ currency
note” in section 2 of the Forgery Act, 1954.

8. The Act entitled “ An Act for assimila-
‘ting the monies of the Virgin Islands to those of
the United Kingdom” dated the 25th day of
October, 1852, and the General Legislature Com-
petency (Currency Notes) Ordinance, 1920 are
hereby repealed. The declaration contained in
section 2 of the said Ordinance is hereby revoked.

9. This Ordinance shall come into operation
on a day to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gazette.

E. A. Evrryy,
. President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th day
of May, 1956.

H. O. Crequr,
Clerk of the Council.



ANTIGUA.

VirGiIn
’ TsLANDS.

Currency note
under this
Ordinance.

14/1956.

Repenl and
revocation of
Competeney.

7/1920,

Commence-
ment,

Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands
by Earn Pigorr. Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

1956.
—530—0.a6.

[ Price 6 eenta.]



LEEWARD ISLANDS.

GENERAL GOVERNMENT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.

-

1956, No. 28.

ProceaMATION DATED 61H JUNE, 1956, BRINGING INTO
OPERATION THE Prisons (Repeat) Act, 1755 (No.
10/1955).

BY THE GOVERNOR OF THE
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

K. W. Biacksurne,
(rovernor.

WHEREAS by section 3 of the Prisons (Repeal) Act,
1955 (No. 10/1955) it is provided that the said Act sball come
into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gaczeze.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Kenxwru Wittiam BLackBuRNE,
a Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of
Saint. Michael and Saint George, an Officer of the Most Excel-
lent Order of the British Empire, Governor and Commander im
Chief in and over the Colony of the Leeward Islands and Vice
Admiral of the same, do by this my Proclamation declare that
the said Act shall come into operation on the Ist day of July,

1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the siid
Colony and all others whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Government House, Antigua, this
6th day of June, 1956, aud in the fifth year
of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!

ANTIGUA
Printed at the Government Printing Oftice, Leeward Islands.
by Earn Preott, Acting Government Printer.--By Authority.
1956.
47/00315—480—6.56. , Price 3 cents





Leeward Islands.
STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 28.



~ rc

Tae Prvstons Laws (Aparration) Reegunartons, 1956,
parep JUNE 11, 7956, MAD BY ‘tHE GovERNOR IN
EXERCISE OF THE POWER CONFZKRED ON ITM BY SUBSEC-
rion (1) or seerion 46 ov Tun Leeward [snanps
(Miscennancous Provistons) Orper ts Cooxctn, 1956
(Imrrria.) (1956, No. 838). ;

1. Citation, Commencement, Construction
and Application. (1) These Reyulations may be cited as
the Pensions Laws (Adaptation) Regulations, 1956, and shall
come into operation on the Ist day of July, 1996,

(2) (a) These Regulations shall be read and con-
strued as one with the Leeward Islands (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Order in Couneil {05%

(6) In these Regulations—

nensions law ” means a law relating to pensions, gratuities
or other like benefits that may be granted to a person
or to the dependants of any person in respect of the
service of that person under the Government of any
Presidency or the Government of the Colony of the
Leeward Islands; and

“dependants”, in relation to any person, includes the
personal representatives of that person.

(3) Save as otherwise provided herein, these Regula-
tions shall apply to each Presidency,

2. Continuation in force ot Pensions Laws.
There shall remain valid as respects each Presidency after the
beginning of the appointed day notwithstanding its constitution
as a separate Colony-——

(a) the laws referred to in the first column of the
Schedule to these Regulations; aid

(6) such other pensions laws (if any) as are in force
in that Presidency immediately before the beginning of
the appointed day.



2

3. Adaptation and Modification of Pensions
Laws. A law that has effect in any Presidency after the
beginning of the appointed day by virtue of Regulation 2 shall,
in its application to that Presidency, be construed with such
adaptations and modifications as are necessary to bring it into
conformity with the provisions of the Leeward Islands Act,
1956, and the Leeward Islands (Miscellancous Provisions) Order
in Council, 1956; and in particular references in any such law
to “the Colony” shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
be construed as references to that Presidency, and the laws
referred to in the first column of the Schedule to these Regula-
tions shall, in their application to any Presidency, be construed
with the adaptations and modifications prescribed for that
Presidency in the second column of the Schedule.

4. Payment of certain Pensions. Where any
law has effect in any Presidency after the beginning of the
appointed day by virtue of Regulation 2, any sum which, if the
Colony of the Leeward Islands had not been dissolved and the
law had not been adapted and modified by Regulation 3, would,
on or after the appointed day, have been payable under the law
to any person or his dependants out of the revenues of that
Colony, shall, notwithstanding anything contained ia Regula-
tion 3, be paid to that person or those dependants out of the
revenues of that Presidency:

Provided that if the law has effect as aforesaid in more than
one Presidency, such sum shall be paid out of the revenues
of all the Presidencies in which the law so has effect in such
proportions among those Presidencies as the Governor may
determine,



‘s,

3

SCHEDULE.
Part I

The adaptations and modifications sect out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for all Presidencies.

Pensions Section
Act, 1947 2d)
(No, 12/1947)
2 (2)
2 (4)

4 (2)
Pensions Regulation
Regulations 24 (5)
1947.

bo
=]

28.2)

First
Schedule

to the
Regulations

Pensions 2 (1)
Increase Act,

1947 (No. 10/

1947)

The definition of the expressions
“Colony” and “Government of
the Colony ” shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
The words “ or of the Presiden-
cies thereof as in this section
provided ” shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
‘The words © Chic! Secretary ”
shall be substituted for the words
* Colonial Secretary in the
Colony’. The words “or, in
the case of an othcer whose
service has been wholly under
the Government of a Presidency,
to the Administrator or Com-
missioner of that Presidency ”
shall be deleted.
The words “ the ‘Treasury ” shall
be substituted for the words
“any Presidential Treasury’.
This paragraph shat] be deleted.
Between the words * Kenya and
Uganda Railways and Harbours
Administration’ and the words
“Malayan [stablishment” the
words ‘ Leeward Islands (before
Ist July, 1956)” shall be
inserted.
The definition of the expression
““Governor’”’ shall be deleted.

Pensions 2) The definition of the expression

Increase Act,
1953 (No. 20/
1953)
4 (1)

“ Governor ”’ shall be deleted.

The words “or of any Presi-
dency thereof” shall be deleted.



A,

Part IT

The adaptations and modifications sec out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Antigua only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the words “ Mauritius” and
* Nigeria?” the word °°" Tontserrat ”
shall be mserted.

Berween the words “ Oversea Audit
Service (Home Lstablishiment) ”” and
the words “St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Between the words “ United King-
dom of Great Britain and Northern
Irelnnd” and the words ‘“ Western
Pacifie” the words * Virein Islands”
shall be inserted.

Part II

The adaptations and modifications set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Saint Chiris-
topher Nevis and Anguilla only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the words ‘Aden’ and
Bahamas’ the word “Antigua”
shall be inserted,

Between the words “ Mauritius?’ and
“Nigeria” the word “Montserrat,”
shall be inserted.

Between the werds “ United King-
dom of Great Britain aud Northern
Ireland? and the words “Western
Pacific” the words “ Virgin Islands”
shall be inserted.



5
Part IV .

The adaptations and modifications set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Montserrat

only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the werds “Aden” and
“Babamas” the word “Antigua”
shall be inserted,

Between the words “Oversea Andit
Service (Home Establishment)” and
the words “St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Between the words “United Kings,

“dom of Grent Britain and Northern

Treland” and the words “ Western
Pacific” the words ‘Virgin Islands”
shall be inserted.

Part V

The adaptations and modificatious set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of the Virgin

Islands only,

Pensions First
-Regula- Sched-
tions, 1947 ule to

the
Regu-
lations

Between the words “Aden” and
‘“Bahamus” the word * Antigua”
shall be inserted.

Between the words ‘“ Mauritivs” and
“Nigeria” the word ‘ Montserrat”
shull be inserted.

Between the words “Oversen Audit
Service (Home Establishment)” and
the words ‘St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Made by the Governor this 11th day of June, 1956.

K. W. Bracksurne.
Governor.

ANTIGUA



Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Pigort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

47/00075 11—480—6.56.

1956. ;
Price 8 cents,



LEEWARD ISLANDS.

GENERAL GOVERNMENT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 24.

_



PRocCLAMATION DATED JuNE 14, 1956, DissoLvinc THE
“ENERAL LEGISLATIVE CouncLL oF THE LEEWARD
IsLaNbs.

BY THE GOVERNOR OF THE
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

P. D. Macponatn,
Governor's Deputy.

WHEREAS by section 12 of the Leeward Islands Acts,
1871 to 1950, as amended, it is provided that the Coungil may
from time to time be convoked, prorogued, and dissolved by
Proclamation:

AND WHERKAS itis expedient that the said Council
should be dissolved on the 30th day of June, 1956.

NOW THEREFORE, I, Patrick Donarp Mac-
DONALD, a Companion of the Most Distinguished Order of
Saint Michael and Saint George, Deputy for the Governor of
the Colony of the Leeward Islands do hereby proclaim and
order that the General Legislative Council be dissolved with
effect from the 30th day of June, 1956.

AND the members of the said Council and all others
whom it may concern are hereby required to take due notice
hereof and to give their ready obedience accordingly.

GIVEN under my hand at the Government House,
Antigua, this 14th day of June, 1956, and in
the fifth yesr of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !
ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Gutoe, Leeward Islands,
by EARL PreoTt, Acting Government Printer.—Ry Authority.
1958.

18/00068—480—6.56. [Price 3 vents.’





LEEWARD ISLANDS.

ANTIGUA.

STATUTORY RULEs AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 18.

c

Tus Trarric Signs (Kinps anp Duscriprions) (AMENDMENT)
_ Recutations, 1956, parnp May 29, 1956, MADE BY THE
TRAFFIC COMMISSIONER UNDER SECTION 75 OF THE
Veuicues AND Roap Trarric Orpinancr, 1946, as
AMENDED, AND APPROVED BY THE GOVERNOR IN CoUNCIL.
1. Crratron. These Regulations may be cited as the
Traffic Signs (Kinds and Descriptions) (Amendment) Regula-
tions, 1956, and shall be read and construed as one with the
Traffic Signs (Kinds and Descriptions) Regulations, 1959
(S.R.&. O. 1955, No. 9) hereinafter referred to as the Principal
Regulutions.

» AwenpMeNT. The following amendments are hereby
made to regulation 3 of the Principal Regulations:—

(1) Paragraph (¢) and the caption thereto is hereby
deleted and the following substituted therefor:—

Sian TO Harr or Siow at Roap AHEAD

“(¢) G) Hart Sign: A sign which shall be
interpreted as indicating that any person driving a
vehicle on a road on or to which such sign is placed
shall bring the vehicle to a halt before entering, but as
near ag practicable to, the driving surface of the road
which he ig about to enter, such sign having inscribed
thereon the words “HALT AT MAJOR ROAD
AHEAD”.

(ii) S.ow Siex: A sign which shall be imter-
preted as indicating that any person driving a vehicle
shall, when approaching a junction of a road where
such sign is placed, slow down and conform with the
Highway Code for road junctions, such sign having
inscribed thereon the words “ SLOW MAJOR
ROAD AHEAD ”™.”



2

(2) Paragraph (d) and the caption thereto is hereby
deleted and the following substituted therefor:—

SIGN AT OR NEAR SCHOOL

‘“(d) A school traftic sign of the like kind and
description as is prescribed in the Highway Code

which shall be interpreted as indicating that a school .

is situated in the vicinity of the fond on which the
sign is placed and that the driver of a vehicle on that
road shall take special care und slow down when
approaching such school or the road leading thereto.”

3) Paragraph (i) and the caption thereto are
hereby cleleted and the following substituted therefor:

Bus Sror

(i) A sign to indicate the places where motor
omnibuses shall stop on or near the route or routes on
which they are permitted to travel, for the purpose
only of “taking up or setting down passengers and
goods, and where no other vehicle shall be permitted
to stop or atand. Such sign shall be erected at such
places on the route-as may be approved by the Traftic
Commissioner and shal! have inseribed thereon the

words “ BUS STOP ”.”

Made this 16th day of May, 1956

A, A. M. Flinn.

Traffic Commivsioner,

Approved by the Governor in Council this 29th day of
May, 1956.

F. A. Crarkh,
cleting Clerk of the Council,

ANTIGUA.,
Printed at the Governmen,: Printing Office, Leeward Islands.
by Earp Pi@otr, Acting Government Printer.— By Authority.
1956.

A, 47 [6—520—6.56. . frice 4 cents,

.

@



LEEWARD ISLANDS

ANTIGUA.



STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.

No. 19 of 1956



RULES MADE BY THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL UNDER AUTHORITY
OF SECTION 27 Of THE PRISON ORDINANCE, 1955 (No. 4
of 1955). :



PART I.
PRELIMINARY.



i. Short Title. These rules may be cited as the Prison
Rules, 1956.

2. Interpretation. In these Rules unless the context
otherwise requires—

“appellant” has the same meaning as in the Windward
Tslands and Lezward Islands Court of Appeal Rules,
1240 (S.R. & O. 1949 No. 23) ;

“juvenile prisoners’? means prisoners under sixteen years
of age ;

“prison”, “ prisoner’ have respectively the same mean-
ings ‘as are assigned to them in the Ordinance ;

‘prison officer”? means an officer appointed by virtue of
subsections (1) and (2) of section 7 of the Ordinance ;

“subordinate officer” means any prison officer other than
the Superintendent and the Prison Medical Officer ;

‘Superintendent ” means the Superintendent of Prison ;
“the Ordinance” means the Prison Ordinance, 1955 (No.
4 of 1955) ;

“Visiting Committee” means the Visiting Committee ap-
pointed under Rule 3 of these Rules.



2
PART IT

VISITING COMMITTEE.

3. (1) A Visiting Committee shall be appointed by the
Governor and shall consist of not less than three and not more
than six Justices of the Peace of the Presidency. Such appoint-
ments shall be for a period not exceeding three years and may
be terminated at any time at the Governor’s pleasure.

(2) The Chairman of the Visiting Committee shall be
appointed by the Governor and shall preside at all meetings
but in his absence the members of the Visiting Committee shall
elect one of themselves to be chairman of the meeting.

(3) The Governer shall appoint a Secretary to the
Visiting Committee.

(4) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (1) of
rule 199 of these Rules, two members of the Visiting Committee
shall form a quorum and all questions arising for the decision
cf the Visiting Committee shall be decided by a majority of
votes of the members present, and when the votes are equal,
the Chairman shall have a casting vote.

(5) A member of the Visiting Committee shall vacate
his oftice.

(a) if he resigns in writing addressed to the
Governor ; or

(b) if he fails, without reasonable excuse (the
sufficiency whereof shall be determined by
the Governor) to attend three consecutive
meetings of the Visiting Committee ; or

(c) if his appointment is determined by the
Governor.

(6) The Visiting Committee shall meet not less than
once a month during the first week of the month on a day
to be fixed at their discretion and more frequently as occasion
may require.

(7) Minutes of every meeting of the Visiting Com-
mittee shall be taken by the Secretary and shall be submitted
to the Governor as soon as possible after every meeting.

(8) At the monthly meetings or an adjournment
thereof, the Visiting Committee shall visit the whole Prison,
and shall hear and investigate any application or complaint
which any prisoner may desire to make to them and, if
necessary, repcrt the same, with their opinion, to the Governor.
They shall specially inquire into the condition of those
prisoners who are undergoing solitary confinement.



3

(9) The Visiting Committee shall have free access to
all parts of the prison records and to all prisoners and may
see any such prisoners as they desire, either in their cells or
in a rcom out of sight and hearing of prison officers.

(10) The Visiting Committee shall co-operate with
the Superintendent in promoting the efficiency of the prison
and shall make enquiry into any matter specially referred to
them by the Governor and report their opinion thereon.

(11) The Visiting Committee shall assist the Super-
intendent with advice and suggestions as to the employment,
education and recreation cf the prisoners.

(12) The Visiting Committee shall investigate at the
prison all charges brcught against prisoners (for the due
punishment of which the Superintendent’s power is inadequate)
and deai with them in the manner provided in the rules relating
to punishment.

; (13) Twice each year the Visiting Committee shalt
consider the character, conduct and prospects of each prisoner.

(14) The Visiting Committee shall report to the
Governor any matter which they consider it expedient to report.

(15) The Visiting Committee shall examine the
“Prison Punishment Book” monthly and shall enquire into
any irregularity cr excessive punishment therein and shall,
if necessary, communicate with the Governor on the subject.

PART III.
OTHER OFFICERS



THE SUPERINTENDENT

4. -Residence, Employment, Etc. (1) The Superintendent
shall have the general control and management of a prison
and shall reside in such quarters at the prison as may be
assigned to him by the Governor. He shall not follow or be
concerned in any other occupation or trade, unless specially
authorised by the Governor. He shall not derive, directly or
indirectly any emolument or benefit, pecuniary or otherwise
from the Supplies furnished for the use of the prison, or from
the sale of any article produced in the prison. He shall not
let for hire any portion of his quarters or any part of the
prison buildings or grounds.

(2) The Superintendent shall be allowed medical at-
tendance and medicine for himself at the public expense.



4

_ 5. Absence. The Superintendent shall not leave the
prison between 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. without the permission
ot the Governor except in cases of emergency which shall be
noted in his Journal.

6. Observance and Enforcement of Prison Laws. The
Superintendent shall strictly conform to the provision of these
Rules and of all the laws relating to the prison, and shall require
obedience to the same from all subordinate officers, and rigidly
enforce them on the prisoners. He shall be responsible for
every relaxation or infringement of such rules and laws.

7. Inspection of Prison. The Superintendent shall inspect
every part of the men’s prison, and see every prisoner at least
once in every twenty-four hours, and shall in like manner inspect
the women’s prison at least twice a week, and in default of such
inspections shall state in his journal how far he has omitced
them, and the cause thereof. He shall at least once in each
week go through the men’s prison at an uncertain hour of
the night, which visit, with the hour and state of the prison
at the time, he shall record in his journal. When visiting the
women’s prison he shall be accompanied by the matron.

8. Inspection of Cells. The Superintendent shall at least
once in every twenty-‘our nours visit each ceil at the prison In
which a prisoner is undergoing cellular confinement, and shall
see that every prisoner under punishment is visited, during the
day, at intervals of not more than three hours by the appointed

officer.

9. Medical Certificate Pricer to Punishment. The Super-
intendent shall take care that no prisoner is subjected to any
cerporal, cellular, or dietary punishment which the Prison
Medical Officer has not certified that he is capable of under-

going.

10. Prehibition of Unauthorised Person Sleeping in Prison.
The Superintendent shall not allow any person unconnected
with the prison to sleep therein, without the written permission

ot the Governcr.

11. Communication with Prisoners. The Superintendent
shall not permit any person, not being an officer cf the prison,
to have any communication with any prisoner, except as pro-
vided by these rules.

12. Precaution against Escape and Fires. The Superin-
tendent shall take every precaution to guard against the escape
of any prisoner, and shiall cause a daily examination to be made
of all cells, bars, bolts and locks. In the event of an escape
being effected, he shall immediately report it to the Governor
and to the Holice. He shall also adopt proper precautions

against fire.



5

_ 1s. Escape of Prisoners. The Superintendent shall en-
quire into the escape of any prisoner and the conduct of the
officers in charge at the time.

14. Inspectien of Supplies. The Superintendent shalt
satisfy himself that the food, clothing and other supplies
furnished by the contractors are wholesome and good, and are
in quality, description, and weight, in accordance with the re-
quisitions and contracts and shall reject all supplies which
aie not satisfactory. All contractors’ accounts for articles
supplied shall be certified bv him and he shall frequently inspect
the diets ot prisoners and see that they are of the proper
description, quantity and quality.

15. Prisoners’ Cemplaints. The Superintendent shall at
all reasonable times ke ready to hear the complaints of any
‘prisoner and, should he deem it necessary, shiall report the
same to the Governor. All such complaints shall be entered
in his journal.

16. Mechanical Restraint ef Prisoners. The Superinten-
dent shall in cases of urgent necessity, have power to place a
priscner under mechanical restraint, but no such prisoner shall
be kept under mechanical restraint for a longer period than
twenty-four hours, unless his conduct is such as to render if
absclutely necessary, when the restraint may be continued with
the sanction of the Governor.

17. Circumstances and Type of Mechanical Restraint.
Mechanical restraint shall only be resorted to in extreme cases,
not as a punishment, but in order tc prevent acts o* violence.
Ne mechanical restraint shall be used except of such patterns
as shail be approved by the Governor.

18. Publication in Prison of Abstract of Rules. The Super-
intendent shall cause an abstract of these Rules to be placed
in conspicuous parts of the prison, and shall cause te be read
to the prisoners once a month such of the rules as relate tc
their conduct, discipline and treatment.

\

19. Neétification of IUmess of Officer cr Prisoner. The
Superintendent shall report to the Prison Medical Officer, witnh-
cut de’ay, the sudden illness of any cfficer or prisoner, and
shall acquaint him, on each cf his visits, with the names oi

1



all prisonen: whe complain of iiness or ave undergcing evhy ar
conimement. The Superintendent snall report tc whe Prison
Medical Officer any case of insanity or apparsnt insanity oc-
curring amongst the prisoners, or any case in which the life of
any prisoner seems tc him likely to be endangered by further

continuance in prison or by the discipline thereof.





20. Observance of Medical Officer’s Orders. The Super-
intendent shall carry or cause to be carried into effect any
orders of the prizen Medical Officer with reference to health



6

and cleanliness, and shall report to the Senior Medci
» an. ll re yonio edcial Officer
any such order which he is unable to carry into effect.

21. Notification of Clergyman. The Superi i
5 ; on : perintendent shall
give notice toa munister ef the religicus denomination to which
oe EOE oe In any case where he is informed by the
to be in danger. pope ae ane

22. Notification of Relatives and Friends. The Superin-
tendent shall notify, whenever practicable, the relatives or
friends of any officer or prisoner whom the Prison Medical
Oificer reports to be seriously ill.

23. Prisoners Whese Health Endangered. On receipt of
any report from the Prison Medical Officer that the mind or
body of any prisoner is likely to be injured by the discipline
or by further detention in prison the Superintendent shall give
such divections as may be requisite, reperting in every such
case ta the Governor.

24. Kepsrt cf Death of Prisoner. Upon the death of a
prisoner, or an infant in the prison, the Superintendent shall
immediately repert the same to the Governor, the Coroner of
the District, and, when practicable, to the nearest relatives
of the deceased.

25. Employment of Prisoners. The Superintendent shall
take care that all convicted prisoners are regulariy worked in
accordance with the rules for employment of prisoners, unles=
exempted by the Priscn Medical Officer, and he shall, if piac-
ticabie, provide suitable employment for all unconvicted
priscners who may desire to work.

26. Restriction on Employment ef Prisoner. The Super-
intendent may authcriss any prisoner to be employed within
a prison in the service of the prison, but not in its diccipline
her, except with the permission of the Governor, in his own
service, nor in the service of any prison cfficer.

27. Corporal Punishment and Executions. The Superin-
tendent shall attend all corporal punishment and shall enter
in his Journal any orders which the Prison Medical Officer
may have given on such eccasion. He shall make all necessary
arrangements for the carrying out of all executions ‘and shall
be present thereat.

28. Prisoners’ Letters. The Superintendent shall read
every letter addressed to, or written by, ‘a prisoner, and in every
instance where he may deem it necessary to withhold any such
letter he shall record the fact in his Journal: Provided that
the Superintendent may delegate the duty cf reading any such
letter to the Chief Ojificer.



7

29. Responsibility for Prison Stores. The Superintendent
shall be responsible for all stores, clothing, etc., and for all
deficiencies in the same. He shall direct the issue of the prope
Supplies and take care that no article of any description is
issued until it is properly marked with the prison marks. He
Shall carefully study the requirements of the prison for the
purpose of promoting economy and preventing waste.

_ 30. Condemnation of Articles. Between the first and
fifteenth days of January and the first and fifteenth days of
July in each year, the Superintendent shall prepare and forward.
to the Governor a list of articles to be condemned as unfit for
further use and shall dispose of such articles as directed. He
shall take stock of all prison property on or before the 31st
March each year, and shall keep a certified inventory thereof.

31. Weekly Returns. The Superintendent shall forward
the following returns te the Governor every Monday morning :—

(a) A return showing the prisoners receivec
during the week, their names, offences and
sentences; likewise the prisoners released,
and by what autnority.

(b) A return of the occupation ‘and distribution
of the prisoners during the week.

32. Annual Report. The Superintendent shall annually
prepare and forward to the Governor a report upon the condi-
tion and working of the prison as required by the circular
despatch of the Secretary cf State numbered 12758/47 and
dated 23rd June, 1947.

35. Notification of Religious Denomination of Prisoner.
The Superintendent shall once a month forward to the minis-
ters of religious denominations lists of the prisoners belonging
to their respective persuasions.

24. Conduct of Officers. The Superintendent shall ex-
ercise his authority with firmness, temper, and humanity, and
abstain trom all irritating language. He shall not strike a
prisoner, unless compelled to do so in self-defence. He shall
enforce similar ccnduct on the part of the subordinate officers.

35. Reports on Long Sentence Prisoners. The Superin-
tendent shall bring to the notice of the Governor all long
sentence convicts (both men and women) at the end of the
fourth year of imprisonment and every fourth year thereafter,
describing the prisoner’s mental and bodily condition with par-
ticular reference to the effect of his imprisonment upon his
health, his demeanour and his attitude towards the offence
and towards crime generally and upon his conduct and industry
and on any other points which might be of assistance to the
Governor in considering his case.



8

36. Records. The Superintendent shall be responsible for
the folowing 'and such other books and records, as may from

time to time be
up to date :—

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)

(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(kK)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(0)
(p)
(q)

(r)

required at a prison being kept properly and

a Prison Register ;

a Journal of all occurrences of importance in
the prison ;

a Prisoners’ Punishment Book ;

a book recording interviews with prisoners by
the Superintendent ;

an Inventory Book of all articles belonging to
the prison ;

an Order Book for the entry of any standing
orders relative to the discipline of the prison ;

a record of officers’ services, defaults, etc. ;
a Provision Ledger ;

an Official Visitors’ Book ;

a General Visitors’ Book ;

a Diet Book, showing daily number of
prisoners on each class of diet ;

a record of previcus convictions ;

a Cash Book for all receipts and payments ;
a Monthly Pay and Stoppage Book ;

a Diary of daily cccurrences ,

a Prisoners’ Property Book ;

a Stores Book in which shall be recorded all
articles of clothing and all cther article:
supplied for the use of the prison or prisoners,
recording distributicn and use of the same ;
and

a Gatekeeper’s Occurrence Book to be kept at
the Gate Lodge for recording the hour and
minute of entries and departures of all in-
dividuais to or from the prison, and also for
recording the receipt of all prison stores.

37. Visits of Inspection. The Superintendent shall ac-
company the Governor and the Visiting Committee on their
inspection of the prison.



9

38. Notice of Approaching Release of Prisoner. The Super-
intendent shall give notice to the Superintendent of Police of
the approaching release of any prisoner under conviction who
has been in prison six months and upwards. No prisoner shali
be released before the termination of his sentence without com-
petent authority being transmitted to the Superintendent.

39. Release of Prisoners Unprovided with Clothing. The
Superintendent shall, upon the release of ‘any prisoner un-
provided with clothing, ascertain whether his relatives or
friends can furnish him with clothing and, if not, he shall
supply him with clothing of value not exceeding ten dollars
at the public expense.

40. Priscners Eligible for Licences. The Superintendent
shall transmit tc the Governor the names ‘and descriptions of
such prisoners as are eligible for discharge under the rules
h-reinatter provided for remission of sentences, and also of
every prisoner under a life sentence who has served fifteen
years of his sentence, or having served ten years, has attained
or is believed to have attained the age of sixty.

41, Prisoners Liable to Pay for Wilful Damage to Prison
Preperty. The Superintendent may order the money or other
property of any priscner to be applied towards the repair of
any injurv wilfully done bv such prisoner to the prison property,
or any other preperty in the prison.

42. Care of Prison Walls. The Superintendent shall see
that no trees are allowed to grow ‘against the outer wails of
the priscn and that no rubbish or other article is laid against
them,

43. Limewashing of Buildings. The Superintendent shall
have the prison walls and buildings limewashed once in six
months, or more often if necessary.

44, Inspection of Prisoners’ Work. The Superintendent
shall frequently inspect the work pertormed by prisoners both
inside the prison walls and outside, so as to satisfy himself
that every prisoner at work is working diligently and shall also
cause the Chief Officer to do the same. Such inspection of
outside work shall be recorded in a book kept for that purpose
In the prison.

45. T>aty in Case of Disturbance. In the event of any dis-
turbance or insubordination among the prisoners which the
Superintendent and the officers of the prison are unable to
subdue, the Superintendent shall make immediate demand on the
Police for assistance and shall also report the matter to the
Governor.

46. Essue of Firearms to Staff. The Superintendent may
equip anv member of the staff while on duty or while having
charge of any prisoner with such firearms as may be approvec



10

by the Governor in Council, if in his opinion such a course is
necessary or expedient for the preservation of order or discipline
or for the protection of any person or to prevent the escape of
any prisoner: Provided always that the previous sanction of the
Governor shall be obtained, except in cases of emergency, when
ihe same shall be reported as soon as possible to the Governor.

47, Dispcsal of Fines and Costs Collected. The Superin-
tendent shall forthwith forward to the proper authority all fines
and costs received by him from prisoners committed in default
ot payment.

48. Prison Visitors. The Superintendent may, with the
assistance of the Visiting Committee, obtain a sufficient number of
suitable prison visitors of both sexes for the purpose of instructing
prisoners. All voluntary workers in a prison shall be requested
by the Superintendent to observe the usual rules and regulations
which are binding upon prison officers and they shall conduct their
work under the general guidance of the Superintendent.

THE PRISON MEDICAL OFFICER.

49, Ciass of Labour to be Performed by Prisoner. The
Prison Medicai Officer shall certify the class of labour for which
every prisoner is fit on admission, and from time to time there-
after, if necessary on medical grounds, and no prisoner shall be
emploved at any labour for which he is not certitied as being ft.
He shall also assist, when necessary, in assigning the task of
labour according to the physical capacity of a prisoner.

50, Sick Prisoners and Officers. The Prison Medical Officer
shall attend to and prescribe for all sick prisoners. He shall
aitend both within the prison and at their residences without the
prison, all officers of the prison. He shall examine all prisoners
on admission and record in the Medical Minute Book the cases of
any who are found to be in an unfit state to be sent to prison,
he shail also certify tha’ a prisoner, previous to his being trans-
ferred to any other legalised place of confinement, is in a fit state
af health to be removed.

ol. Health of Prisoner endangered by further Imprisonment
Whenever the Prison Medieal Officer has reasuns to believe that
the mind or body of a prisoner is or is likely to be injuriously
affected by the discipline or treatment of the prison he shall record
the case in the Medical Minute Book for the information of the
Superintendent and shall give such directions as he may think
proper. He shall also report to the Superintendent whenever he
shall be of the opinion that the life of any prisoner is endangered
by his continuance in prison, with the grounds of his opinion.

52. Visits. The Prison Medical Officer shall be in attendance
at the prison not less than one day in every week before nine
o’clock in the morning and shall arrange his several visits and



il

duties so as not to disturb the routine or discipline of the prison.
He shall enter in the Medical Journal the name of each prisoner,
together with such directions for his treatment, diet, clothing,
exercise, etc., and such other observations as he shall see fit; the
Journal shall be signed by him and handed over daily to the Super-
intendent for his information and guidance.

53. Tiness of Officers. The Prison Medical Officer shall
keep a Medical Journal of all officers who mav apply to him for
advice, and shall, on receiving information from the Superin-
tendent that any subordinate officer has absented himself on the
plea of illness, visit such officer and shall record in the said Journal
whether such officer is fit or unfit for duty, and if unfit, the period
of time fer which he is excused. The Journal when signed by
him shall be handed over to the Superintendent for his information
and guidance.

54. Bsoks to be Kept by Medical Officer. (1) The Prison
Medical Officer shall keep at the prison the following books :

(a) a Prisoners’ Medical Journal ;
(b) an Officers’ Medical Journal ;
(cj) a Medical Minute Beok; and
(d) a Hospital Case Book.

(2) The form of these books shall be settled by him
from time to time with the approval of the Superintendent, sub-
ject always to revision by the Governor in Council.

5d. Inspection of Frison. The Prison Medical Officer shall
once a month inspect every part of the prison and record in the
Medical Minute Book the result of his inspection, together with
any observations he may think fit to make on the cleanliness,
drainage, or ventilation, the quality of the provisions, the sufti-
ciency of the ciothing or bedding, the quantity or quality of the
water, or anything which may in his opinion affect the health of
the prisoners. He shall also frequently inspect the prisoners’ diet
and satisfy himself that it is of proper quantity, quality and des-
cription, and shall keep a record of any irregularity in the Medical
Minute Book. ‘ 1

96. Inspection of Prisoners at Labour. The Prison Medical
Officer shall occasionally inspect the prisoners at labour in order
to observe the effect it has upon them.

57. Prisoners in Cellular Confinement. The Prison Medical
Officer shall daily visit every prisoner under punishment in cellu-
lar confinement and record the visit in his Journal.



12

58. Corporal Punishment and Executions. The Prison
Medical Officer shail attend all corporal punishment and his
instructions for preventing injury to health shall be carried out.
IIe shall also be present at any execution.

o9. Repcrt cf Dangerous IHness. The Prison Medical Off-
cer shall give notice to the Superintendent when any case of
iilness appears ta him to assume a dangerous aspect.

60. Operations. The Prison Medical Ofticar may, subject
to the approval of the Superintendent in cases of danger or diffi-
culty which appear to him to require it, call in additional medical
assistance. No serious operation shall be performed without a
previous consultation with another medical practitioner, except
under circumstances not admitting of delay; such cirecum-
stances to be recorded in his Journal. If he recommends the
removal of a prisoner to hospital in any case under this Rule,
under Rules 50, 51 or 59 of these Rules or under subsection (2)
(b) of Section 13 of the Prison Ordinance, 1955, he shall, in addi-
tion to his other records, submit to the Governor, through the
Superintendent, a medical certificate in the form in Schedule A
to these Rules. ‘

61. Death of Prisoier. The Prison Medical Officer shall on
the death of anv prisoner enter in his Journal the following par-
ticulars. viz:—At what time the deceased was taken’ ill; when
the circumstances were first communicated to him; the nature of
the disease, and when it assumed a dangerous aspect; whether
there were any special circumstances connectcd with the case:
When the prisoner died; when the Coroner sat; the verdict; and
any comments made by the Coroner,

62. Appointment of Substitute. In the event of the Prison
Medical Officer being prevented from attending to his duties
through illness or any other unavoidable cause, he may depute a
qualified medical practitioner to act as his substitute for twenty-

four hours. Any longer period shall require the approval of the
Governor.

63. Annual Report. The Prison Medical Officer shall
furnish on or before the 31st January in each year, a report
specifying, with reference to the past year, the health of the pris-
oners on admission, and the general state of health that has been
maintained; the diseases which have been most prevalent and
whether any connection can be traced between them and the
locality; the state of the buildings, the diet, the employment, or
other circumstances; the number of deaths; the number of pris-
oners admitted to the hospital; the number of cases of slight
indisposition treated in the cells; the proportions of sick to the
whole number of prisoners examined during the vear, and any
other circumstances with respect to the health of the prisoners

that he may consider proper to bring to the notice of the
authorities.



13

64. Discharge of Sick Prisoners. No sick prisoner shall at
the expiration of his sentence be released from prison, unless in
the opinion of the Prison Medical Officer he can be released wi'h
safety to health, or such prisoner refuses to stay.

65. Capital Offences. (1) A prisoner charged with a
capital offence shali be kept under special observation, if practi-
cable in the prison intirmary, at all times and the Prison Medical
Ovticer shali keep a written record of the physical and mental
condition of the prisoner in which entries shall be made from time
to time daily if necessary. if deemed advisable, application may
be made to the Attorney General for a copy of the records of the
case, in order to assist the Prison Medical Officer in forming an
opinion as to the mental condition of the prisoner, but he should
bear in mind that records are furnished only that he may be in
possession of important and true particulars of the prisoner’s
recent history, in so far as it has a bearing upon his menial state
while under observation in prison. A report shall be submitted
fo the Attorney General on the mental condition of the prisoner
a few days before the date of the trial, stating whether or not any
indication of insanity has been exhibited and whether or not the
prisoner is fit to plead.

(2) This report should not express any opinion as to
the prisoner’s degree of responsibility at the time the offence was
committed, this being a matter for the finding of the jury on the
evidence submitted, but, if from symptoms exhibited while under
observation in the prison it is clear that definite insanity ex:sts
and has done so from time previous to the offence, or if the Prison
Medical Officer is of the opinion that there is a distinct history of
periodical attacks of insanity, followed by intervals of mental
clearness, and that the prisoner has been enjoying a lucid interval
while under observation in the prison, his report would embody
this opinion.

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS (Generally)

66. Training and Exaniinations. Subordinate officers shall
he provided with copies of the Prison Rules and shall be required
io make themselves familiar therewith and to undergo such train-
ing in the duties of a prison officer as may be prescribed and to
pass, from time to time, examinations on such rules and trainin.
Failure to pass such examinations may result in the termination
of a probationer’s engagement. Promotion of officers will depend
Jargely on the passing of these examinations.

67. Maintenance of Order and Discipline. Subordinate offi-
cers shall strictly conform to and obey all rules and orders of the
Superintendent and assist to their utmost in maintaining order
and discipline. To this end punishment for prison offences may
sometimes be resorted to upon their report, but good temper and
good example on their part will have great influence on prisoners
in preventing the frequent recurrence of offences and the necessity
for such punishments.



14

68. Conduct Towards Prisoners. No officer shall allow any
familiarity between a prisoner and himself, nor shall he discuss
bis duties, any matters of discipline or prison arrangement, within
the heaving of a prisoner. No officer shall by word, gesture, or
demeanour, do anything which may tend to irritate any prisoner.
ee

69. Attendance on Female Prisoners. Female prisoners
shall in all cases be attended by female officers.

70. Report of Prisoners’ Complaints, etc. Subordinate oft
cers shall inform the Superintendent of any prisoner who desires
to see him or to make any complaint or prefer any request to him
or to any other superior authority. Any neglect in carrying out
this rule will be severely dealt with.

71. Visiters. Subordinate officers shall not be permitted to
receive any visitors in a prison without the special permission of
the Superintendent.

72. Report of Prisoner’s IWness. Subordinate officers shall
not compel any prisoner to go to labour who complains of iliness
but shall report all such cases to the Superintendent. They shall
direct the attention of the Superintendent to any prisoner who
may appear to them to be suffering from illness, although he may
net complain, or whose state of mind may appear to them deserv-
ing of special notice and care.

73. Responsibility for Stores, Tools, «te. Subordinate officers
in charge of stores, tools or other Government articles. will be held
responsible for them, and will be liable to pay for any articles
committed to their charge which may be negligently lost or dam-
aged, or for any other damage which they may commit.

74. Duties on Relieving Each Cther. (1) Subordinate offi-
cers shall when they relieve each other, point out to their
successors all matters of special importance, check over all tools
or other articles committed to their care and explain any directions
of the Superintendent affecting any particular prisoner or the
work to be performed.

(2) No subordinate officer shall, on any pretext what-
svaver, leave prisoners entrusted to his care until he has received
an audible and proper acknowledgment for them from the officer
to whom he is handing over.

75. Prisoners in Celiular Confinement. Subordinate officers
hail pay particular attention to prisoners under punishment in
cellular confinement and see that they are provided with neces-
saries, that their slops are frequently removed, and that they are
visited at the regular times, and that they receive one hour’s exer-
cise daily in the open air.



15

76. Correspondence, etc., with Prisoners’ Friends. No
subordinate otficer shall correspond or hold any intercourse with
the friends or reiations of any prisoner, unless expressly author-
ised by the Superintendent; nor shall he make any unauthorised
communication concerning the prison or prisoners to any person
whatsoever. He shail also carefully abstain from forming
acquaintances with discharged prisoners.

77. Occupation of Officers. Subordinate officers shall not
be allowed to follow or be concerned in any other trade or busi-
ness nor, without special permission, to hold any office of a public
character unconnected with the prison.

78. Divine Service. Subordinate officers shall punctually

attend divine service with the prisoners, unless off duty, on other
duty, or excused by the Superintendent; their absence, with the
cause thereof, being entered in the Superintendent’s Journal.
“ 79. Absence of Officers. No subordinate officer shall be
absent during the regular hours of attendance without the per-
missicn of the Superintendent. When absent for his meals, or
on other authorised occasions, he is to return to his duty at the
2ppointed time.

80. Prison Keys. A_ subordinate officer entrusted with
keys shall not on anv pretext take them out of a prison, but shall,
when leaving the prison on any occasion, deliver his keys to such
officer as the Superintendent may depute for that purpose.

81. Attendance at Posis. Subordinate officers shall at all
times confine themselves to their respective posts, unless specially
ordered to go to any other part of the establishment in the per-
formance of other duties.

82. Report of Misconduct, etc. It shall be the duty of all
subordinate officers to make an immediate report to the Superin-
tendent of any misconduct or wilful breach of the Prison Rules.

83. Conversations, etc. (1) Conversations between sub-
ordinate officers on duty and between subordinate officers and
prisoners shail be limited to such remarks as may be necessary
for the proper performance of duty or work or maintenance of
order and discipline. Conversation between subordinate officers
on duty and civilians is prohibited.

(2) Conversations between prisoners at labour shall be
limited to such remarks as the work requires. There shall be no
idle talking on general subjects. Out of working hours the mak-
ing of a remark or two need not be forbidden. When, however,
the remarks are continued and the officer seas gossipping
conversation is developing he should direct the prisoners to stop,
and if they fail to do so after one or more such orders, he should



16

report them. Reports should not be for “talking,” but for “cdis-
obedience of orders by “talking after being tcld to stop.” If there
are any special reasons for preventing all communication between
prisoners, the right plan is to keep them separated.

84. Dress and Appearance. Subordinate officers shail at all
times pay strict attention to cleanliness of persons and dress and
shall always appear. when on duty, properly shaved and dressed
in such uniforms as may be allowed them. All accoutrements,
lbadges, ete. shall be kept perfectly clean and bright at all times.

85. Wearing of Uniforms. Subordinate officers shall no‘
wear uniforms except when on duty or going to or coming from
ihe prison for the purposes of duty.

86. Combination Amongst Subordinate Officers. It is the
du'y of all subordinate officers to report to the Superintendent
any proceedings that may come to their knowledge having the
character of a combination amongst the subordinate officers with
regard to their duties or positions in the prison; and any com-
plaint of one officer against another shall be made within twenty-
four hours of the occurrence complained of.

87. Restriction or Striking Prisoners. No subordinate offi-
cer shall strike a prisoner unless compelled to do so in self-defence
or when ordered to inflict corporal punishment. When in charge
of a gang beyond the prison walls, he may place a prisoner in
handeuffs in case of gross misconduct, or for the purpose of
security, reporting the occurrence to the Superintendent on his
return to the prison.

85. Observation of Prisoners Character, ete. Subordinate
officers shall carefully observe the character and habits of the
prisoners under their charge and shall afford unreserved informa-
tion on such subject, it being of the utmost importance that the
Superintendent shall be fully informed on these points.

89. Prisoners’ Labour. Subordinate offiears in charge of
gangs shall ascertain carefully the amount of work done by pris-
oners under their care and report the result to the Superinten-
dent faithfully and accurately on the diligence of prisoners at
work. Any unfairness or partiality in this respec’ will be dealt
with as a serious offence.

90. Counting, ete., of Prisoners. Subordinate officers shall
count the prisoners under their charge at 2.09 p.m. every day as
well as at locking up and at unlocking time and shall report the
state of their respective divisions and the number present. They
shail examine daily the state of the cells, bedding, locks, bolts,

etc., and shall seize all prohibited articles and deliver them to
the Superintendent.



17

$i. Duty of Subordinate Officers in Charge of Gangs at
Outside Labour. A subordinate oilicer proceeding with prisoners
to work beyond the prison walls shall be furnished with a book
with the name of each prisoner entered therein. He shall, be-
fore leaving, check the name of each prisoner with the Superin-
tendent or other appointed officer, after which he shall be hel
responsible for the safe custody and proper conduct of such pris-
oners. Especially shall he see that they do nct straggle, or hold
coramunieation with any unauthorised person. Upon his return
to the prison he shall check the name of each prisoner as before
with the appointed officer and give up his book to be signed.

94. Searching of Prisoners on Return to Prison. An offi-
cer shall thoroughly search every prisoner on his return to the
prison, for the purpose of ascertaining whether he has any pro-
hibited articles secreted on his person. All tools and other
implements are to be checked at the commencement and comple-
tion of work and handed over to the officer deputed for that
purpose.

93. Standard of Connduct Required of Subordinate Officers.
All subordinate officers placed in authority over prisoners shall
be persons of good moral principles. Any disreputable conduct
will render an officer liable to dismissal. Intoxication will be
liable to be visited with dismissal and it will not be taken into
Con ration at what place it occuvred or whether it be a greater
ov loss degree of intoxication, nor will it be regarded as any
excuse that the person cffending may claim to have been at the
time capable of performing his duties; it being absolutely neces-
savy that all persons connected with the prison shall be perfectly
sober at ail tines. Subject to the provisions of rule 114 swear-
Ing, cursinys the use of iraproper lencuage, incurring debts whien
he is unable io pay, frequenting public houses, keeping bad com-
pany ond gambling will be considered sufficient grounds for the
discontinuance of an cflicer’s services.








vz. ecuniary Dealings, etc., with Prisoners vorvidden
No subordinate officer, or any person in trust for him or em-
ployed by him, shall seli or have any benefit or advantage from
tne sale of any article to any prisoner, nor shall he have pecun:-
wiry Gealings whatever with any prisoner or employ any prisoner
on his private account ov in any oflicial capacity in the discipline
of the prison.

va. Ynterest in Prison Contracis Forbidden. No subordi-
nate officer shall directly or indirectly have any interest in any
contract oi agreement for the supply of the prison; nor shall he
receive. directly or indirectly, under any pretence whatever, any
tee or present for many contract or person tendering any con-
tract with the establishment, but he may, if the terms of the
contract permit it, purchase provisions for the use of himself and
family at the contract rates.





18

96. Receipt of Fees Prohibited. No subordinate officer
shall at any time receive money, fees or gratuity of any kind for
the admission of any visitors to the prison or to prisoners, or
from or on behalf of any prisoner, on any pretext whatever.

97. Using or Bringing in Prohibited Articles. No subordi-
nate officer shall introduce into, keep or use in the prison tobacco
or liquor of any kind or any newspaper, book or other publication,
except under such restrictions as may from time to time be laid
down by the Superintendent. Officers in charge of gangs em-
ployed outside the prison walls shall on no account use tobacco
or spirituous liquors whilst in charge of such gangs.

98. Punishment for Dealings with Prohibited Articles.
Every subordinate officar or servant of the establishment who
shall (except for lawful purposes and with the authority of the
Superintendent} bring in or carry out, or endeavour to bring in
or earry out. or knowingly allow to be brought in or carried out
of the prison, or convey or aitempt to convey, or knowingly allow
to be conveyed te or for any prisoner within or without the prison
Walls, any money, clothing, provisions, tobacco, letters, papers,
otuer articles whatsoever not allowed by the Rules of the prison,
shall be suspenced from his duties and placed under arrest by the
Superintendent who shall forthwith report the offence to the Gov-
ernev, Such conduct shall be liable to be punished under “he
provisions of the Jaw relating to prisons.

30. Entreduc‘ion of Prohibited Articles by Outside Persons.
“ID subordinate offiecrs shall be watchful to detect and prevent
aay persons secreting prohibited articles for the prisoners when
employed outside the walls or within a prison and shall immedi-
ately report any such occurrence. They shall especially euard
against the clothes of workmen or others being left lving about
in places accessible to the prisoners and shall report at the earliest
opportunity any circumstance of this kind or the loitering of im-
proper or suspicious persons about the prison or in the vicinity of
prisoners working outside.

100. Search of Officers or Servants. Every subordinate
officer or servant of ‘the prison shall submit himself. to. be
searched in the prison if called upon to do so by the Superin-
tendent.

101. Removal of Articles Facilitating Escape. Special care
Shall be taken that no ladder, ropes, implements or materials
ef any kind likely to facilitate escape are left lying about the
yard or elsewhere, Al! such articles when not in us: shall be
Kept in their appointed places. Every subordinate officer shall
Immediately report any instance of such articles being left, about
in contravention to this 1ule.

102. Officers not to Serve as Jurors. No officer of the prison
shall be a juror on any inquest.



19

103. Entering Cell at Night. No subordinate officer shall
on any account enter the cell of any prisoner at night unless
accompanied by another cfficer, and then only in cases of ill-
ness or other emergency.

104. Hours of Return to Quarters at Night. Except by
special permission of the Superintendent, all subordinate officers
residing in the prison and off duty shall be in their quarters
punctually at 10:00 p.m. They will not be admitted to the
prison after that time until next morning at 5:30.

_ 105. Complaints and Requests. A subordinate officer hav-
ing any complaint or request to make connected with his duty
or situation shall state the same respectfully in writing through
the Chief Officer for the decision of the Superintendent or
other superior authority. The Superintendent shall put for-
ward to the Governor all such complaints or requests with such
explanations or remarks as may be requisite in each case.

106. Wrangling among Officers Forbidden. All wrangling
or disputes between subordinate officers on private matters
within a prison, or elsewhere when on duty is strictly prohibited.

107. Subordinate Officers to be Ex Officio Constables. A
subordinate officer, while acting as such, by virtue of his ap-
pointment, and without being sworn in before any Justice, shall
be deemed to be a constable and to have all such powers, au-
thorities, protection, and privileges, for the purpose of the
execution of his duty as a prison officer, as any constabie duly
appemted has by common law, statute or custom.

108. Duty when Superintending Interviews. Subordinate
otticers shall, when superintending interviews between prisoners
and their friends, repress and prevent as far as may be in their
power all improper communication.

109. Medical Attendance. Subordinate officers shall be
entitled to medical attendance and medicine at the public ex-
pense.

116. Officers’ Reward Fund: .Administration. (1) Fines
imposed on officers and deducted from their pay shall be placed
on deposit by the Superintendent in the Treasury to a separate
account to be called the “Prison Officers’ Reward Fund Ac-
count,’’ which will be administered and distributed for the
reward of deserving officers in such manner as May from time
to time be directed by the Governor ; but. no officer shall have
any claim on such fund as a matter of right.

Distribution. (2) Grants from the Officers’ Reward Fund
may be made by the Governor to any prison officer in the
following cases and under the following circumstances, that

is to say:



20

(a) long continued iliness of an officer involving
Is38 or Suspension of pay ;

(b) loss of wife when the officer is put to the
expense of arranging for someone to take care
of his children ;

(c) illness of an officer’s family, cr those dependent
on him, or any similar case of unusual expense
caused by illness ;

(d) discharge with or without pension on grounds
of ill-health if there ‘are any circumstances by
which unusual expenses have to be borne by
the officer ;

(e) to the widow or children of an officer who has
died in the service or, after being retired on
the ground of ill-health, dies within six
months of the date of his retirement leaving
a widow or children ;

(f) any unexpended balance of the fund may be
applied to assist in the education of any
children of an officer who died in the service,
cr to establishing and maintaining officers’
reading rooms, or to some similar purpose by
which the general body of officers may b=
benefited :

(g) to any officer who has been excepticraily
capable and diligent ; and who has not com-
mitted any serious breach of discipline for a
number of years. This grant may be awarded
in addition to his pension and gratuity from
the fund as recognition for such good service ;
and

(h) leans may be made to subordinate officers by
the Governor, on the recommendation of the
Superintendent. Such loans shail not exceed
one and a half times the monthly salary of
the borrower. These loans shall be free of
interest and shall be repaid by monthly in-
stalments of not less than five dollars, to be
deducted from the salar, of the borrower by
the Superintendent.

111. Hours of Work. The minimum hours of work for
subordinate officers shall be forty-four hours in every week. The
hours of commencing and ceasing to work will be decided by
the Superintendent.



21

112. Good Conduct Badges and Pay. Every subordinate
officer shall for continuous good service after the first day of
January, 1956, be entitled to good conduct badges and pay
thereafter at the following rates :—

(a) service for two years during which he has not
been punished “ except for a trivial offence, ”
one badge and two cents per day ;

(b) service for five years under the same condi-
tions two badges ‘and four cents per day ;

(c) service for eight years under the same condi-
tions three badges and six cents per day ;

(d) service for twelve years under the same condi-
tions four badges and nine cents per day ; and

(e) service for fifteen years under the same condi-
tions five badges and twelve cents per day :

Provided always that a subordinate officer who has earned
gced conduct pay on subsequently becoming entitled to a higher
rate of such pay shall not be entitled thereafter to both rates
but enly to the higher rate of pay, and provided also that such
gced conduci pay and badges may be forfeited by order of the
Visiting Committee for any period for misconduct or indifference
in discnarge of duty.

112. Teehnical AVewance. Every subcrdinate officer to
whom special cdutics are assigned shall receive from the first
day on which the officer was appointed to such duties and un-
til the day cn which he ceases to be so empleyed, an allowance
at the rate of twenty-four cents a day.

114. Offences by Subordinate Officers. (1) If a subordi-
nate officer is guilty of any of the following offences, namely :—

(i) coming late on duty ;
(ii) leaving a cell or principal door or gate unlocked ;

(iii) entering a prisoner’s cell at night contrary to
orders ;

(iv) allowing any unauthorised person to communi-
cate with a prisoner ;

| (v) leaving keys in a door lying about ;

(vi) cursing, swearing, or using indecent or immoral
language ;



(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

(xii)

(xiii)

(xiv)

(xv)

(xvi)

(xvil)

(xXvill)

(xix)

(XX)

(xxi)

(xxii)

22

neglecting to guard, supervise, or attend
priscners under his charge ;

speaking of the prison arrangements in the
hearing ct a prisoner or of any person not con-
nected with the prison ;

carelessly searching, or neglecting when
necessary or directed, to search a prisoner or
a visitor ;

neglecting to have the lamps lighted at the
proper times ‘and places ;

neglecting to examine the cells and fastenings
of the cells under his charge, and to examine and
search the wards, cells, bedding, and clothing ;

oo

allowing iools, materia!s, or other articles to be
‘ving about out of their appointed places ;

allowing dirt to accumulate in the wards, cells,
passages, or other places under his charge ;

omitting to report any misconduct, breach of
rules, or omission of duty in himself, another
subordinate officer, or a prisoner, or any injury
done to the prison furniture, or to the walls,
windows, partitions, or any part of the prison ;

inattention when in charge of prisoners ;

allowing unauthorised persons to remain in the
vicinity of prisoners ;

appearing on duty out of uniform, or improperly
or slovenly dressed or dirty ;

quitting his post without authority, and before
being properly relieved ;

wrangling, talking of his own private affairs in
the hearing of prisoners or making unnecessary
noise, either within the prison or when on duty
outside ;

in ‘any way obstructing the duties of the prison ;

omitting, when sick and unable to attend the
prison, to send notice to the Superintendent and
the Prisun Medical Officer ;

neglecting to count the prisoners at the time
prescribed by these Rules, or by the Superinten-
dent ;



23

(Xxili) allowing prisoners to stray from their work,
neglecting to keep them in view, or enforce
silence among them :

(xxiv) smoking or reading whilst on duty ;

(Xxv) drunkenness, disobedience of, or negligence in
carrying out, the Prison Rules, or any orders or
directions given by 'any proper authority.

(xxvi) when on duty as Gate Keeper :—

(a) neglecting to keep the gates locked except
when absolutely necessary to admit au-~
thorised persons and things ;

(b) allowing a prisoner to leave the prison with-
out being attended by a prison officer ;

(c) allowing unauthorised persons or improper
things to go in or out of the prison ;

(d) allowmg any person to loiter about the
gate ;

(xxvii) omitting to peg the tell-tale clock or clocks ;

(xxviii) disobedience of, or negligence with respect to,
these Rules and Regulations or ‘any lawful
order given by any person in authority con-
nected with the prison ; and

(xxix) conduct to the prejudice of good order or prison
discipline :

the Superintendent may, unless he considers the offence to be
of a serious nature, impose a fine not exceeding five dollars
for each such offence. If the Superintendent considers the
otfence to be of a serious nature he shall report the matter
to the Chairman of the Visiting Committee, who may summon a
roeeting of the Visiting Committee and cause an inquiry upon
oath to be made before him and if after such inquiry the Visit-
ing Committee are satisfied that the offence with which the
officer has been charged be proved to their satisfaction, they
may award any of the following punishment —

(i) reduction in rank or grade ;
(ii) suspension, stoppage or deferment of increment ;

(iii) forfeiture of good conduct pay or of any benefit
arising from service ;

(iv) forfeiture of not more than half a month’s
salary ;



24
(v) admonition ;
(vi) reprimand ;
(vil) severe reprimand ; and
(vill) recommendation for dismissal.

(2) Any subordinate officer against whom any such
fine is imposed or any such punishment awarded may, within
seven days of his conviction, appeal in writing to the Governor,
and the Governor may allow the appeal, reduce or confirm the
ig or punishment or make such other order as he may deem

; (3) Where an offence against a subordinate officer
is to be tried by the Visiting Committee, the Superintendent
may suspend such subordinate officer from his duties pending
the decision of the Visiting Committee or the Governor, as the
case may be, and while his suspension continues such subordi-
nate officer shall be allowed to receive such pcertion of his salary,
not being less than one half, as the Governor shall think fit.

(4) Where a subordinate officer has been guilty ot
and fined for ‘any offence under subregulation (1) of this re-
gulaticn, the name of the oficnder, the date and description
of the offence, the amount of the fine and the authority by
whom he was punished shall be entered in the subordinate
otticers’ Punishment Book.

THER CHIEF OFFICER

115. Duties. The general duty of the Chief Officer shall
be to assist the Superintendent, in such manner as may from
time to time be directed, in the general superintendence of the
officers and prisoners, and in the details of his duties. Such
duties shall include the proper keeping of all books and records
which the Superintendent may, from time to time, require him
to keep.

116. Conduct of Subordinate Officers and Prisoners. The
Chief Officer shall restrain by his authority ‘any tendency to
oppression or undue harshness on the part of the subordinate
officers and likewise any rudeness and insubordination on

the part of prisoners.

117. Observance of Rules. The Chief Officer shall refrain
from undue familiarity with the subordinate officers and shall
diligently observe their behaviour as well as that of the
prisoners. He shall see that they strictly adhere to the Rules
and shall report to the Superintendent any neglect or miscon-
duct that comes to his notice.



25

118. Absence of Subordinate Officers. The Chief Officer
shall see that the absence of subordinate officers for their meals,
or on other autherisecd occasions, takes place at the proper
hours and that they return to their duties at the appointed
time.

119. Inspection ef Prison. The Chief Officer shall frequent-
ly inspect every part of ‘a prison, especially the cells and bedding,
and shall report to the Superintendent any irregularity he may
cbseive.

120. Report on Welfare of Prisoners. The Chief Officer
shall lose no time in communicating to the Superintendent any
circumstance which may come to his knowledge affecting the
satety, health or comfort of the prisoners.

121. General Superintendence cf Prisoners. The Chief
Officer shall generally superintend the arrangements for the
regular messing of the prisoners and distribution of their meals,
and shal! take care that their clothing is in good repair and
their hair kept properly cut ; that washing, bathing, and shav-
ing are attended te aecording to the Rules and tnat the pre-
scribed hours tor exercise are duly observed.

122. Searching of Prisoners on Admission. The Chicf
Officer shall see that all male prisoners on adrnission are strictly
anu minutely searched, but with ‘all regard ta decency, handing
over any prehibited arcicles and personal efiects to the Super-
intendent. He shall also be resuonsible for the bathing, shav-
ine and hair-cuttine of such prisoners, and snall see that they
are properly clothed with the prison dress, except when cther-
wise directed by the Rules.

123. Permission to Leave Prison. The Chief Officer shali
not leave the prison on any account whaiever without the au-
therity of the Superintendent.

124. Absence of Superintendent. The Chief Officer sha!!
take charge of the Prison during the illness cr temporary absence
of the Superintendent and exercise ali his powers and perfor
his cuties subject to the discretion of the Governor with whom
he shali communicaie in every emergency ; he shal! on no 6c-
casion, durh the absence cf the Superintendent, leave the
pricey without the permission of tye Governor.

ima






125. Custody of Keys. (1) Except as specified in paiagraph
(2) cf this rule, the Chief Officer shall every evening before
leaving the Prison deliver all the keys to the senior prison officer
en night duty and such prison officer shali see that the keys
are securely disposed of for the night in accordance with the
erders of the Superintendent. The senior prison officer on night
duty shall make such inspections o: the prison during the night
as the Superintendent may direct.



26

: (2) The Chief Officer shall on no account deliver up
to another officer the keys of the storerooms under his charge,
without special directions from the Superintendent.

126. Execution of Orders, ete. (1) The Chief Officer shail
specially attend to the carrying into effect cf any orders ‘as to
the punishment of prisoners and pay particular attention to
prisoners under punishment in cellular confinement, so as to
ensure that they are provided with necessaries and food, tiiat
ed are visited regularly and that they are made to wash

ally.

2 (2) He shall attend especially to the carrying into
etiect of any orders of the Superintendent as to the classification
of prisoners in order that the risk of contamination may be re-
duced to the minimum.

(3) He shall attend especially to the carrying into
etlec: of any orders of the Prison Medical Officer as to the treat-
ment of sick prisoners not confined in the infirmary.

(4) He shall inspect and check over, with the officers
in charge, all parties of prisoners working outside the prison,
before they leave and on their return to the prison.

(5) He shall visit daily every party of prisoners while
et work inside the prison and see that discipline and order are
maintained.

(6) He shall every evening inspect the officers for
night duty and see that they are in all respects fit for duty
and fully acquainted with their duties.

127. Superintendence of Interviews with Prisoners. The
Chief Officer shall generally superintend all interviews with
prisoners and repress and prevent, so far as lies in his power,
all improper communications.

128. Care and Employment of Prisoners. The Chief Officer
shall take care that prisoners are duly supplied with all articles
allowed tor their use and that they are regularly worked, and
shali report to the Superintendent every instance in which they
may be unemployed, with the cause therefor.

129. Responsibility for Stores, etc. The immediate charge
of ali previsions, stores, clothing, materials and tools for labour
is vested in the Chief Officer, and he shall see that all articles
are properly marked with the prison marks.

130. Roll Call. The Chief Officer shall call the roll every
morning at 6:40, before the prisoners proceed to their appointed
tasks, and again at 4:45 p.m., and shall then see that every
prisoner is in his cell 'and shall report the same to the Suver-
intendent.



27

(131, Receipts of Stores. The Chief Officer shail carefully
weigh ali provisions received into the prison and shall be held
‘esponsible, under the Superintendent, for the correct receipt
and issue of the same, as well as of all other prison stores.

132. Performance of Chief Officer’s Duties in his Absence.
During the absence of the Chief Officer from a prison all his
duties shall be performed by the next officer in order of
senicrity who shall strictly observe all the rules relating to the
Chief Officer.

THE MATRON.

133. Residence and Duties. The Matron shall reside in the
Women’s Prison and shall be under the immediate direction
of the Superintendent. She shall be entrusted with the care,
sate custody and superintendence of the women prisoners, and
the keys of the Women’s Prison shall be kept by her.

134. Enforcement of Rules. The Matron shall make her-
self fully acquainted with the Prison Rules and shall enforce
them so far as they apply to the women prisoners and any
oiticers under her.

135. Absence. The Matron shall not absent herself from
the nrison at any time without leave from the Superintendent,
and during her absence shall give charge to such other woman
officer as the Superintendent may direct.

135. Night Inspections. The Matron shall make such. visit
of insvection during the night as the Superintendent may direct.

137. Visits to Women’s Prison. The Matron shall, unless un-
avoidably prevented, attend the Visiting Committee, the Super-
intendent and the Prison Medical Officer in their visits to the
Women’s Prison and she shall especially take care that no male
officer or visitor or prisoner enters the Women’s Prison unless
accompanied by herself or some other woman officer.

138. Superintendence of Meals. The Matron shall be
directly responsible in the Women’s Prison for the distribution
of the prisoners’ meals according to the prescribed scale of diet,
and shall report to the Superintendent whether the food is
properly cooked and of sufficient quantity.

139. Instruction of Prisoners in their Work. The Matron
shall give instruction to women prisoners in sewing, washing
and other approved labour, and shiall be directly responsible
under the Superintendent fer the enforcement of the proper

tasks.

140. Misconduct of Woman Prisoner. The Matron shall
report to the Superintendent any misconduct or breach of the
Rules by a woman prisoner and also touching anything in the
discipline 'and condition of the Women’s Prison.



Full Text


THE LEEWARD
GAZETTE,

ISL

Published by Authority.

No. 27.





VOL. LXXXIV. THURSDAY, l4rve JUNE, 1956.
NI 7 N i i 6 2 re
Notices. No. 71 No. 21 of 1956, roe.
ee : : dated June 6, 1956, bringing
The following Ordinances and operation the Prison

a aaa OF ORDINANCES.
0. OU.

The Secretary of State for the
Colonies has informed the Governor
that the power of disallowance will
not be exercised in respect of the
undermentioned Ordinances:—

Antigua.

No. 15 of 1955, “The Public Ser-
‘vice Commission Ordinance, 1955”.

No. 17 of 1955, “ The Interpretation
of Laws (Amendment) Ordinance,
1955”.

No. 2 of 1956. “The Package Tax
(Repeal) Ordinance, 1956.”

Saint Christopher-Neuis- Anguilla,

No. 1 of 1956. “The Interpretation
of Laws (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956”.

No. 3 of 1956, “ The Public Service
Commission Ordinance, 1956”.

Montserrat.

No. 7 of 1955, “ The Supplementary
Appropriation (1953) Ordinance,
1955.”

No. 1 of 1956, ““ The Public Service
Commission Ordinance, 1956.”

No. 70.

The Governor has been pleased to
assent to the undermentioned Ordi-
nances:—

Antigua.

No. 16 of 1956, “ The Cotton Export

Levy (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 8
Montserrat.

No. 13 of 1956, “The Lunacy and

Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”
June 6
Virgin Islands.
No. 4 of 1956, “ The Publication of
Official Matters Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5
‘No. 5 of 1956, “The Laws and
Public Offices (Change of Terms)
Ordinance, 1956.” June 5

No. 6 of 1956, ‘‘ The Interpretation

of Laws (Repeal) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5

No. 7 of 1956, “The Prison

(Amendment) Ordinance, 1956.”
June 5

No. 8 of 1956, “ The Crown Pro-
ceedings (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956.” June 5

No. 9 of 1956, “The Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”

June 5

No. 10 of 1956, “The Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956.” June 5

No. 11 of 1956, “The Currency,
Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinanee,
1956.” June 5

LP 727L
L ¥97

Statutory Rules and Orders are circu-
lated with this Gazette and form
part thereof:—

ORDINANCES.
Antigua.

No. 16 of 1956, “The Cotton
Export Levy (Amendment) Ordi-
nance, 1956.” 2 pp, Price 4 cts.

Montserrat.

No. 12 of 1956, “The Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956.”
21 pp. Price 24 cts.

Virgin Islands.

No. 8 of 1956, “The Crown Pro-
ceedings (Amendment) Ordinance,
1956.” 5 pp. Price 8 cts.

No, 9 of 1956, “The Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”
30 pp. Price 33 cts.

No. 11 of 1956, “The Currency,
Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinance,
1956.” 3 pp. Price 6 cts.
STATUTORY RULES & ORDERS.

General Government.

* Proclaination
into
(Amendnient)
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 12 of 1256).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

Montserrat.

No. 11 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,
1955 (No. 10 of 1955).”

1 pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 12 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 9 of 1956).”

1 pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 13 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Leprosy Ordinance
1956 (No. 12 of 1956).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

Virgin Islands.

No. 17 of 1956 “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Lunacy and Mental
Treatment Ordinance, 1956.”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

No. 19 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Currency, Coinage and

' Legal Tender Ordinance, 1956.”

No. 22 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 6, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prisons (Repeal) Act,
1955 (No. 10 of 1955).”

1 pp. Price 3 cts.

No. 23 of 1956, ‘The Pensions
Laws (Adaptation) Regulations,
1956,” 5 pp. Price 8 cts.

No. 24 of 1956, ‘ Proclamation
dated June 14, 1956, dissolving the
General Legislative Council of the
Leeward Islands. 1 pp, Price 3 cts.

Antigua.

No. 18 of 1956, “ The Traffic Signs
(Kinds and Descriptions) (Amend-
ment) Regulations, 1956.”

2 pp. Price 4 cts.

No. 19 of 1956, “ The Prison Rules,
1956.”
(Price to be notified in a later issue)

No. 20 of 1956, “ Proviamation
dated June 6, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,

1955 (No. 4 of 1955).”
1 pp: Price 3 ats,

L pp. Price 3 ets.

No. 20 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956. bringing into
operation the Prison Ordinance,

1954 (No. 12 of 1954).”
1 pp. Price 3 cents.

No. 21 of 1956, “ Proclamation
dated June 7, 1956, bringing into
operation the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956.”

1 pp. Price 3 cents.



It is hereby notified for general
information that Mr. E. C. WINTER,
Agricultural Assistant III, Peasant
Development Services, Agricultural
Department, Antigua, has been
appointed additional Protection
Officer during the Cotton Close Season
from the lst June, 1956.

Administrator's Office,
Antigua.
1st June, 1956.

Ref. A. 13/106-II.

-



ee


102

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
ANTIGUA, 5th June, 1956

SOCONY MOBIL OIL CO. INC.
of 26 Broadway, New York, State
of New York, have applied for regis-
ration of one Trade Mark consisting
of the following :—

‘MOBIL

in respect of Chemicals derived
from petroleum for various
uses in industry, and all the
other goods in the class; and in
respect of petroleum and pro-
ducts of petroleum with or
without admixtures of other
materials for illuminating,
heating, power, burning, lubri-
cating, cutting, greasing,
tempering, quenching, slushing
and flushing; mineral wax, can-
dles, and penetrating oils; and
chemicals derived from. petro-
leum for various uses in indus-
try and all the other goods in
that class.

Class
1

Class
2

Class
47

The Applicants claim that they
have used the said Trade Mark in
respect of the said goods for more
than 21 years before the date of their
said Application.

Any person may within three
months from the date of the first
appearance of this Advertisement in
the Leeward Istands Gazette, give
notice in duplicate at the ‘Trade
Marks Office, Antigua, of opposition
to registration of the said Trade
Mark.

OECIL O. BYRON,
Aoting Registrar of Trade Marks.



PAINFALL FIGURES.

Central Experiment Station



Antigua.

Month. 1952, 1953. 1954, 1055. 1986.
Jan. 2.41 1.93 3.04 2.16 5,15
Feb. 1.60 1,02 2,45 68 1,23
Mar. 1.62 5.60 1.08 83 = 1.40
April 3.14 2.06 49 1.75 3.83
May 3.07 150 3.83 281 2.58
To 9th June 27 (10 1°16 ‘48 ‘72

12°11 12°21] 12°05) §=8'71 «14°91



THE LEEWARD ISLANDS GAZETTE.

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
ANTIGUA, 5th June, 1956.
N.V.J. VAN DORP of GOUDA
(The Netherlands), VAN BERGEN
I JZENDOORNPARK 10 have ap-
applied for Registration of one Trade
Mark consisting of the following:—



in Class 42, that is to say, milk, milk
products and infants’ food.

The Applicants claim that they
have used the said Trade Mark in
respect of the said goods for 4 years
before the date of their said Applica-
tion. :

Any person may within three
months from the date of the first
appearance of this Advertisement in
the Leeward Islands Gazette, give
notice in duplicate at the Trade
Marks Office, Antigua, of opposition
to registration of the said Trade
Mark.

CECIL O. BYRON,

Acting Registrar of Trade Marks.



Statement showing British Caribbean Coin
circulation in the British Caribbean
Territories (Eastern Group) on 1st
May, 1956.

Average circulation during
March, 1956 $1,563,832.00

British Caribbean Coins in cir-

culation Ist May, 1956

Trinidad & Tobago $562,900
Barbados 379,725
British Guiana 379,725
Grenada 76,000
St. Vincert 61,025
St. Lucia 103,750
Dominiea 73,350
Antigna 61,775
St. Kitts 57,250
Montserrat 10,800

1,766,300

L. SPENCE,
Executive Commissioner,
Br. Caribbean Currency Board.

British Caribbean Currency Board,
Treasury Chambers,
Port of Spain,
Trinidad.
Ref. No. 24/00079.

{14 June, 1956.

Statement of Currency Note
Circulation in the British
Caribbean Territories (East-
ern Group) on ist May,
1956.

Average circulation during March,
1956:—

Br. Caribbean Cur- $
rency Notes 57,290,721.00
Demonetized Gov't.

Notes outstanding 1,212,983.00





58,503,704.00



Br. Caribbean Currency Notes in
circulation on lst May, 1956:
$

Trinidad & Tobago ... 27,714,148.00







Barbados -- 5,829,625.00

British Guiana «+» 14,779,050.00

Grenada » 2,754,100-00

St. Vincent 504,400.00

St. Lucia 934,000.00

Dominica 1,257,400.00

Antigua 1,905,300.00

St. Kitts 1,519.500.00

Montserrat 329,905.00
Total Br. Caribbean

Currency Notes _ ... 57,527,428.00
Demonetized Trinidad

and Tobago Gov't.

Notes outstanding --. 816,771.00
Demonetized Br.

Guiana Gov’t.

Notes outstanding .... 301,774.00
Demonetized Barbados

Gov’t. Notes

outstanding 77,119.00
Total demonetized

Government Notes

outstanding 1,195,664.00
Total circulation

on Ist May, 1956 58,723,092.00

L. SPENCE,

Lxecutive Commissioner,
British Caribbean
Currency Board.

British Caribbean Currency Bourd,
Treasury Chambers,
Port of Spain,
Trinidad, B.W.I.

No.24/00044
14 June, 1956. ] THE LEEWARD ISLANDS GAZETTE. 103

TRADE MARKS OFFICE,
Antigua, 5th June, 1956.

CREAM OF WHEAT (CANADA) LTD., of 312 Chambers Street, Winnipeg, Manitoba,
CANADA, have applied for Registration of one Trade Mark consisting of the following :—

CREAM OF WHEAT

in Class 42 that is to say: Cereal foods.

The Applicants claim that they have used the said Trade Mark in respect of the said goods
since Ist March, 1895 before the date of their said Application.

Any person may within three months from the date of the first appearance of this Advertise-
ment in the Leeward Islands Gazette, give notice in duplicate at the Trade Marks Office, Antigua, of
Opposition to registration of the said Trade Mark.

Cxciz O. Byron,
Acting Registrar of Trade Marks.

ANTIGUA.,
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands, hy EARL Piaort,
Acting Government Printer.--By Authority.

1956.
) : 2D


y

we

No. 16 of 1956. Cotton Export Levy (Amendment)

[L.S.]

I Assent,
K. W. Buiacksurnr,
Governor.
8th June, 1956.

ANTIGUA.
No. 16 of 1956.

An Ordinance to amend further the Cotton Export
Levy Ordinange, 1933.

r
- (1st January, 1956]

Ne EXA@TED by the Legislature of Antigua as
tollows:—

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Cotton
Export Levy (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956 and shall be
read ag one with the Cotton Export Levy Ordinance, 1933,
as amended, hereinafter called the Principal Ordinanee.

2. Section 3 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended by the substitution of the words “two cents”
for the words “ one haif penny ”.

3. Section 6 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended by the deletion of the full-stop at thé end of the
section and the addition thereto of the words “or the
Antigua Cotton Growers’ Association”.

4. This Ordinance shall be deemed to have come
into operation on the Ist day of January, 1956.

Avec LOovELACcK,
President.

ANTIGUA.



Q

Commence:
rent,

Short title,

9/1983,
3/1987.

Amendment
of section 3 of
the Principal
Ordinance.

Amendment
of section 6 of
the Principal
Ordinance,

Commence-
ment,

ee fale,
ANTIGUA. 2 Cotton Export Levy (Amendment) No. 16 of 1956.

Passed the Legislative Council this 14th day of May,
1956.

F. A. Ciarkg,
Acting Clerk of the Council.

ANTIGUA,
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands.
hy Earn Pigorr, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956,
A. 25/14—520—-6.56. [Price 4 cents.]


No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. MONTSERRAT,

[L.8.}
I Asssnr,
K. W. Buacxzurnr,
(rovernor.
23th May, 1956.

MONTSERRAT.
No. 12 of 1956.

An Ordinance to make provision for the segrega-
tion and treatment of lepers for their
removal trou. the Colony to a leprosarium
outside the Colony and for other matters
incidental thereto and connected therewith.

[By Proclamation | Commence-

ENACTED by the Legislature of Mont-
serrat.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Short title.
Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.

&
Â¥
2. In this Ordinance, unless the context Interpreta-
otherwise requires— a
4 °
; ‘‘alleged leprous patient”? means a person

showing physical signs, deformities,
or other stigmata usually associated
with leprosy and from which it may
reasonably be inferred that he is
suffering from leprosy;

“Arrangement” means an Arrangement.
made under section 3;

‘criminal lunatic” means a person detained
in custody by reason of his having been
charged with an offence, and cither
found to have been insane at the time
of such offences, or found or certified or
otherwise lawfully proved to be unfit
on the ground of his insanity to be tried
for the same, and includes a person
convicted of an offenee and afterwards
certified or otherwise lawfully proved
to be insane;
MONTSERRAT,

Power to Ad-
ministrator to
make Arrange-
ment with
Administrator
of Antigua.

Power to
Administra-
tor to order
removal of
leprous pa-
tient pursu-
ant to ar-
ranyementa,

2 Leprosy. No. 1% of 1956.

“Form” means a Form in the First

Schedule;

‘“‘leprosariim ” means a leprosarinm to
which leprous patients or voluntary
patients in the Colony may be admitted
by virtue of an Arrangement;

“Jeprous patient”? means a person suffering
from any type of leprosy and certified
as such under the provisions of this
Ordinances

“licensed leprous patient”? means a leprous
patient to whom a licence has been
issued uader subsection (1) of section 9;

“public service vehicle” means a motor
vehicle used for carrying passenvers for
hire or reward, whether at separate and
distinct fares for their respective places
or not;

“Schedule” means Schedule to this Ordi-
nance;

“ section’ means section of this Ordinance;
“voluntary patient” means a person de-
scribed in subsection (1) of section 8.

3. (1) The Administrator may on behalf
of the Colony enter into an Arrangement with
the Administrator of Antigua, upon such terms
and subject to such conditions as they may con-
sider appropriate for the reception and detention
in and discharge from a leprosariuin of any
leprous patient or voluntary patient in the
Colony.

(2) Any Avrangement made under this
section may be varied or revoked by a subsequent
Arrangement.

4. Where under the provisions of subsec-
tion (1) an Arrangement bas been made, the
Administrator may by order under his band in
Form A direct the removal of any leprous patient
from the Colony to a iepresariun: and such order
shall be suthcient authority for the removal of
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 3

such leprous patient from the Colony, his con-
veyance to, and his :vcepsion and detention in,
the leprosarium, and in the event ot his escape
therefrom, his capture and return to the said
leprosarium

5. (1) Whenever a leprous patient or an
alleged leprous pee is an inmate of any
premises used for hiunan habitation (not being a
leprosarium), the head of the family to which
such inmate belongs, and in his default the
nearest relation of such inmate living on the
premises or being in attendance on such inmate,
and in default of any such relative the occupier
of the premises, shall, as soon as he becomes
aware that such inmate is a leprous patient or
shows signs from which if may reasonably be
inferred that he is suffering from leprosy, notify
a governinent medical ollicer accordingly.

(2) Hvery medical practitioner attending on
or called to visit a patient shall forthwith, on
becoming aware that the patient is suffering from
leprosy or a disease suspected to be leprosy, send
to a government medical officer a notification in
Form B stating the names and surname, race, age
and sex of the patient, the address of the premises,
and the disease from which, in the opinion of such
medical practitioner, such patient is suffering or
suspected to be suffering. For every such notifica-
tion a fee of twenty-four cents shall be paid to the
medical practitioner out of public funds.

(3) Every person who fails to comply with
any of the provisions of subsections (1) and (2) of
this section shall be liable on summary conviction
to # fine of twenty-four dollars.

(4) The expression “ occupier ” in this section
imcludes a person having the charge, management,
or control of any premises or of any part “thereof
and in the case of a house, the whole or any part
of which is let to lodgers, the person receiving the
rent payable by the tenants or lodgers, either on
his own account or as the agent of anuther, and
in the case of a ship, vessel or boat, the master or
ether person for the time beimg in charge thereof.

MoNTSERRAT.

Notification
of leprosy.
MONTSERRAT.

Powers of
government
medical
officer to
examine
alleged
leprous
patients,

4 Leprosy, No. 12 of 1956

(5) The provisions of subeeenou: (1) and (2)
of this section shall not apply in the case of a
leprous patient in whose ease a permit has been
issued under the provisions of subsection (1) of
section 9 and who duly complies with the conditions
thereof and with any regulations made under
paragraph (¢) of subsection (1) of section 29.

6. (1) Whenever a government medical
officer has reasonable cause to believe that any
person is a leprous patient or an alleged leprous
patient, it shall be lawful for such medical officer
to require In writing, such person to attend ata
specified place to be examined, or such medical
officer may enter without previous notice and with
such attendance as he thinks expedient, the house
building or place in which such person is reported
to be, and examine such person with a view to
ascertaining whether he is suffering from leprosy,

(2) In the event of a government medical
officer being in any way obstrueted when acting in
the exercise of the powers conferred upon him by
aubsection (1) of this section or in the event of a
Jeprous patient or alleged leprous patient refusing
or failing to attend at any specified place to be
examined or refusing to be examined, it shall be
lawful for the Magistrate on report made to lim
by any such government medical officer and atrer
enquiry to issue an order in Form C authorising
entry or examination, or both, and any person to
whom such order is exhibited and who refuses
admittance or obstructs or evades the examination,
as the case may be, shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine ‘Or one hundred dollars and it
shall be lawful for such vovernment medical officer
to have the leprous patient or alleged leprous
patient removed, by force if necessary, in the
custody of a constable or other person, to a hospital
or other suitable place, and temporarily detained
therein pending examination.

(3) UH, after examining a person under the
provisions of subsection (1) or of suhsection 2)
of this section, the government medical oficer

is of opinion that the person examincd is a
leprous patient and that the leprous patieni is
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 5

living under conditions which are favourable to
the spread of leprosy to other persons. he may
cause such leprous patient to be removed, by
force if necessary, in the custody of a constable
or other person to an hospital or other suitable
place, and temporarily detained therein pending
the issue by the Administrator of an order for
his removal and detention in a leprosarium.

(4) No person shall, without the order of
a Magistrate, be temporarily detained under this
section for a period exceeding seven days :

Provided that a Magistrate, on application
made in writing or in person by the govern-
ment medical officer who ordered temporary
detention may, after enquiry, make an order in
Form PD extending the aforesaid period of seven
days for the purpose of further examination or
observation of the alleged leprous patient or
pending the issue by the Administrator of an
order for his removal and detention in a lepro-
sarium.

7. Whenever a government medical officer
is of opinion that a person is a leprous patient
and should be detained in a leprosarium he shall
issue a certificate to that effect in Form I: and
forward if to a Magistrate. On receiving such
certificate the Magistrate may, after enquiry,
issue a warrant in Form F ordering the deten-
tion of such leprous patient in an hospital or
other suitable place, pending the issue by the
Administrator of an order for his removal and
detention in a leprosariura.

8. (1) Any person desirous of heing admit-
ted into « leprosarium (hereinafter referred to as
a “voluntary patient”) may make an applica-
tion to the Administrator in Form G.

(2) On the receipt of any such application
the Administrator shall forward it to a govern-
ment medical officer requesting bim to examine
the voluntary patient and determine whether hia
admission to a leprosarium is necessary and in the
interests of the community. If the government

Monrsprerat.

Detention in
leprosarium,

Voluntary
application
for admission
to lepro-
sarium.
MONTAERRAT.

Leprous
patient not
detained in
leprosarium,

6 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

medical officer is satisfied that a voluntary
patient ought to be admitted to a leprosarium
he shall inform the Administrator accordingly
and the Administrator shall take steps to secure
the voluntary patient’s admission to a lepro-
sarium.

(3) Where under this section the Adminis-
trator has taken such steps as may be required
to secure a voluntary patient's admission to a
leprosarium, such patient shall be decmed to
have consented to his removal from the Colony
to the leprosariuim and shall undertake to remain
therein until discharged in accordance with the
provisions of an Arrangement to conform to
the rales regulating the obligation, conduct and
discipline of patients detained in the leprosarium
and not toleave the said leprosarium without bein
discharged as aforesaid.

(4) Such voluntary patient, after his reception
into a leprosarium, shall not, unless discharged. in
accordance with the terms of an Arrangement be
entitled to leave such leprosariui, and, in case of
leaving without being discharged as aforesaid, may
be captured and reconveyed thereto in accordance
with the terms of the said Arrangement.

(5) Where a voluntary patient refuses to leave
the Colony after the Administrator has taken sach
steps as may be required for his reception and
detention in a leprosarium, the Administrator may
issue an order under his hand in Form H directing
any constable to remove the said patient from the
Colony and deliver him to the leprosarium in
respect of which the voluntary patient has applied
for admission.

9. (1) Whenever a government medical officer
decides that a person, although a leprous patient
need not, subject to certain conditions and restric-
tious, reside within « leprosarium, he shall issue
@ permit in duplicate in Form J specifying the
conditions and restrictions subject to which the
leprous patient (hereinafter called a “licensed
leprous patient”) may be allowed to reside in any
premises in the Colony:
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 7

Provided that any such permit may be
revoked or from time to time varied by the govern-
ment medical officer who issued it.

(2) One copy of any permit issued under sub-
section (i) of this section shall be delivered by the
government medical officer to the licensed leprous
patient named therein, and a copy shall be kept on
record in the medical department of the Colony :

Provided that in cuse of revocation or vari-
ation of any such permit, written notice of such
revocation or any such variation shall be delivered
to the liecnsed leprous patient and a copy kept on
record’ as provided by this subsection.

10. It shall be lawful for the Magistrate on
complaint upon oath of any credible witness that
any leprous patient or alleged leprous patient has
been wandering about begging or collecting alms,
or seeking precarious support, or exposing his
leprosy in any public road, street, or place, to order
such paticnt to appear before a» government medical
officer, and, if he thinks it necessary, such Magis-
trate may . after enquiry, issue a warrant under his
hand in orm K directing any constable to cause
such leprous patient or alleged leprous patient to be
brought for examination by a government medical
officer nt a time and place to be specified in such
warrant.

11. For the purposes of any enquiry made
by tt Magistrate under the provisions of sections 6,
7, or 10, the Magistrate shall have the same pow-
ers as if the leprous patient or alleged leprous
patient were a person against whom a complaint
for a summary offence has been laid:

Provided that the Magistrate may, if he thinks
fit, proceed with such enquiry in the absence of the
leprous patient or alleged leprous patient, and
without proof of the service of any summons or
other notification upon such patient (except that
in the case of an enquiry under section 7 such
patient shall be given on opportunity of being
present if he so desires):

Provided further that such enquiry shall not

MONTSERRAT.

Powers of
Magistrates
with regard
to leprous
patients
wandering,
etc,

Enquiry by
Magistrate.
MOoNTSHRRAT,

Leprous
patient
oharged with
offence or
undergoing
imprison-
ment,

32 & 33 Vict,
¢. 10.

Leprous
patient who
is a criminal
lunatic.

47 & 48 Vict.
ec. 31,

Prohibition
of certain
callings to
leprous
patients,

8 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.
be conducted in court and may be conducted in
such place as the Magistrate may deem suitable.

12. (1) Whenever a leprous patient is
brought before any conrt charged with any offence
and is remanded in custody, such court may order
that the said patient be detained in a hospital, or
other place where he can be suitably isolated
during the period of remand.

(2) If a leprous patient under sentence of
imprisonment is removed from the Colony under
the provisions of the Prisoners Removal Act, 1869,
he shall if he is not fit for discharge from the
leprosarium on the expiration of his sentence of
imprisonment continue to be detained therein but
shall be treated as an ordinary leprous patient.

18. Whenever a leprous patient who is also
a criminal lunatic is removed from the Colony in
accordance with the provisions of the Colonial
Prisoners Removal Act, 1884, he may be contined
in a leprosarium, and if the said leprous paticnt is
under sentence of imprisonment the time during
which he is detained in a leprosarium shall be
reckoned in accordance with the Prison Rules from
time to time in force as if such detention had been
in prison:

Provided further that if at the expiration of
the period of imprisonment such leprous patient
is found to be no longer insane he shall continue
to be detained in the leprosarium as an ordinary
leprous patient.

14. (1) No licensed leprous patient shall
carry on any of the trades or callings specified in
the Second Schedule and the Administrator may,
by proclamation, vary or alter such Schedule from
time to time.

(2) Any licensed leprons patient who shall
carry on any trade or calling as aforesaid, and any
person who shall knowingly employ any such
licensed leprous patient in any such trade or calling,
shall be liable on summary conviction toa fine of

fifty dollars.
No. 12 of 1956 Leprosy. 9
15. Any person knowing that he 1s suffering
from leprosy eho enters any hotel, boarding-honse,
lodging house, shop Cn food or drink is sold),
public 3 service vehicle or pu hlie bath, and the pro-
prietor or person for the time being in charge of any
hotel or other place or vehicle aforesaid, who shall
knowingly allow any leprous patient to enter the
same shall bo liable on summary conviction to « fine
of one hundred dollars and any leprous patient who
refuses to comply when being forbidden entry into
orasked to leave any place or vehicle aforesaid may
be arrested without warrant by any person and taken
immediately to the nearest. police station:

Provided that when a leprous patient is in
actual possession of valid permit issued under the
provisions of subsection (1) of section 9 allowing
him to do any of the acts enumerated above the
provisions of this section shall not apply.

16.

Tf a licensed leprous patient—

(a) prepares or handles any article of
food or drink intended for consumption by any
member of the public; or

(b) sells, exposes, or offers for sale, any
article of food or drink,

fine

he shall be liable on summary conviction to 4
of one hundred dollars.

17. Any person whosells, exchanges or gives
away any article of food or drink which to Ins
knowledge, has been prepared or handled by a
licensed leprous patient, or with which a licensed
leprous patient has come in contact, shall be liable
on summary conviction toa fine of one hundred
dollars:

Provided that the provisions of this section
shall not apply in respect of sales, exchanges and
gifts or articles of food or drinks as between
licensed leprous patients.

18. Any person who knowingly purchases or
receives from any licensed leprous patient any
articles of whatsoever nature ehall be liable on sum-

MONTSERRAT.

Leprous
patients using
public service
vehicles, etc,

Preparation
of food by
Jeprous
patient.

Sale, etc. of
food prepared
by leprous
patient.

Obtaining
articles from
licensed
loprous
patients,
MONTSERRAT, -

Cleansing and

disinfecting
of premises.

10 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

mary conviction toa fine of fifty dollare or to
imprisonment for one month,

19. (1) Where a government medical officer
is satisfied that the cleansing and disinfection of any
premises, and the disinfection or destruction of any
articles therein likely to retain infection, would tend
to prevent the spread of leprosy, the government
medical officer shall give notice to the occupier of
the premises that he will at the occnpier’s cost
cleanse and disinfect the premises and disinfect, or,
as the case may require, destroy anv such asticles
therein unless, within twenty-four hours after the
receipt of the notice, the occupier informs the
government medical officer that within the time
fixed in the notice the ocenpier will take such steps
as are specified therein.

(2) If within twenty-four hours after the
receipt of the notice the person to whom it is given
does not inform the government medical officer as
aforesaid, or if, having so informed the government
medical officer, he fails to take such steps as afore-
said to the pause ct on of the said government
medical officer within the time fixed in the notice
the government medical officer may cause the
premises to be cleansed and disinfected and the
articles to be disinfected or destroyed, as the case
may require, and may, if he think fit, recover from
auch person the expenses reasonably incurred by
the government medical officer in so doing.

(3) For the purpose of carrying into effect
this section, a government medical officer may enter
by day on any premises.

(4) Where the occupier of any premises is in
the opinion of a government medical officer unable
effectively to take sneh steps as he considers
necessary, he may, without giving such notice as
aforesaid but with the consent of such occupier,
take the required steps and the cost thereof shall he
a charge on public funds.

»
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 11

(5) Where a government medical officer has
under this section disinfected any premises or
article, or destroyed any articles, he may, if he

think fit, pay compensation to any person who has
suffered danage by his action.

(6) J*or the purposes of this section, the
owner of unoccupied premises shall be deemed to
be in occupation thereof.

20. A person who-ceages to occupy a house,
or part of s house, in which to his knowledge any
‘person has, withi:: six months previously, been
suffering fon leprosy, and who does not have it
and all articles therein liable to retain infection
disirifected to the satisfaction, as certified by him,
.of & government medical officer or does not first
give to the owner of such house, or part: of a house,
Notice of the previous existence of such disease,
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
one hundred dollars or to imprisonment for three
months.

21. Any person who knowingly lets for hire
any house, room, or part of a house in which a
leprous patient has resided, without having such
house, room, or part of a house and all articles
therein liable to retain infection, disinfected, treated,
or otherwise disposed of to the satisfaction of a
government medical officer as testified by a
certificate signed by such iiedical officer, shall be
liable on sammary conviction to a fine of one
hundred dollars, and for the purpose of this section
the proprictor or person for the time being in charge
of a hotel, boarding house, or lodging house shall
be deemed to let for hire part of a house to any
person admitted as a guest into such hotel, boarding
house or lodging house.

22. (1) A person shall not send or take to
any laundry or public wash-house for the purpose
of being washed, or to any place for the purpose
of being dléancd, any article which he knows to
have been in contact with a leprous patient, unless
that article has been disinfected by, or to the
satisfaction of a government medical officer, or is
sent with proper precautions to a laundry for the

MONTAERRAT.

Liability of
outgoing
occupiers to
disinfect
house or to
give notice
to owner,

Letting
infected
premises.

Infected
article not
to be sent to
laundry or
to cleaners.
MoNTSBRRAT,

‘

Provisions as
to library
books.

12 TLejvasy. No. 12 of 1956.

purpose of disinfection with noties that if has
heen exposed to infection,
|

(2) The oceupier of any house in) which a
person is suffering from leprosy shall, if required
by a government. medical officer, furnish to him the
address cf any laundry, wash-house, or hor place
to which articles from the house have been, or will
be, sent during the continuance of the disease for
the purpose of being washed or cleaned.

(3) A person who contravenes. or fails to
comply with, any provision of this section shall be
liable on summary conviction to a fine of fifty
dollars.

23. (1) A person who knows that he is
suffering from leprosy shall not take avy book,
or cause any book to be taken for his us, or use
any book taken from any public or circulating

library.

(2) No person shall permit any book which
has been taken from a public or circulating library,
and is under his control, to be used by any person
whom he knows to be suffering from leprosy.

(3) No person shall return to any public or
circulating library a book which he knows to have
been handled by a leprous patient, or permit any
such book which is under his ecostrs! to be so
returned, but shall give notice to a covernment
medical officer that the book has been so handled.

(4) A person who contravenes any of the
foregoing provisions of this section shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine of fifty dollars.

(5) A government medical officer on receiving
euch notice as aforesaid shall cause the book to he
disinfected and returned to the library, or shall
cause it to be destroyed and the provisions of sub-
section (5) of section 19 with regard to payment
of compensation shall apply madtatis mudiidix in
case the book is destroyed or damaged.
No. 12 of 1956. Lepiosi. 13

24. (1) Ifany leprous patient is conveyed
inany public service vehicle, the person in charge
thereof shall, as soon as practicable, give notice to a
government medical officer, and, before permitting
any otber persom to enter "the vehicle, cause it to
be disinfected. Auy person who contravenes, or
fails to. comply with any of the provisions of this
subsection shall be liable on summary conviction
to a fine of fifty dollars.

(2) The owner, driver or conductor of a public
service vehicle may recover by action before the
competent court from any leprous patient conveyed
in xuch vehicle, or from the person causing that
patient to be so conveyed, a sufficient sum to cover
any loss and expense incurred by him.

_ (3) When so requested by the person in charge
of a public service vehicle in| which a leprous
patient ite been conveved, a government medical
officer suall provide for its disinfection, and shall
make no charve in respect, thereof except in a case
where the owner, driver or conductor conveyed a
person knowing that he was suffering from leprosy.

26. (1) In any proceeding before any
court or inevisirate a person shall not be deemed to
be a leprous patient except on the evidence or
certificate of a governinent medical officer.

(2) The certificate in writing of a government
medien! officer shall be Advis aS evidence
under this scction unless the sourt or magistrate
shall otherwise direct.

hh

26. Whenver a leprous patient or’other
person is charged with an cffence under any of tne
following «cuous 20, 21, 22, 25 or 24 such patient
or person shell be nequitted if he establishes that
a government! aiedical officer certified that the
leprous ps Wwient copcerucd suffers from a type of
leprosy which is uot communicable.

B%. Jue person who does anvthing 1p
pursuance of Chis Ordirumce shall not be liable to
any ewil or criminal oroceedings if he has acted
in good faith and with reasonable care,

MONTSERRAT.

Duty of owner
of public
service
vehicle.

Hvidence
required to
prove leprosy.

Cases in
which no
offence is
committed.

Protection of
persons acting
in good faith
with reason-
able care,
MONTSERRAT.

Obstruoting
Government
medical
officer.

Power to
make regula-
tions,

Revocation

of declaration
and repeal.
5/1911.

Commence-
ment.

14 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956.

28. Any persen obstructing or molesting
a government medical officer or anv eoustable or
other person in the exereise of bis powers and
duties under this Ordinance sill, save as other wise
specially provided, be liable on summary convic-
tion to a fine of fifty dollars or to imprisonment
for one month.

29. The Governor in Council mav make
reculations in respect of ail or any of the following
matters —

(a) the forms of the certificates, orders
and other documents to be used under this
Ordinance;

(6) the examination of voluntary
patients, leprous patients or aileged leprows
patients;

(c) the conditions and restrictions under
and subject to which leprous patients may
continue to reside in private dwelling-houses
outside a leprosarium;

(d) the ineasures to be taken as to the
treatment or disposal of clothing and other
effects of leprous patients;

(e) the disinfection of premises inhabited
or lately oecupied by a Jeprous patient, and
the disinfection of any public vtoee or public
service vehicle in which a leprous patient has
recently been;

(7) generally for carrying into effect
the provisions of this Ordinance.
30. The deciaration embodied im section Z
of the Lepers (General Legislature Competency )

Ordinance, L911, is hereby revoked and the said
Ordinance is hereby repealed.

31. ‘This Ordmance shali come into opera
tion on a date to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gazette.
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 15 Monrewerar.

FIRST SCHEDULE.
Form A.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 4.
Orpen By ADMINISTRATOR FOR REMOVAL OF
Leprrous Patrexrt tro a LEPROSARIUM.

CoLony of MONTSERRAT.

To all constables in the Colony
and
To the officer in charge of the leprosarium in

WHEREAS the medical certificate hereto annexed and
signed by Dr. a government medical officer
in the Colony is to the effect that
is a leprous patient anda proper subject of confinement in a
leprorarium.

NOW, THEREFORE, ido hereby order and command
you the said constables to remove the said
from the Colony and convey him to the leprosarium in

and there deliver him into the custody of the officer in charge
of the said leprosarium.

AND you the officer in charge of the leprosarium
aforesaid are hereby authorised to receive and detain the
said in the said Jeprosarium until he is dis-
charged therefrom in accordance with the provisions of the
abovementioned Ordinance and any Arrangcment made there-
under, and in the event of the sald escaping from
the anid leprosarium him to capture und reconvey to the said
leprosariim there to be detained until discharged as aforesaid.

AND for such removal from the Colony, conveyance to,
and reception and detention in, the leprosarium, or capture
and reconveynnce, as the case may be, this shall be your
sufficient authority.

Date. :
cldministrator.
Monrsuxrat 16 Leprosy. No. 12 of 1956

Form B.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 5.(2).
NovTleICATION BY REGISTERED MEDICAL
PRACTITIONER.

Cotony or Monrserrart.

To a government medical officer im
the Colony of Montserrat.
I, being a registercd medical
practitioner in the Colony atoresiid, hereby notify you that
of (sex)
(race), and aged is suffering from leprosy
(or a disease suspected to be leprosy).
Date.
Signature
Medical qualifications
Address.
Form C,

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 6 (2)
Onrper By MAGISTRATE AUTHORISING ENTRY
OR EXAMINATION,

Cotony or Montserrat.

To the government medical officer of s
Dr.
WHEREAS on the day of 19 ya report
was made to me by Dr. government medical
officer, of , to the effect that he was

obstructed in the exercise of the powers conferred upon him
by subsections (I) and (2) of section 6 of the Leprosy
Ordinance, 1956 when trying to examine one

at premises situate ut (or that

a leprous patient fan alleged leprous patient has refused to
attend at a specified place to be examined or has refused to be
examined) ;

AND WITERIGAS alter engmry L ani satistied of the
correctness Of sueh report. This is to order all whom it may
concern to allow the said Dr. accompanied by
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 17. Morvsrrnat

to enter at any time any premises in which
the said leprous patient (or a eged leprous patient) may be
found and to examine the said patient, and | further order
the said le proux patient (or alleged leprous patient) to allow
himself to be examined by the said Dr,

2

Date
Magistrate.
Form D.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 6 (4)
ORDER OF MAGISTRATE EXTENDING
PERIOD OF DETENTION,
Cotony ov MOonTserrat.
To
WHEREAS on the day of application
was made to me by Dr. , that it is necessary
that , a leprous patient /an alleged
leprous patient, be detained at
for: a further period of days for the purpose of

examination or pending the issue of an order for his removal
to and detention in a leprosarium* : And Whereas I have
made enquiry:

This is to order and authorise to keep the
suid leprous patient (or alleged leprons patient) under
detention at for a further period of

days from und including the day of

Date

Signature of Magistrate.
“Delete words not applicable.

Form E.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956,
Sec. 7,
CERTIFICATE OF GOVERNMENT MEDICAL
OFFICER.

Conony or MONTSERRAT.

This is to certify that of
suffers from the type of leprosy known as
aud thas it is necessary that the said
be detained in a leprosarium.
Date
Signature of government medi ai officer.
Montsernar 18 Levrosy. No. 12 of 1956.

Form F.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
See. 7
WARRANT OF DETENTION IN UOSPITAL Ok
OTUER SUITABLE PLACE PENDING ODEN
OF REMOVAL TO LEPROSARIUM.
CoLony oF MONTSERRAT.
To the medical officer in charge of hospital.
WHEREAS the medical certificate hereto annexed signed
by Dr. u government medical officer is to
the effect that is a leprous patient and ¢

proper subject of confinement m a leprosariuim;
Now therefore, | do hereby adjudge the said
to be a leprous patient and do hereby order and
authorise you and any constable or person acting nnder
your orders to remove the said

COL cece r eee eee e cee cee eee tees ip eGencuei ears sere dere sea eee e teen rn eeee
(here state hospital or other auitable place)
and detain him thereat pending the issue by the Administrator

of an order for his removal to a leprosarium.
Date

Signature of Magistrate.
Form G.°

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956,
Sec. 8 (1)
APPLICATION BY A VOLUNTARY PATIENT
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR TO SECURE HIS
ADMISSION TO A LEPROSARIUM.

COLONY OF MOKTSERRAT.
‘'o the Administrator of Montserrat.

I, the undersigned, do hereby request you to take sucti
steps as may be necessary to secure my admission to 4
leprosarium in Antigua and i hereby consent to my removal
from the Colony to the leprosarium aforesaid.

L undertake—

(a) to remain therein unti! duly discharged and to
conform to the rules regulating the obligations, conduct
and discipline of patients detained in the leprosarium and
to the terms of any Arrangement made under the above-
mentioned Urdinance;
No. 12 of 1956. Leprosy. 19 Monresrrar

(b) not to leave the leprosarinm until discharged in
aocordance with the provisions of the said Arrangement
and [ understand that if Lf leave the said leprosarium
without being discharged as aforesaid, I shall be liable to
he captured and returned thereto.

Date
Signature of Applicant.

Witness to Signature.
Form H.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
Sec. 8 (5)
Orper BY ADMINISTRATOR WHERE VOLUNTARY
PATIENT REFUSES TO GO 'TO LEPROSARIUM.

CoLtoxry of MonrTsERRAT.
To all Constables.

WHEREAS by his application cated
requested me to take steps to secure
his admission to a leprosarium;

AND WHEREAS I have taken the required steps to

secure the admission of the said toa
leprosarium as requested by him;
AND WHEREAS the aaid refuses

to leave the Colony in order to be admitted to the leprosarium
aforesaid.

NOW THEREFORE [ hereby authorise you to remove
the said from the Colony to the leprosarium
at there to be detained until discharged
in accordance with the provisions of any Arrangement made
under the abovementioned Ordinance.

Date.
Administrator.
Montserrat 9() Leprosy, No. 12 of 1986.

Form J.

The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.
See. 9 (1)
PERMIT TO LEPROUS PATIENT TO RESIDE
OUTSIDE LEPROSARIUM

Cotony or Montserrat.

I, government medical officer
in the Colony of Montserrat, do hereby certify that.
is a leprous patient suffering from the type of

leprosy known as , ond being of the
opinion that the said need not reside

within a leprosarium, hereby allow the said
to reside in premises in the Colony on condition that he (or she)
shall strictly comply with the following conditiong:—

and shall not carry on any of the trades or callings specified in
the Second Schedule.
Date.
Government medical ojficer.

Form ix.
The Leprosy Ordinance, 1956.

See, 10
WARRANT TO ARRESP LE PROUS PATIENT Ok:
ALLEGED LEPROUS PATIENT WANDERING ABOUT.
CoLoxy or Montserrat.
To all Constables.
WHEREAS complaint upon oath was on the day of
made by to the effect
that being * « leprous patient/an alleged

leprous patient has been seen wandering about begging or
collecting alms, or seeking preearions support, or exposing his
leprosy ina public road. street or place:

AND WILEREAS Thave made enquiry and ain satisfied
of the correctness of such complaint:

This is to order you to take the said

in your custody and bring him ro on the
day of there to be examined bya
government medical officer.
Date

Signature of Magustrate.

Delete words not applicable,
No. 12 of 1958, Leprosy. 21 Monrsrneat

SECOND SCHEDULE. Sec. 14 (1)

Baker

Bareher

{ce Cream Vendor

Gree ngrocer

Market Gardener

Cook, or any trade or calling in which the person employed
handles or comes in contact with articles of food or
drink, drugs, medicines, or tobacco in any form.

Fishmonger

Washer

Bootmaker

Tailor, or »ny trade or calling in which the person
employed manufactures, handles, or comes in contact
with wearing apparel.

Barber, or any other similar trade or calling in which the
person employed necessarily comes in contact. with
other persons.

Domest’c servant.

Nurse

Waiter ‘

Steward

Barman

Driver or conductor of any public service vehicle

Dairvman, or any other situation or calling in which the
person employed comes in contact with cows or other
animals kept for the parpose of furnishing milk.

Boatman ou any beat licensed for the conveyance of
passengers Or cargo.

Sailor

Hawker

Huckster

Vanman

Schoolmaster

Teacher

O. E. Henry,
President.
Passed the Legislative Council this 1&th day of May, 1956.

Js. H. Carrort,
Clerk of the Council.

ANTIGUA
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Pigott, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.
47]129—500—6.56. Price 24 cents.
No. 8 of 1956. Crown Proceedings
(Amendment)

[L.8.]

I Assent,
K. W. BuackBURNE,
Governor.
dth June, 19656.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 8 of 1956.

An Ordinance to amend the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, 1955.

[80th June, 1956]

ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin
Islands.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown
Proceedings (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956, and
shall be read as one with the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, 1955, hereinafter called the Principal
Ordinance.

2. The following amendments are hereby
made to section 2 of the Principal Ordinance:—

(1) Subsection (2) is amended—

(a) by the deletion of the expression
“ Attorney General ”’;

(6) by the substitution of the following
definition for the definition of the expression
“ officer ’—

“officer” in relation to the Crown
includes the Governor and Cominander
in Chief of the Leeward Islands and any
servant of Her Majesty in right of Her
Government of the Colony or of the
Presidency ;

VirGin
ISLANDS.

Commence-
ment.

Short title,

4/1955.

Amendment
of section 2
of the Prin-
pal Ordi-
nance,
VIRGIN
IsLanbs,

Amendment
of section
1U of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Amendment,
of section 13
of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Amendment
of section 14
of the Princi-

pal Ordinance.

Amendment
of section 15
of the Princi-.

pal Ordinance.

2 Crown Proceedings ho. 8 of 1956.

(Amendment)

(2) Subsection (3) is amended by the substi-
tution of the words “Legal Assistant” for the
words “ Attorney General” wherever the Intter
words appear.

3. Subsection (1) of section 10 of the
Principal Ordinance is hereby amended by the
insertion of the words ‘all such civil proceedings
by or against the Crown as are mentioned in the
Schedule to this Ordinance are hereby abolished,
and” betwéen the words “ Ordinance” and “all ”

4. Section 13 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant’? for the words “ Attorney
General” in subsection (1), (2) and (4) thereof.

5. Section 14 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended as follows: —

(a) by the substitution of the words
“by or against the Crown” for the words
“by the Crown”

(6) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant” for the words “ Attorney
General” wherever the latter words appear.

6. The following amendments are hereby
made to section 15 of the Principal Ordinance:—

(1) Subsection (1) is amended—

(a) by the substitution of the words
“to a Magistrate’s Court” for the words
“to the Supreme Court”

(6) by the substitution of the words
“to the said Court” for the words “to the
Court”;

(c) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant”’ for the words “ Attorney
General’,

(2) Subsection (2) is amended by the substi-
tution of a full-stop for the colon after the word
“costs” and the deletion of the proviso thereto.
No. 8 of 1956. © Crain Proceedings 3 ViRGIN
( Ainendment) ISLANDS.
(3) By the addition to the section of the
following subsection as subsection (3):—

“(3) Without prejudice to the rights of
the Crown under the preceding provisions of
this section, the provisions of section 13 of the
Summary Jurisdiction Act relating to the Cap. 21.
transfer of any suit instituted in the Court of
Summary Jurisdiction from the said Court to
the Supreme Court shall apply in relation to
proceedings against the Crown.”.

7. Section 19 of the Principal Ordinance is Amendment
hereby amended ax follows:— of the Princi-

pal Ordinance,

(a) by the substitution of the following
subsections for subsections (1) and (2)
thereof —

“(1) Subject to the provisions of this
section, any reference in this Part of this
Ordinance to civil proceedings by the Crown
shall be construed as a reference to the follow-
ing proceedings only:—

(a) proceedings for the enforcement
or vindication of any right or the obtain-
ing of any relief which, if this Ordinance
had not been passed and the Crown Suits Cap 6.
Act had not been repealed, might have
been enforced or vindicated or obtained
by any such proceedings as are mentioned
in paragraph | of the Schedule to this
Ordinance, or by an action at the suit of
the Attorney General under the Crown Cap.6.
Suits: Act or by a particular officer of
the Crown under any law;

(6) all such proceedings as the
Crown is entitled to bring by virtue of
this or any other Ordinance, or any law,

and the expression ‘civil proceedings by or against
the Crown”’ shall be construed accordingly,
VirGin
IsLaNbs.

Cap. 6.

Cap. 6.

Amendment
of section 21
of the Princ1-

pal Ordinance,

Amencinent of
section 25 of
the Principal *
Ordinance.

Amendment
of section
29 of the
Principal
Ordinance,

4 Crown Proceedings No. 8’ of 1956.

(Amendment)

(2) Subject to the provisions of this section,
any reference in this Part of this Ordinance to civil
proceedings against the Crown shall be construed
as a reference to the following proceedings only:—

(a) proceedings for the enforcement or
vindication of any right or the obtaining of
any relief which, if this Ordinance: had not
been passed and the Crown Suits Act had not
been repealed, might have beeu enforced or
vindicated or obtained by the proceedings
mentioned in puragraph 2 of the Schedule to
this Ordinance or by xn action against the
Attorney General under the Crown Suits Act;

() all such proceedings as any person is
entitled to bring against the Crown by virtue
of this or any other Ordinance, or any law,

and the expression ‘civil proceedings by or against

the Crown” shall be construed accordingly.”; and

(6) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant” for the words “ Attorney
General” in subsection (3).

8. Section 21 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended as foliows:—

(a)-by the
“* Legal Assistant ”
General”
and

(6) by the substitution of the word
“damages” for the word “damage” in
subsection (3) thereof.

9. Section 25 of the Principal Ordinance is
hereby amended by the substitution of the word
‘¢ Exclusion” for the word “ Execution” in the
marginal note thereof.

substitution of the words
for the words “ Attorney -
in subsections (2) and (4) thereof;

10. Paragraph (7) of subsection (2) of sec-
tion 29 of the Principal Ordinance is hereby
amended as follows:—

(uw) by the substitution of the words
“Legal Assistant ” for the words “ Attorney
General” in sub-paragraph (ii); and
‘

!

No, 8 of 1956. Crown Proceedings 5
(Amendment)

(6) by the substitution of the words

“in the name of the Legal Assistant, shall

not be entitled to avail” for the words

“otherwise than as is mentioned in para-

graph (iii) shall not avail” in sub-paragraph
(iv).

11. Subsection (2) of section 32 of the

Principal Ordinance is hereby amended by the

substitution of the word “any” for the’ word
‘an’ in paragraph (6) thereof.

12. The following Schedule shall be added
to the Principal Urdinance:—

“SCHEDULE.

1, (1) Latin informations and English
informations.

(2) Writs of capias ad respondendum,
writs of subpana ad responden-
dum, and writs of appraisement.

(3) Writs of sere facias.

(4) Proceedings for the determina-
tion of any issue upon a writ of
extent or of diem clausit ea-
tremum.

2. Proceedings against Her Majesty by
way of monstrans de droit.”

18. This Ordinance shall come into opera-
tion on the 30th day of June, 1956.

E. A. EVELYN,
President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th
day of May, 1956.
H. O. CREQUE,
Clerk of the Council,

ANTIGUA.

VIRGIN
IsLanps.

Amendment
of see ion
32 of the
Principal
Ordinance,

Addition of
Schedule to
the Principal
Ordinance,

Commence-
ment,

Printed at the Government Printing Officc, Loeward Islands,
by Ear Pigorr, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

1956.

54/52—680—6.56. [Price 8 cents |
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment.

(L.8.].

I Assent,
Kk. W. BuackBuryeE,
Governor.

5th June, 1956,

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 9 of 1956.

An Ordinance to provide for the custody and treatment of
persons of unsound mind, for their removal from the
Colony to a mental hospital outside the Colony for such
treatment, and for other purposes incidental thereto and
connected therewith.

[By Proclamation ]
ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin Islands.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Lunacy and
Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

2, In this Ordinance—

“Arrangement” means an Arrangement made under
section 3;

“ crime” means any felony or misdemeanour;

“criminal lunatic ” means a person detained in custody by
reason of his having been charged with an offence,
and either found to have been insane at the time of
such offence, or found or certified or otherwise
lawfully proved to be unfit on the ground of his
insanity to be tried for the same, and includes a
person convicted of an offence and afterwards
certified or otherwise lawfully proved to be insane;

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Commence-
meat.

Short title.

Interpreta-
tion,
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Power to
Administrator
to make
Arrangement
with Admin-
istrator of
Antigua,

Power to
Administrator
to order re-
moval to men-

tal hospital.

Form 1.

2 Lunacy and Mental Treatment,

No. 9 of 1956.

“insane person” or “person of unsound mind” or
“patient” includes an idiot and any other person of
unsound mind;

“institution” means a hospital or other suitable place

appointed as such by the Governor in Council for the
purposes of this Ordinance;

‘licensed house ” means a house licensed for the reception
of a person of unsound mind under this Ordinance;

“licensee” means the person to whom a licence in
respect of a licensed house is granted;

“mental hospital” means a mental hospital to which a
temporary patient, or a voluntary patient or a person
who has been duly adjudged to be of unsound mind
and a proper subject for confinement may be removed
pursuant to an Arrangement;

“pauper patient” means any insane person who is found
wandering at large, or who is not under proper care
or not under proper control, or who is likely to
commit a crime;

“removal order” means an order made by the Admin-

istrator under section 4;
“Schedule” means Schedule to this Ordinance;

“section” means section of this Ordinance;

“temporary patient” means a person described in section

?

“Visiting Committee” means the Visiting Committee for
licensed houses referred to in section 16;

‘voluntary patient” means a person described in section
39. 4

3. (1) The Administrator may on behalf of the Colony
enter into an Arrangement with the Administrator of Antigua
upon such terms and subject to such conditions as they may
consider appropriate for the reception and detention in, and
discharge from, a mental hospital in Antigua of any person of
unsound mind or voluntary patient or temporary patient in the
Colony.

(2) Any Arrangement made under this section may be
varied or revoked by a subsequent Arrangement.

4. Where under the provisions of section 3 an Arrange-
ment has been made, the Administrator may by order under his
hand (hereinafter referred to as “a removal! order”) direct the
removal from the Colony of any person duly adjudged to be a
person of unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement,
to a mental hospital and such order shall be sufficient authority
No. 9 of 1956.00 Ta cey and Meutel Treatment, 3 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

for the removal of such person of unsound mind from the

Coleny. bis conveyance to. and his reception and detention in a

mental hospital, and in the event of his escape therefrom, his

capture and return to the said hospital.

ADJUDICATION OF PERSONS OF UNSOUND MIND.

5. (1) Any Magistrate, upon the information upon oath Enquiry as to
of any informant to the effect that the informant has good !¥>A¢y.
cause to suspect and believe and does suspect and believe some
person to be of unsound mind and a proper subject for
confinement, may, in any place which he deems convenient, Form 2.
examine such person, and, in the same place or elsewhere, may
hold an enquiry as to the state of mind of such person.

For the purposes of such enquiry the Magistrate shall have
the same powers as if the person alleged to be of unsound mind
were a person against whom a complaint for an offence
punishable on summary conviction has been laid:

Provided that no person alleged to be of unsound mind
shall be required to attend at any Magistrate's Court for
examination by a Magistrate nor shall he be taken to any such
court for such purpose.

(2) A Magistrate may, if he thinks fit, proceed with an
enquiry under this section in the absence of the person alleged
to be of unsound mind and without proof of the service of any
summons upon such person.

(3) If, at any stage of an enquiry under this section, it
shall be shown to the satisfaction of the Magistrate conducting
such enquiry that the person alleged to be of unsound mind is a
person whom it is expedient to put immediately under confine-
ment pending the conclusion of the enquiry, it shall be lawful
for such Magistrate either proprio. snot or at the request of
the informant-—

(1) to make a written order for the detention of
such person during a period which shall not exceed four-
teen days in an institution;

(/) from time to time, on good cause shown to
make further orders for such detention, in the like form,
for periods none of which shall exceed eight days:

Provided that no such person shall be detained under
observation for more than two months at a time;

(~) at any time, by order under his hand, to direct
that the person detained be released.

(4) It shall be lawful for any person to whom the
execution of an order made under the last preceding subsection
is entrusted, to convey the person alleged to be of unsound
mind therein raentioned to the specified place of detention and
there to detain him during the period specified unless previous
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 3.

Mrgency
orders.

4A Lunacy and Merit Treatment Na. 9 of of 1956,

to the expiry of such period the release of the persen alleged te
be of unsound mind be ordered in due course of law.

(5) The Magistrate shali also appoint a government
medical officer to examine the suspected person and shall
furnish such government medical officer with all the informa-
tion bearing on the mental state of such suszected person which
he has been able to procure and such goveramont medica:
officer shall, if he considers the facts warrant him in se doing,
sign a certificate certifying that in his opinion the suspected
person is of unsound mind. Such certificate shaii specify in
full detail the facts upon which the persen signing it founds his
opinion, and shall distinguish facts which he has himself
observed from facts communicated by others. The person sign-
ing the certificate shall enquire of any persons able to give
information as to the previous history of the suspected person,
and shall state in tis certificate all matters known te him which
he deems likely tc be of service with reference to medical
treatment. No certificate shall lave any effect under this
Ordinance which purports to be founded wholly on facts
communicated by others.

(6) The informant referred to in subsection (1) of this
section shall, if required by the government medical cfficer
appointed to examine the suspected person, by written notice
served personally on him, attend at the time and place specified
in such notice and give such information touching the mental
condition of the suspected person as shali be in his power to
give. Any such person who neglects or refuses to attend as
and when so required or refuses to answer any question con-
cerning the mental condition of the suspected person which may
be put to him by the government medical officer enquiring
into such mental condition shall on summary conviction be
liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars or to
imprisonment for six months.

6. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 5,
whenever a Magistrate considers it expedient, either for the
public safety or for the welfare of any person with respect to
whom an information on oath under the said section has been
laid, that such person should be forthwith placed under observa-
tion, ke may without the production of a medical certificate by
written order direct that such person be received into an
institution to be named in the order ard be there detained
under observation during such period, not exceeding fourteen
days, as to the Magistrate may seem expedient:

Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for further periods none of which shall exceed eight
days:

Provided further that no such person shall be detained
under observation for more than two months at a time.

(2) The Magistrate shall furnish the medical officer in
charge of the institution with all the information bearing on the
mental state of the person so detained which he has been able to
procure.
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy cad diental Preshuent, 5

(3) The person who has laid the information on oath
referred to in susection (1) of this section shall, if required
by the medical officer in charge of the institution by written
notice served personally o1: him, attend at the time and place
specified in such notice and give such information touching the
mencal condition of ihe person so detained as shall be in his
power to give. Any such person who neglects or refuses to
attend as and when so required or refuses to answer ay
question concerning the mental condition of the person detained
which may be put to him by the meslical officer in charge of the
institution shall on summary conviction be liable to a fine of
four hundred and eighty dollars or to imprisonment for six
months.

(4) If the medical officer in charge of the institution
certifies that any such nersen so detained under observation is
of ssund mind, such peyvson s¢ detained shall be discharged
therefrom with all convenient suesd and the said officer shall
notify the Magistrate accordingly within seven days of such
discharge.

(5) It the medical officer in charge of the institution
certifies that any such person so Jetained is of ussound mind
and a proper subject fer continement the Magistr.c shall
proceed te hold an enquiry into the state of miad of such person
in accordance with the provisions of section 5:

Provided that no such person shall be adjudged to be of
unsound mind uriless the Magistrate has seen and, where
circumstances permii, examined such person:

Provided further that the certificate of the said medical
officer shall be sufficient evidence of the facts there‘n stated
concerning the state of niind of such person and it shall net be
necessary to prove the handwriting of such officer. bat the
Magistrate may examine any members ot the staif of the
institution who shal! have had such person under observation.

7, (1) Whenever a Judge or a Magistrate has reason
to believe that a person committed for trial befare hin or
charged before him with aa offence is of ansound min: ne
nay, for the ourpose of obtaining evidence as to wiieti.c: such
person is ‘or is not of unsound mind, by written order direct
that such person be received inio an institution, to be named in
the order, and ke there detained under observation during such
period, not exceeding fourteen days, as to the Judge er
Magistrate may seem expedient:

_ Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for a further period or periods each not exceeding
eight days at a time:

Provided further that no order wader tais subsection shail
be made in respect of persons who are not being kept in custody
pending trial.

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Admission of
accused per-

sons for ohbser-
vation,
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

False medical
certificate.

Adjudication
of person of
unsound mind,
Form 4.

Custody of
person of un-
sound mind,

Forin 4.

Form 5.

Form 6.

Appeal.

6 Tamacy and Moeutal Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

(2) When an order has been made under this section a
certificate under the hand of the medical officer in charge of
the institution shali be sufficient evidence of the facts therein
stated concerning the state of mind of the persen kept under
observation and it shail not be necessary to prove the hand-
writing of such officer, but the Judge or Magistrate may
examine any members of the staff of such institutien who shall
have had the patient under observation.

(3) Every person ordered under this section to he
received into an institution for observation sha'l be received
into the institution named in the order and be there detained
under observation for the period stated in the order or for
such shorter period as the Judge or Magistrate who made the
order may direct, and it shall be lawful for any person to
whom the execution of the order is entrusted to convey the

person named therein to such institution.

8. Any government medical officer or registered medical
practitioner who knowingly and wilfully in ary certificate
under this Ordinance falsely states or falsely certifies anything,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanour, and, on conviction thereof
on indictment, sha!l be liable to a fine of twe hundred and
forty dollars, and may also, if the court so think fit, be
imprisoned for one year.

9. Where, upon such enquiry as is provided fcr by this
Ordinance, it appears to the Magistrate that any person is of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confineme>!, and suck
medical certificate as by this Ordinance is reavired of his
unsoundness of mind has been given, the Magistrate may
adjudge such person to be of unsound mind and a proper sub-
ject of confinement, and may make an order accerding to this
Ordinance for the detention of such person in an institution
pending the making of a removal order in respect of such
person.

10. Where, under this Ordinance, any person has been
duly adjudged to be of unsound mind and a proper subject of
confinement, a Magistrate may—

(a) make an order as provided in section 2; or

(b) grant to any person residing in the Colony
a licence authorising such person to receive te person of
unsound mind into some house specified in the licence,
and situate within the Colony and there to take charge of
him; or

(c) if it appears that the person of unsound mind is
a pauper patient, make an order for the detextion of sach
person in an institution pending the making of 2 removal
order in respect of such person.

11. In case of any order under this Ordinas:« adudging
any alleged insane person to b> of unsound mind avd 3 proper
subject of confinement, and in case of a refusal so io adjudge,
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Preeiuent, 7

an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court, subject to the same
conditions and with the same consequences as if the alleged
insane person had been convicted cf an cffence punishable on
summarv conviction in a case in which an appeal would lie.

INSTITUTIONS.

12. The Administrater may, by proclamation, appoint
the whole or any part of any building, house, or other place,
with any out-houses, yards, gardens, grcuads, or premises
thereto belonging, to be an institution for the purposes of this
Ordinance.

13. The Superintendent of any institution or any officer
or servant thereof, or any police officer or other peace officer,
may retake any patient wio is escaping from such institution,
and may, within fourteen days after any escape, retake any
patient who has escaped from such institu:ion, and may return
to the institution any patient so retaken, where he shall revert to
his former custody.

14. (1) Where the medical officer in charge of a
hospital in the Colony or any other medical officer duly
authorised by the said medical officer in charge to act on his
behalf has reason to suspect tiaf any person in such b-apital is
of unsound mind he may by order in writing direct the ‘vansfer
of such person to and his detention in an institutios for the
purpose of observation during such period not exceeding four-
teen days as to him may seem expedient:

Provided that on good cause shown such order may be
enlarged for further periods none oi which shall exceed eight
days:

Provided further that no such patient shail be detained
under observation for more than two months at a time.

(2) The medical officer in charge of the said hospital or
other medical officer duly acting on behalf of the said medica!
officer in charge, as the case may ve, shail immediately on
ordering the transfer and detenticn of a patient under the
provisions of subsection (1) of this section notify the Mxgis-

tat

trate of such transfer and detention and furnish fim with {ve
grounds on which he has made the orier, and sucn Mi ate
shall either confirm or annul such order and within three cays
of such notification communicate kis decision to such medical
officer in charge of the aforesaid hczpital or other medical
officer, as the case may be, as well as to the medical officer in
charge of the institution to which the patient has been trans-
ferred:




Provided that if the Magistrate shall annu! such order the
patient shall forthwith be discharged from such institution.

(3) Where the medical officer i. charge ef an institution
certifies in writing that in his opinion any person detained
under the authority of subsection (2) of this section is of

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Appointment
of institu-
tions,

Escape trom
institution,

Transfer of
persons from
hospital to
institution in
Colony for
observation,
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Duty of licen-

Bee,

Visiting Com-

mittee,

Records,

Escape from
licensed
house,

Absence ort
trial.

8 Lunacy and Mental Treatiuent, No. 9 of 1956.

unsound mind, an enquiry into the state of mind of such person
shall be held in accordance with the provisions of section 5.

(4) For the purposes of such enquiry the certificate of
the medical officer in charge of the institution shall be
sufficient evidence of the facts therein stated concerning the
state of mind of the patient and it shall not be necessary to
prove the handwriting of such officer, but the Masistrate may
examine any memters of the staff of such institution who shall
have had the patient under observation.

(5) Every person ordered under this section to be
received into an institution for observation shall be received
into the institution named in the order and be there detained
under observation fer the period stated in the order or for
such shorter period as the medical officer in charge of the
hospital or other medical officer duly authorised by him to act
on his behalf or the Magisirate, as tie case may be, who made
the order shail direct, and it shall be awful for =ny person to
whom the execution of the order is entrusted to convey the
person named therein to the institution named therein.

LICENSED HOUSES.

15. Where a licence in respect of any patient is
granted under this Ordinance, the licensee shall se hound to
take proper care of such patient until he dies or tite licensee is
discharged under this Ordinance.

16. Regulations made under section 44 shall provide
for the constitution by the Administrator of a Visiting
Committee for licensed houses consisting of such number of
persons appointed at such times, in such manner, fer such
periods and with such functions as may be prescribed.

17. The licensee of every licensed house shail keep such
books, make such entries, furnish such returns, and give such
notices as may from time to time be required by reguiations
made under this Ordinance.

18. The licensee of any licensed house, or any servant
of or person authorised by such licensee, or any po'ice officer
or other peace officer, may retake any patient whe is escaping
from such licensed house, and may within fourtecn days aftor
any escape, retake any patient who has escaped from such
licensed house and may return to such licensed house any
patient so retaken, where he shal! revert to bis former custody.

19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Gridinares, the
Administrator may allow any patient confined in a licensed
house to be absent from such licensed house upon trial for such
peried as he thinks fit, and may at any time grant an extension
of such period.

(2) No patient shall be allowed to be absent on trial
under this section unless some person enter into an agreentent
approved by the Administrator io take charge of such patient.
No. 9 of 1956.) Lunacy and Miental Treatment. 9

(3) If any patient allowed to be absent on trial from
a licensed house under this seotion does not return at or
before the expiration of the allowed period of absence,
then, unless a certificate signed by a government medical
officer certifying that such patient may safely be permit-
ted to be at large is sent to the Magistrate and also, where
practicable, to the licensee of sneh licensed house, such
patient may at any time within fourteen days from the
expiration of such allowed period, be retaken as if he had
escaped from such licensed house, or, in case the licensee
from whose custody the patient was allowed to be absent
is unable or unwilling to resume the care and custody. of
sush patient, may be dealt with asa person duly adjudged
under this Ordinance to be of unsound mind and a proper
subject of confinement.

20. Notice of the death of any patient confined in
a licensed house shall be given forthwith by the licensee
to the Coroner and shall also be given by the licensee as

soon as may be to the nearest known relative of the~

patient.

21. (1) When any patient is confined in a licensed
house, the Heensec, if desivons of being discharged of the
care of such patient, shall serve notice of such his desire
upon the Magistrate.

(2) At the expiration of fourteen days from the
service of such notice, the licensee shall be discharged,
and such patient may be dealt with ag a person duly
adjadged under this Ordinance to be of unsound mind
and a proper subject of confinement.

28, Where it appears to a Magistrate that the
persons at whose expeuse a patient is inaintained in a
licensed Louse ave desirous that the patient should be
removed from such licensed house, and that provision
has been mide for his care and custody in a mental
hospital cr in another licensed house, the Magistrate
may—

(@) Where prevision has been made for the care
and cusiods of fhe patient in a mental hospital, order
such patient to be removed from the licensed honse
wherein he is then confined to an institution pending
the making of a removal order in respect of such
person: or

(6) where the patient is to be removed from one
licensed house to another licensed house order the
patient fo ty removed to such other licensed house,

and shall in cither case discharge the licensee of the first-
mentioned licensed house accordingly.

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Death of
patient.

Discharge of
licensee.

Form 7.

Removal of
patient at
request of
friends.

Form 8.
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Removal of
patient ill-
treated or
neglected.

Form 9.
Form 10.

Form 11.

Release of
patient.

Form 12.

Appeal by
licenses.

Cap. 61,

Appeal where
order refused.

Execution of
order of
removal.

10° Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

283. (1) Where, upon the information upon oath of
any person, it appears to a Magistrate that a patient
confined ina Heensed house is il-treated or neglected,
the Magistrate may order the patient to be removed cither
to an institution pending the making of a removal order
in respect of such patient or to another licensed house,
and thereupon the licensee of the first-mentioned licensed
house shall be clischarged.

(2) Where an order has been made under subsection
(1) of this section for the removal of a patiemt from a
licensed house to an institution or to another licensed
house the Magistrate shall issue a warrant authorising
such removal.

24. (1) Where, upon ihe information upon oath of
any person, it appears to & Magistrate that a patient
confined ina licensed house is no longer a proper subject
of confinement, such Magistrate may discharge the
licensee and order him to release the patient, or may
himself release the patient

(2) Any licenses disobeying an order made wider
this section shall be liable, on summary conviction, toa
fine of forty-eight dollars. Such convietion shall not be a
bar to any action in respect of the same wrong.

25. Where, wnder this Ordinance, the Magistrate
orderg the removal of a putient from a licensed house on
the ground of ill-treatment or neglect, or orders 4 patient
confined in a licensed louse to be released, the licensee
may appeal against such order, subject to the same
conditions and with the same consequences as if he had
been a party against whom a conviction was made within
the meaning of subsection (2) of section 172 of the
Magistrate’s Code of Procecure Act.

26. Where, upon information being laid under this
Ordinance that a patient cotined ina Heensed house is
ill-treated cr neglected, or that a person confined ina
licensed house as a patient ought to be released, 2
Magistrate refuses to make any order, an appeal shall lie
to the Supreme Court, subject to the same conditions and
with the same consequences as if the licensee had been
charged with an offence punishable on summary convic-
tion and the Magistrate had refused to convict.

27. Where an order for the removal of a patient
from a licensed house hag been made, the court, Judge,
or Magistrate making the order may issue a warrant for
the execution of the order directed to any person or
persons whom such court. Judge, or Magistrate thinks fit.
Any person stall, if required by any one to whom the
warrant is directed, aid and assist in the execution of the
warrant.
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 11
INTERIM ORDERS.

28. Where notice of appeal under this Ordinance
has been given—

(a) the Magistrate may, if he thinks fit, suspend
the exeention vf any order made by him until the
decision of the appeal, or for any shorter period, and
upon such terms and conditions, if any, as he thinks
fit; and

(b) any Judge, upon the application of the
appellant, and, if he thinks fit, without any notice of
the application being served upon the respondent,
may, at any time, and notwithstanding any previous
order of a Judge or Magistrate, make such order,
subject to such terms and conditions, if any, as he
thinks fit, as to the care or custody or allowing to be
at large, until the decision of the appeal or for any
shorter period, of the person alleged or adjudged to
be or confined as a person of unsound mind:

Provided that upon an appeal being or being deemed
to be abandoned, any order made under this seetion shall
determine, and the order appealed against shall take
effect.

CRIMINAL LUNATICS.

29. Where any person being in custody as a
eriminal lunatic is removed from the Colony under the
provisions ¢f the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act, 1884,
the time during which such criminal lunatic, if under
sentence of imprisonment, is detained in a criminal
lunatic hospital or other place of detention shall be
reckoned as having been served under such sentence.

30. When the term of imprisonment to which a
person confined in a criminal lunatie hospital or other
place of detention is liable expires while such person is in
custody in such hospital or other place of detention, then
unless the medical officer in charge of the said hospital or
other place of detention, as the case may be, by writing
under his hand, certifies that such person may safely be
allowed to he at large, such person shall, at the expiration
of his term of iuprisonment, be deemed to be a pauper
patient, and muy be detained in a mental hospital asa
pauper patient.

MAINTENANCE OF INSANE PERSONS.

31. (1) in all cases notwithstanding any previous
order made under this seetion the Supreme Court, and in
cases where the property of an insane person is of less
value in the whole than the sum of four hundred and
eighty dollars, or the annual value of such property is
less than forty-eight dollars, a Magistrate may, upon the
application of any person, make an order as to the appli-

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Interim order
in case of
appeal,

Form 13.

Prisoners of
unsound
mind, 47 &
48 Vict, c. 31.

Insanity at
expiration of
sentence.

Application
of insane
person’s
property for
maintenance.

Form 14.
VIRGIN
ISLANES,

Declaring
insane person
a trustee.

Form 15.

29/1939,

Tll-treatment
of insane
person in
institution.

120 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956..

cation of any property of a person confined under this
Ordinance, or the income thereof, in or towards the
expenses of the muintenance and sapport of such person,
or in or towards recouping the expenses of his past
mnailitenance and support, or, in case any other person
undertakes to pay the expenses of such maintenance and
support, or such portion of these expenses as the Court or
Magistrate thinks fit. ‘The expenges of such maintenance
and support, or past inaintenance and support, shall be in
equity a charge upon the real egiute of the insane person
in the samme manner as if he had power to charge, and by
writing under his hand had agreed to charge, his real
estate therewith.

(2) The application to the Supreme Court shall be
by motion or petition in a summary way, or in such
other manner as such Court, by a general order made
under this Ordinance, directs.

(3) Any application under this seetion shall be served
upon such persons and in such manner as the Court or
Magistrate directs.

(4) Whether any order mnder this seetion is made,
suspended, or refused, the Court or Magistrate shall make
such order as is just as to the costs of the applicant, and
such costs shall be recoverable by distress and sale of the
insane person’s personal estate, aud shall be a charge in
equity upon his real estate in the same manner as if he
had power to charge, and by writing under his hand had
agreed to charge, his real estate therewith.

832. Where, under this Ordinance, the supreme
Court or a Magistrate orders the property of amy insane
person or the income thereof to be applied in or towards
his maintenanee or support, such Court or Magistrate
may declare that such person holds such property or
income upon trust to obey the orders of the Court or
Magistrate, and thereupon the Court or Magistrate shall
have the powers conferred upon the Supreme Court by
subsection (2) of seetion 21 of the Supreme Court Act,
1939, so far as regards the care of the real and personal
estates of Innaties and persons of unsound mind held by
such lunatics, or persons of unsound mind, upon trust
or by way of mortgage.

OFFENCES IN REFERENCE TO INSANE:
PERSONS. :

38. Any superintendent, officer, nurse, attendant,
servant or other person employed in any institution who
strikes, ill-treats or wilfully neglects any insane person
or patient confined in sach institution shall he jiable, on
stunmary convietion, toa fine of one hundred dollars, ov
to imprisonment for six months, or to both sach fine aad
imprisonment.
No. 9 of 1956.

384. (1) Any person who resenes any insane person
or patient while being conveyed to or while confined in
any institution under this Ordinance, and any officer or
servant of any such institution who secretes, or through
wilful neglect or connivance permits to escape, any insane
person or patient confined in any such institution under
this Ordinanee, shall be guilty of a misdemeanonr and, on
conviction thereof on indictment, shall be liable to be
imprisoned for five years.

Lunccy and Mental Treatment. 13

(2) Any officer or servant of any institution who
carelessly permits any person confined therein under this
Ordinance to escape shall be liable, on summary convic-
tion, to a fine of one hundred dollars.

85. (1) No private person shall undertake the care
or custody of any insane person unless he fiest obtains, in
respect of such insane person, a licence under this Ordi-
nance,

(2) Any person acting in contravention of this

section shal] be guilty of 1 misdemeanour and, on Gonvic- .

tion thereof on indictment, shall be lable to a fine of
four hundred and eighty dollars, or to imprisonment for
two years, or to both such fine and imprisonment.

86. Where an insane person is confined in any
licensed honse, the Heensee, or any nurse, servant, or
other person employed in such house or by the licensee,
who strikes, ill-treats, or wilfully neglects such insane
person shall be liable, on snmmary conviction, to a fine
of one hundred dollars, or to imprisonment for six
months.

87. Whosoever resists or obstructs any member of
the Visiting Committee while visiting or attempting to
visit a licensed house, shall be liable, on suminary con-
viction, to a fine of fifty dollars, or to imprisonment for
three months.

88. Whosoever obstructs any person acting in
execution of an order for the delivery of an insane person
to an institution or licensed house, or for the removal of
an insane person from an institution or a licensed house,
shall he liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of two
hundred and forty dolars, or to imprisonment for six
months.

TREATMENT OF VOLUNTARY PATIENTS IN A
MENTAL HOSPITAL.

89. (1) Any person who is desirous of voluntarily
submitting himself to treatment for mental illness in a
mental hospital (hereinafter referred to as a ‘“ voluntary
patient’) and who makes a written application to the
Administrator for the purpose, may withont being
adjadicated a person of unsound mind under this Ordi-
uance or an order issued thereunder be sent, in accord-
ance with the terms of an Arrangement, as a voluntary
patient to a mental hospital,

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Rescue and
permitting

escape from
institution,

\
Taking charge
of insane
person with-
out licence.

Tll-treatment.
of insane
person in
licensed
house.

Obstructing
Visiting
Committee,

Obstructing
execution of
order for
delivery or
removal

Provision for
voluntary
treatment
without
certification
of certain
persons,

Form 16,

'
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Provision for
temporary
treatment
without
certification
of certain
persons,

Form 17.

14. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956,

(2) A voluntary patient received into a mental
hospital under any Arrangement may upon giving to the
medical officer in charge thereof seventy-two hours’
notice in writing leave the said hospital at the expiration
of the period of such notice,

(3) A voluntary patient shall by virtue of his applica-
tion for admission to a mental hospital be deemed to
consent to his removal from the Colony to a mentel
hospital and, subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of
this section, shall undertake to remain therein until
discharged in accordance with the terms of an Arrange-
ment. The said patient shall also undertake to conform
to the rules regulating the obligations. conduct and |
discipline of persons detained for treatment in the mental
hospital, and, subject as aforesaid, shall further undertake
not to leave the said hospital without being discharged in
the manner hereinbefore provided.

(4) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this
section any voluntary patient who leaves a mental
hospital without being discharged as in this section
provided may be captured and reconveyed thereto in
accordance with the terms of an Arrangement.

(5) If auy voluntary patient dies in a mental
hospital, or departs therefrom without being discharged
or giving notice, as required by this section, the Adminis-
trator shall be notified of the occurrence of any of these
events in the manner prescribed by an Arrangement.

40. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a
person who is suffering from mental illness and is likely
to benefit by temporary treatment but is for the time
being incapable of expressing himself as willing or
unwilling to receive such treatment (hereinafter referred
to asa“ temporary patient’) may, on @ writen applica-
tion duly made in accordance with the provisions of this
section but without being adjudicated a person of
unsound mind under this Ordinance or an order issued
thereunder, be received as a temporary patient in a
mental hospital for the purpose of treatment therein.

(2) An application under this section which shall be
in duplicate shall be in the form numbered 17 in the
Schedule, shall be made to the Administrator and shall,
if possible, be made by the husband or wife, or by a
relative or guardian of the temporary palient or on the
request of the husband or wife or, if a relative or guard-
ian, by a registered medical practitioner and if the
application is not so made, it shall contain a statement
of the reason why it is not so made, of the connection of
the applicant with the temporary patient and of the
circumstances in which he made the application.
No. 9 of 1956. 0 Luiiey and Mental Treatment. 15

(3) The applicution shall be accompanied by’ a
recommendation in duplicate in the form numbered 18
in the Schedule, signed by two registered medical practi-
tioners of whom one shall be a government medical
officer.

(4) On the receipt of an application accompanied by
a recommendation as provided in subsection (3) of this
section, the Administrator shall take steps in accordance
with the provisions of an Arrangement to have the
temporary patient received into a mental hospital for 4
period not exceeding six months.

(5) Each of the registered medical practitioners by
whom a recommendation under this section is to be made
shall, before signing the recominendation, examine the
temporary patient either separately or in conjunction
with the other and shail specify in the recommendation
the date on which he so examined the said temporary
patient and the grounds on which he bases his recom-
mendation,

(6) A recommendation shall be of no effect for the
purposes of this section if there is a greater interval than
five clear days between the dates on which the temporary
patient was examined by the two registered medical
practitioners respectively and any such recommendation
shall cease to have effect on the expiration of fourteen
days from the date on which the temporary patient was
examined by the two registered medical practitioners, or
if he was examined by those practitioners on two differ-
ent dates, on the expiration of fourteen days from the
later of those dates.

(7) Where a temporary patient is sent under this
section to a mental hospital a copy of the application and
of the recommendation accompanying the application shall
be forwarded to the person in charge of th® mental
hospital into which the temporary patient is to be
received. The person in charge of the said mental
hospital shall upon the signed request of any person who
considers himself to be unjustly detained under such
application or recommendation furnish to him or to his
authorised representative free of cost a copy of such
application or recommendation.

(8) If a temporary patient dies in or departs from
the mental hospital where he was residing, notice of the
fact shall be given to the Administrator in accordiiuce
with the provisions of the Arrangement.

41. (1) Where a person has laid an information
under section 5 or signed or carried out or done any act
with a view to signing or carrying out an order purpert-
ing to be an adjudication order or any report, application.
recommendation or certificate purporting to be a report,

VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
Form 18,

Protection to
persons acting
under this
Ordinance,
VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Cap. 17.

Prerogative
of Crown,

Insane per-
sons so found
by inquisi-
tion

Regulations,

16 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

application, recommendation or certificate under thig
Ordinance or has done snything in pursuines of this
Ordinance he shall not be liable to any civil ov criminal
proceedings whether on the ground of want of jtrisdic-
tion or on any other ground unless he has acid in had
faith or without reasonable care,

(2) No proceedings, civil or criminal, shall be
brought against any person in any court in respect of any
puch matter as is mentioned in subsection (1) of this
section, without the leave of the Supreme Court, and
leave shall not be given unless the Court is satisfied that
there is substantial ground for the contention that the
person, against whom it is sought to bring the proceed-
ings, has acted in bad faith or without reasonable care.

(3) Notice of any application under subsection (2)
of this section shall be given to the person against whom
it is sought to bring the proceedings, and that person
shall be entitled to be heard against the application.

(4) Where on the application under this section
leave is given to bring any proceedings and the proceed-
ings are commenced within four weeks after the date on
which leave was so given, the proceedings shall for the
purpose of the Public Authorities Protection Act, be
deemed to have been commenced on the date on which
notice of the application was given to the person against
whom the proceedings are to be brought.

MISOELLANEOUS.

42. Nothing in this Ordinance shall preindice any
right or prerogative of Her Majesty, or of the Governor
of the Leeward Islands on behalf of Her Majesty.

43. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to in-
sane persons so found by inquisition.

44. The Governor in Council may make regula-
tions—

(a) for the maintenance and coutrol of ingtilu-
tions and for the admission to and discharge of
patients from such institutions;

(b) for the constitution of a Visiting Committee
for licensed houses im the manner provided by
section 16;
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment, 17 Vincix
ISLANDR.

(c) as to the bouks to be kept by the licensee of a
licensed house, the entries to be made therein, and
the returns and notices to be furnished and given by
such licensee;

(d) generally for carrying into effect the pro-
‘visions of this Ordinance.

45. The forms contained in the Schedule may be Forma,
used in all cases to which they are applicable, but no
such form shall in any case be obligatory.

46. This Ordinance shall come into operation on a Commence-
dute to be appointed by the Governor by Proclamation ment.
published in the Gazette.

E. A. Evetyn,
President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th day
of May, 1956.

H. O. Crequr,
Clerk of the Couneil.
18 Lunacy and Mental Treaticnt. No. 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
SCHEDULE...

Form 1.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Removal Order by Administrator. See. 4.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To all Constables in the Colony
and
To the officer in charge of the mental hospital in...... co... ceeee cess vee

WHEREAS by an order of the Magistrate made on the
day of A.B. of
was adjudged to be a person of uusound mind and a proper subject of
confinement, and was by the said order detained in an institution
pending the making of an order for his removal to # mental hospital.

NOW, THEREFORE, I do hereby order and command you the
said constables to remove the said
from the Colony and convey him to the mental hospital in
and there deliver him into the custody of the officer in charge of the
said mental hospital.

AND you the officer in charge of the mental hospital aforesaid are
hereby authorised to receive and detain the said
in the said mental hospital until he is discharged therefrom in accord-
ance with the provisions of the abovementioned Ordinance and any
‘Arrangement made thereunder, and in the event of the said
escaping from the said
mental hospital him to capture and reconvey to the said mental hospital
there to be detained until discharged as aforesaid,

AND for such removal from the Colony conveyance to, and
reception and detention in, the mental hospital, or capture and recon-
veyance thereto, as the cage may be, this shall be your sufficient
authority. ‘

Dated this day of 19 ‘

Administrator.

Form 2.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956:

Information upon Oath. Sec. 5 (Lj
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

A.B., of informs the undersigned
Magistrate that he has good cause to suspect and believe and does
suspect and believe that D.E., of
is a [pauper patient] person of unsound mind and a proper subject of
confinement,
‘

VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. ‘ 19.
_ ISLANDS,
Taken and sworn

this day of Informant.

before me,

Magistrate.

Form 8.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Medical Certificate. See. 5(5).
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

I, R.K., a government medical officer, and being in actual practice
as a (Physician, Surgeon or Apothecary, as the case may be) having

been appointed by the Magistrate to examine A.B.
: of hereby

certify that I, on the day of

at personally examined the said

A.B. and I hereby certify that the said A.B, is a person of unsound
mind and a proper subject of confinement, and I have formed this
opinion upon the following grounds, namely :—

1. Facts indicating insanity observed by myself (here elate the
facts)

2. Other facts (if any) indicating insanity communicated by
others (here state the facts and by whom communicated)

3. have made enquiries of all persons known to me who seem
likely to be able to give information as to any facts of the
previous history of the said A.B. likely to be of service with
reference to the medical treatment. The following statement
contains all such facts known to me:

STATEMENT.

(If any partioulars in this statement are not known,
this is to be stated)

Name of patient and christian nume at length.

Sex and age.

Married, single, or widowed.

Condition of life and previous occupation, if any.
The religious persuasion as far as known.

Previous place of abode.

Whether first attack. Age (if known) on first attack.
When and where previously under care and treatment,
Duration of existing attack. Supposed cause.
Whether subject to epilepsy.

Whether suicidal.

Whether dangerous to others.
20 3 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Name and christian name and place of abode of nearest known
relative of the patient and degree of relationship.

(Add any other facts proper to be stated)
(Signed) R.K.

(Place of abode)
Dated this day of 19

Form 4.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Adjudication of lunacy and committal toan Sees. 9 and
institution pending making of a removal order. 10(a)
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

Whereas on the day of _A.B., of

informed me the undersigned Magistrate,

that he had good cause to suspect and believe and did suspect and

believe that D.E., of » was a person of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas it appears to me that the said D.M. is a person of
unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas, us required by the abovementioned Ordinance, the
medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundness of mind of
the said D.E. has been given.

Now, therefore I do hereby adjudge the said D.K. to be a person
of unsound mind and a proper subject of confinement and do hereby
order that the said D.E. be detained in an institution at
pending the issue of a removal order in respect of the said A.B.

Magistrate.
VIRGIN No. 9 of 2956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 21
ISLANDS.

Form 5.
The Lunacy and Mientul Treatment Ordinanee, 1956.
Adjudication of lunacy and committal to Sec, 10(d)

licensed house.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

Whereas on the day of 19 , A.B.
of , informed me the undersigned Magis-
trate that he had good cause to suspect and believe, and did suspect and
believe D.E., of , to be a person of unsound

mind and a proper subject of confinement:

And Whereas ag required by the abovementioned Ordinance, the
medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundness of mind of
the said D.K. has been given:

And Whereas F.G., of has offered to under- .
take the care and custody of the said D.E., in his house situate

at and has requested to have a licence granted
to him for that purpose:

And Whereas I am of opinion that the said F.G. is a proper person
to have the care aud custody of the said D.E., and that his said house is
suitable for the reception of the said D.E.

NOW, therefore, I do hereby adjudge the said D.H. to be a person
of nnsound mind and a proper subject of confinement and I do hereby
grant to the said F.G. a licence to receive the said D.E. into his said
house and there to take care and custody of him the said D.E., and I
do hereby order that the said D.E. be detained as a person of uusonnd
mind in the said house of the said F.G., in the care and cagstody of the
said F.G., subject to the provisions of the abovementioned Ordinance,

Magistrate.
Form 6.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order of committal of pauper patient to an institution
pending the making of a removal order. Sec. 10(e).

Oolony of the Virgin Islands.
A.B. Informant, D.E. Respondent.

(Date)

WHEREAS on the day of 19 ,AB,, of

, informed me the undersigned Mavistrate that he

had good cause to suspect and believe and did suspect and believe that
D.E. was a pauper. patient and a proper subject of confinement:

AND WHEREAS, as required by the abovementionrd Ordinance,
the medical certificate hereunto annexed of the unsoundicss of mind
of the said D.E. has been given.
22 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956. VirGtn
ISLANDS,
NOW, THEREFORE, Ido hereby adjudge the said D.K. to bea
penper patient and a proper subject of confinement and 1 do hereby
order thi af the said D.ld. be detained in an institution at
pending the isaue of a removal order in respect of the
said D.E,

Magistrate,

Form 7.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956,
Notice by Licensee desiring to be discharged. Sec, 21,
Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To TM. Magistrate.

{, E.F., to whom on the day of /
a licence was granted by _ to receive into my
house, situate in one A.B., a patient, and there

to take the care and custody of the said A.B., do hereby give you notice
that I desire to be discharged of the care and custody of the suid A.B.

Witness G.H. of
E.F.

Date.

Form 8.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order for removal of person of unsound mind from Sec. 22.
licensed house at request of friends.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

(Date)
Whereas by an order made on the day of
by Magistrate a licence was granted to E.F., of

to receive one .\.B., a patient into his house situate at
and there to take the care and custody of the said A.B.:

And Whereas it appears to me, the undersigned Magistrate, that
the said A.B. is maintained in the said licensed house of the gaid E.F.
at the expense of J.H. and K.L. and that the said J.H. and K.L. are
dasirous that the said A.B. should be removed from the licensed Dome
of ihe said E.F, to the house of one Q.R. situate at

*(Where provision has been made for the care and custody
of a patient in a mental hospital use the words shown below).

And Whereas the said Q.R. has applied to me fora licence to
enable him to receive the said A.B. at his said house, and there to take
the care and custody of the said A.B.:
VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956. £ vacy and Mental Treatment. 23
ISLANDs.

And Whereas I am of opinion that the said Q.R. is a proper person
to have the care and custody of the said A.B. and that his said house is
suitable for the reception of the said A.B.

Now, therefore, I, the said Magistrate do hereby discharge the said
E.F. of the care and custody of the said A.B. and do hereby order that
the said A.B. be removed from the licensed house of the said E.Â¥. to
the said house of the said Q.R. And I do hereby grant to the said Q.R.
a licence to receive the said A.B. into his said house, and there to take
thé care aud custody of him the said A.B. And I do hereby order that
the said A.B. be detained as a patient in the said house of the said Q.R.
in the care and custody of the said Q.R. subject to the provisions of the
abovementioned Ordinance.

Magistrate.

*And Whereas provision has been made for the care and custody of
the said A.B. in a mental hospital.

Now, therefore, I the said Magistrate do hereby discharge the sai
E.F. of the care and custody of the said A.B. and do hereby order that
the said A.B. be removed from the licensed house of the said E.F. to an
institution at pending the making of a removal order
in respect of the said A.B.

Magistrate.

Form 9.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Complaint of ill-treatment (or neglect) ofa person See. 23.
of unsound mind in a licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

of , informs
Magistrate, that A.B. a patient confined in the licensed house of E. F,,
situate at is ill-treated (or neglected).

day of Informant.

Taken and sworn mY
before me,

Magistrate.
24) = Lunacy and Mental Treatiint. No. 9 of 1956. VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
Form 10.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance. 1956.

Order for removal on ground of ill-treatment (or Sec. 23.
neglect) of a person of unsound mind from a
licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

On this _ day ot , at
complaint was made to me the undersigned Magistrate that A.B. a
patient confined in the licensed house of WI, situate at
is ill-treated (or neglected) and 1, having heard the said complaint, do
hereby order that the said E.F. be discharged from the eare and custody
of the said A.B. and do hereby further order that the said A.B. be
removed from the licensed house of the said E.F.

(where patient is to be sent to a mental
hospital use the following words)

to an institution pending the making of a removal order in respect of
the said A.B. and I hereby discharge the said KF. of the eare and
custody of che said A.B.

(where patient ts to be sent to wnother licensed
house, use the following words)

to the house of Q.R.: And I do hereby grant the said Q.R. a licence to
receive the said A.B. into his house and there to take the cwre and
custody of him the said A.B. And I do hereby further order, that the
said E.Â¥. be discharged of the care and custody of the said A.B. and
that the gaid A.B. be detained as a patient in the said honse of the said
Q.R. in the care and custody of the said Q.R. subject to the provisions
of the abovementioned Ordinance.

Date

Magistrate.

Form 11,
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance. 1956:

Warrant for the removal of a person of unsound Sec. 23(2)
mind from a licensed house.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

To T.S. W.Y. YZ. and |
To Q.R.
Whereas by an order made on the day of

by me the undersigned Magistrate, I did order that A.B., a patient
confined in the licensed house of E.F. situate at ;
be removed from the suid licensed house of the said E.F. to (*the house
VIRGIN No. 9 of 1956.) Linaci and Mental Treatinent. | 25
ISLANDS.

of you the abovenamed Q.R., sittate at )f (an
institution situate at pending the making of an
order of removal in reapect of the said A.B.).

These are, therefore, to authorise you the said T.S,, W.V. and Y.Z.,
or any or either of you, to remove the said A.B. from the said licensed
house of the said K.F.. and him to deliver (*to you the said Q.R. at the
said house of you the said Q.N., where you the said Q.R. are to receive
and take the care and custody of the said A.B.)/(*to the institution
aforesaid); And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

And if required in this behalf by you, or any of you, all constables,
peace officers, and all other Her Majesty’s subjects are to be aiding and
assisting in the execution of this warrant.

t

Given under my hand this day of 19

Magistrate.
* Delete words not applicable.

Form 12.

The Lunacy and Meutal Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Order for the release of a patient from a Sec. 24,
licensed House.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

On this day of at

complaint was made before me the undersigned Magistrate that A.B., a
patient confined in the licensed house of EF. situate at

is no longer a proper subject of confinement, and it appearing to me,
having heard the said complaint, that the said A.B., is no longer a
proper subject of confinement, Ido hereby discharge the said ELF. of
the care and custody of the said A.B., and do hereby order him the said
E.F. to release the said A.B., and him the said A.B. to suffer to go at
large whithersoever he will.

Date

Magistrate,
26 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956, ViRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 13.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Interim Order by a Magistrate after notice See. 28.
of appeal.

(This Order may be written at the foot of the Order
to which it relates)

Whereas the above-named D.E, bas duly given notice of appeal
against the above order:

And Whereas under the circumstances of the case it appears to me
to be fit and proper to suspend the execntion of the above order for the
time and subject to the condition herein after mentioned.

Now, therefore, I do order that the above order be suspended
until the appeal against it of the said D.E. is heard and determined or
is deemed to be abandoned: Provided that this suspension is subject to
the following condition, namely, that the suid D.E. do reside with his
uncle P.K. in the village of , and in case the said
D.E. shall cease so to reside, this order of suspension shall become void,
and the above order shall revive aud be of full force and effect.

Date
Magistrate.

Form 14.

The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Order of Magistrate for Applization of income Sec. 31.
of insane person’s real estate towards
his maintenance.
Colony of the Virgin Islands.

* In the matter of A.B. a person of unsound mind,

(Date)

Upon the application of 8.L.C, it appearing to ine
that A.13. has sinee the day of been maintained,
and that he is still maintained, at ; . as a patient, and
that he is entitled to certain houses situate at
in the Colony, and now Ict to at rents amounting in

the aggregate to the sin of ($45) per annum, and that the total annual
value of such houses is less than $48, and that the said A.B. is possessed
of no other property: and it also appearing to me that the expenses of
the past maintenance and support of the said A.B. in the said

exceed the amount of the rents in arrear of the
said houses, and tha’ the vearly expenses of his future maintenance and
support will exceed the yearly rents which will acerue to the said A.B.
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment. 27 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Now, therefore, [do order that the said rents in arrear be applied
in discharge of the past maintenance and support of -him the said A.B.,
and that the said rents hereafter to acerue be applied in payment of the
expenses of the future maintenance and support of the said A.B, so long
as he lives and continues to be an inmate of the said ;

and Ido declare that the said A.B. holds the said property and the right
to receive the said rents accrued, or hereafter to accrue, on trust to obey
this order, and accordingly I do order that the right to sue for and
recover the said rents in arrear and the rents that shall accrue, vest in
the said S.L.C. and any unapplied surplus in the hands of the said
8.L.C. upon the discharge of the said A.B. from the said

or upon his death is to be held upon trust for the said A.B, his
executors, adininistrators and assigns,

Magistrate.

Form 15.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinanec, 1956.

Order for sale of insane person’s real estate, Sec. 32,
and application for proceeds for his
maintenance.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

In the matter of A.B., a person of unsound mind.

(Date)

TTpon the application of , it appearing to me
Magistrate, that A.B. has since the day of
been maintained‘and he still is maintained in the
at as a (pauper) patient,

and that he is seised of an estate in fee simple in possession of one
undivided moiety of and ina certain cottage, and premises situate at
to the other undivided. moiety of which E.F., of
is entitled for an estate in fee simple in possession,
and that the value of the said undivided moiety of the said A.B. is less
than the sum of $480., and that the said A.B. is possessed of no other
property, and it also appearing to me that the expenses of the past
maintenance and support of the said A.B. in the said
from the said day of ;
to the day of - , amount to the sum of ($200).
And the said E.F. offering to purchase the said undivided moiety of the
said A.B. for the sum of ($400). And I being of opinion that the said
offer of the said E.F. is fair and reasonable, and that it is expedient to
accept the same, do order that the same be accepted and carried into
effect, and do «declare that the said A.B. holds the said undivided
moiety Upon trust to obey this order. And the said K.l. having paid
the sum of ($400) to the said S.L.C., and the said S.L.C. nidertaking to
apply the sum of ($200), part thereof in payment of the expenses of
the past maintenance aud support of the said A.B, from the suid
VIRGIN 28 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.
ISLANDS.
day of to the said day of , and from time to time
to apply the sum of ($200) residue of the said sum of ($400) in or
towards the expenses of the maintenance and support of the said A.B.
from the last mentioned day, and upon the discharge from the said
or death of
the said A.B. to hold any unapplied surplus in his hands upon trust for
the suid A.B. his executors, administrators, or assigns, I do order that
the said undivided moiety of the said A.B. of and in the said cottage
and premises do vest in the said E.F. his heirs and assigns for all the
astate and interest which the said A.B. has therein.

Magistrate.

Form 16.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

Application by a voluntary patient to the See. 39(1).
Administrator to secure his admission
to a mental hospital.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.
To the Administrator ef the Virgin Islands.

I, the undersigned, do hereby request you to secure my admission,
as a voluntary patient, to a mental hospital and T hereby consent to my
removal from the Colony to the said hospital.

I undertake—

(4) to remain in the mental hospital until duly discharged
unless I give notice of my intention to leave the same a3 required
by subsection (2) of section 39:

(8) to conform to the rules regulating the obligations, cenduct
and discipline of persons detained for treatment in the said
hospital and to the terins of any Arrangement made under the
abovenamed Ordinance;

(e) subject tommy right to leave the mental hospital at any time
on giving and at the expiration of, the required notice, not to leave
the said hospital without being discharged therefrom in accordance
with the terms of au Arrangement hereinbefore mentioned; and I
understand that if I leave the said hospital without being dis-
charged, as aforesaid, or without giving the required netics, I shall
be liable to be captured and returned thereto.
No. 9 of 1956. Lunacy and Mental Treatment, 29 VIRGIN
ISLANDS.

Form 17.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance , 1956,

Form of application for reception of a Sec. 40(2).
temporary patient in mental hospital.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

To the Administrator of the Virgin Islands.

1. I, hereby request you to take such steps af
may be necessary for the reception of as a temporary
patient into the mental hospital at for a period not
exceeding six months.

2. Iam related to the said in the following
manner :—

Or

I am a registered medical practitioner in the Colony. The said

is well known to me and I make this application

at the request of , who is related to the said
in the following manner:—

Or

Iam not related to the said . The reasons
why this application is not made by a relative of the said
and my connection with him, and the circnmstances under which I
make this application, ara as follows:—

3. Annexed hereto ig a recommendation for the semporary

treatment of the said signed by
(Signed)
Dated
To
Form 18.
The Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.
Form of Recommendation for temporary Sec. 40(3)
treatment.

Colony of the Virgin Islands.

Recommendation for the temporary treatment of
of
VIRGIN 30 9 Lunacy and Mental Treatment. No. 9 of 1956.

ISLANDS.” ,

J, of hereby declare that:—
1. Lama government medical officer in the Colony and I am not

the usual medical attendant of the abovenamed.

2. IT examined the said on the day of

*2.> T have formed the conclusions stated below on the following
grounds, viz:—

i, of hereby declare that :—

1. Lama registered medical practitioner in the Colony and am
(am not) the usual medical attendant of the abovenamed.

2. T examined the abovementioned on the
day of .
*3. T have formed the conclusions stated below on the following
grounds, viz:



‘And we, the said and
further declare that:—
1. The said
() is suffering from mental illness;
(ii) is likely to benefit by temporary treatment:
(iii) is for the iime being incapable of expressing himself as
willing or unwilling to receive such treatment.

2. It is expedient with a view to the said *s
recovery that he shoald be received inte for
a period not execeding six months.

(Signed)
Medical Qualifications. .

Date

(Signed)
Medical Qualifications,

Date

*A pevson in specifying tae gronnds on which his conclusions are based, must
carefully distinguish between statements of fact which are based upon his own
observations atid statements of fact which are based upon communications
made to hita by others.

Printed at the Governinent Printing Office. Leeward Islands.
hy Far. Prgott, Actine Government Printer.—By Authority.
19s,

47/00419—580 —( 56, [Price 33 coants. |
No. 11 of 1956. Currency, Coinage and Legal VIRGIN
Tender. IsLANDs.

{L.S.]
I Assent,
K. W. Bracknourne,
Governor.
5th June, 1956.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No. 11 of 1956.

An Ordinance to declare currency notes and coins
issued by the Board of Commissioners of
Currency, British Caribbean Territories (Kast-
ern Group) and currency notes issued by the
Government of Jamaica to be legal tender in

the Colony.
[ By Proclamation | Commenve-

ment.
ENACTED by the Legislature of the Virgin
Islands.

1. This Ordinances may be cited as the Short title.
Currency, Coinage and Legal Tender Ordinance,
1956.

2. In this Ordinance— Intorpreta-
AON.

“ Board’ means the Board of Commissioners
of Currency, British Caribbean Territories
(Eastern Group) ;

“coin”? means any coin provided, issued or
re-issued by the Board;

‘currency note” means any note provided
or issued by the Board and includes a

o.

Jamaica currency note;

“die” includes any plate, type, tool, or
implement whatsoever, and also any part
of any die, plate, type, tool, or imple-
ment, and any stamp or impression
thereof or any part of such stamp or
impression ;

Jamaica currency note” means any note of
the Government of Jamaica issued from
VIRGIN
IsLANDS.

Cap. 88.

Legal tender,

Value of
Jamaica
currency note.

Imitation of
currency note.

Mutilating or
defacing cur-
rency notes.

2 Currency, Coinaye and Legal No, 11 of 1956,
Tender,

time to time under the provisions of the
Currency Notes Law of the Colony of
Jamaica and being, at the time of tender,
legal tender in Jamaica.

3. (1) Currency notes shall be legal tender
in the Colony for the payment of any amount.

(2) Coin shall, if the coins have not been
illegally dealt with, be legal tender to an amount
not exceeding in the case of coins of a denomina-
tion of not less than twenty cents, ten dollars; and
in the case of coins of a lower denomination, two
dollars,

(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a
coin shall be deemed to have been illegally dealt
with where the coin has been impaired, diminished,
or lightened otherwise than by fair wear and tear,
or has been defaced by having any name, word,
device or number stamped or engraved thereon,
whether the coin has or has not been thereby
diminished or lightened.

4. The value of a Jamaica currency note
shall be calculated at the rate of four dollars and
eighty cents for one pound.

5. If any person makes or causes to be made
or uses for any purpose whatsoever, or utters any
document purporting to be or in any way resem-
bling or so nearly resembling as to be calculated to
deceive, any currency note or any part thereof, he
shall be liable on summary conviction in respect of
each such document to a fine of one hundred
dollars and the court shall order the document in
respect of which the offence was committed and
any copies of that document and any plates,
blocks, dies, or other instruments used for or
capable of being used for printing or reproducing
any such document which are in the possession of
such offender, to be destroyed.

6. Whosoever without lawful authority or
excuse (the proof whereof shall lie on the person
accused) mutilates, cuts, tears or perforates with
holes any currency note or in any way defaces
No. 11 of 1956. Chrency, Coinage and Legal 3
Tender.

currency note whether by writing, printing, draw-
ing or stamping thereon, or by attaching or affixing
thereto anything in the nature or form of an
advertisement, shall on summary conviction be
liable to a fine of twenty-four dollars.

7. For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby

declared that a currency note under this Ordinance
is within the meaning of the expression ‘ currency
note” in section 2 of the Forgery Act, 1954.

8. The Act entitled “ An Act for assimila-
‘ting the monies of the Virgin Islands to those of
the United Kingdom” dated the 25th day of
October, 1852, and the General Legislature Com-
petency (Currency Notes) Ordinance, 1920 are
hereby repealed. The declaration contained in
section 2 of the said Ordinance is hereby revoked.

9. This Ordinance shall come into operation
on a day to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gazette.

E. A. Evrryy,
. President.

Passed the Legislative Council this 25th day
of May, 1956.

H. O. Crequr,
Clerk of the Council.



ANTIGUA.

VirGiIn
’ TsLANDS.

Currency note
under this
Ordinance.

14/1956.

Repenl and
revocation of
Competeney.

7/1920,

Commence-
ment,

Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands
by Earn Pigorr. Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

1956.
—530—0.a6.

[ Price 6 eenta.]
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

GENERAL GOVERNMENT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.

-

1956, No. 28.

ProceaMATION DATED 61H JUNE, 1956, BRINGING INTO
OPERATION THE Prisons (Repeat) Act, 1755 (No.
10/1955).

BY THE GOVERNOR OF THE
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

K. W. Biacksurne,
(rovernor.

WHEREAS by section 3 of the Prisons (Repeal) Act,
1955 (No. 10/1955) it is provided that the said Act sball come
into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor by
Proclamation published in the Gaczeze.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Kenxwru Wittiam BLackBuRNE,
a Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of
Saint. Michael and Saint George, an Officer of the Most Excel-
lent Order of the British Empire, Governor and Commander im
Chief in and over the Colony of the Leeward Islands and Vice
Admiral of the same, do by this my Proclamation declare that
the said Act shall come into operation on the Ist day of July,

1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the siid
Colony and all others whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Government House, Antigua, this
6th day of June, 1956, aud in the fifth year
of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!

ANTIGUA
Printed at the Government Printing Oftice, Leeward Islands.
by Earn Preott, Acting Government Printer.--By Authority.
1956.
47/00315—480—6.56. , Price 3 cents


Leeward Islands.
STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 28.



~ rc

Tae Prvstons Laws (Aparration) Reegunartons, 1956,
parep JUNE 11, 7956, MAD BY ‘tHE GovERNOR IN
EXERCISE OF THE POWER CONFZKRED ON ITM BY SUBSEC-
rion (1) or seerion 46 ov Tun Leeward [snanps
(Miscennancous Provistons) Orper ts Cooxctn, 1956
(Imrrria.) (1956, No. 838). ;

1. Citation, Commencement, Construction
and Application. (1) These Reyulations may be cited as
the Pensions Laws (Adaptation) Regulations, 1956, and shall
come into operation on the Ist day of July, 1996,

(2) (a) These Regulations shall be read and con-
strued as one with the Leeward Islands (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Order in Couneil {05%

(6) In these Regulations—

nensions law ” means a law relating to pensions, gratuities
or other like benefits that may be granted to a person
or to the dependants of any person in respect of the
service of that person under the Government of any
Presidency or the Government of the Colony of the
Leeward Islands; and

“dependants”, in relation to any person, includes the
personal representatives of that person.

(3) Save as otherwise provided herein, these Regula-
tions shall apply to each Presidency,

2. Continuation in force ot Pensions Laws.
There shall remain valid as respects each Presidency after the
beginning of the appointed day notwithstanding its constitution
as a separate Colony-——

(a) the laws referred to in the first column of the
Schedule to these Regulations; aid

(6) such other pensions laws (if any) as are in force
in that Presidency immediately before the beginning of
the appointed day.
2

3. Adaptation and Modification of Pensions
Laws. A law that has effect in any Presidency after the
beginning of the appointed day by virtue of Regulation 2 shall,
in its application to that Presidency, be construed with such
adaptations and modifications as are necessary to bring it into
conformity with the provisions of the Leeward Islands Act,
1956, and the Leeward Islands (Miscellancous Provisions) Order
in Council, 1956; and in particular references in any such law
to “the Colony” shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
be construed as references to that Presidency, and the laws
referred to in the first column of the Schedule to these Regula-
tions shall, in their application to any Presidency, be construed
with the adaptations and modifications prescribed for that
Presidency in the second column of the Schedule.

4. Payment of certain Pensions. Where any
law has effect in any Presidency after the beginning of the
appointed day by virtue of Regulation 2, any sum which, if the
Colony of the Leeward Islands had not been dissolved and the
law had not been adapted and modified by Regulation 3, would,
on or after the appointed day, have been payable under the law
to any person or his dependants out of the revenues of that
Colony, shall, notwithstanding anything contained ia Regula-
tion 3, be paid to that person or those dependants out of the
revenues of that Presidency:

Provided that if the law has effect as aforesaid in more than
one Presidency, such sum shall be paid out of the revenues
of all the Presidencies in which the law so has effect in such
proportions among those Presidencies as the Governor may
determine,
‘s,

3

SCHEDULE.
Part I

The adaptations and modifications sect out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for all Presidencies.

Pensions Section
Act, 1947 2d)
(No, 12/1947)
2 (2)
2 (4)

4 (2)
Pensions Regulation
Regulations 24 (5)
1947.

bo
=]

28.2)

First
Schedule

to the
Regulations

Pensions 2 (1)
Increase Act,

1947 (No. 10/

1947)

The definition of the expressions
“Colony” and “Government of
the Colony ” shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
The words “ or of the Presiden-
cies thereof as in this section
provided ” shall be deleted.
This subsection shall be deleted.
‘The words © Chic! Secretary ”
shall be substituted for the words
* Colonial Secretary in the
Colony’. The words “or, in
the case of an othcer whose
service has been wholly under
the Government of a Presidency,
to the Administrator or Com-
missioner of that Presidency ”
shall be deleted.
The words “ the ‘Treasury ” shall
be substituted for the words
“any Presidential Treasury’.
This paragraph shat] be deleted.
Between the words * Kenya and
Uganda Railways and Harbours
Administration’ and the words
“Malayan [stablishment” the
words ‘ Leeward Islands (before
Ist July, 1956)” shall be
inserted.
The definition of the expression
““Governor’”’ shall be deleted.

Pensions 2) The definition of the expression

Increase Act,
1953 (No. 20/
1953)
4 (1)

“ Governor ”’ shall be deleted.

The words “or of any Presi-
dency thereof” shall be deleted.
A,

Part IT

The adaptations and modifications sec out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Antigua only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the words “ Mauritius” and
* Nigeria?” the word °°" Tontserrat ”
shall be mserted.

Berween the words “ Oversea Audit
Service (Home Lstablishiment) ”” and
the words “St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Between the words “ United King-
dom of Great Britain and Northern
Irelnnd” and the words ‘“ Western
Pacifie” the words * Virein Islands”
shall be inserted.

Part II

The adaptations and modifications set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Saint Chiris-
topher Nevis and Anguilla only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the words ‘Aden’ and
Bahamas’ the word “Antigua”
shall be inserted,

Between the words “ Mauritius?’ and
“Nigeria” the word “Montserrat,”
shall be inserted.

Between the werds “ United King-
dom of Great Britain aud Northern
Ireland? and the words “Western
Pacific” the words “ Virgin Islands”
shall be inserted.
5
Part IV .

The adaptations and modifications set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of Montserrat

only.

Pensions First

Regula- Sched-

tions, 1947 ule to
the
Regu-
lations

Between the werds “Aden” and
“Babamas” the word “Antigua”
shall be inserted,

Between the words “Oversea Andit
Service (Home Establishment)” and
the words “St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Between the words “United Kings,

“dom of Grent Britain and Northern

Treland” and the words “ Western
Pacific” the words ‘Virgin Islands”
shall be inserted.

Part V

The adaptations and modificatious set out in this part of
this Schedule are prescribed for the Presidency of the Virgin

Islands only,

Pensions First
-Regula- Sched-
tions, 1947 ule to

the
Regu-
lations

Between the words “Aden” and
‘“Bahamus” the word * Antigua”
shall be inserted.

Between the words ‘“ Mauritivs” and
“Nigeria” the word ‘ Montserrat”
shull be inserted.

Between the words “Oversen Audit
Service (Home Establishment)” and
the words ‘St. Helena” the words
“Saint Christopher Nevis and
Anguilla” shall be inserted.

Made by the Governor this 11th day of June, 1956.

K. W. Bracksurne.
Governor.

ANTIGUA



Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Pigort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.

47/00075 11—480—6.56.

1956. ;
Price 8 cents,
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

GENERAL GOVERNMENT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 24.

_



PRocCLAMATION DATED JuNE 14, 1956, DissoLvinc THE
“ENERAL LEGISLATIVE CouncLL oF THE LEEWARD
IsLaNbs.

BY THE GOVERNOR OF THE
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

P. D. Macponatn,
Governor's Deputy.

WHEREAS by section 12 of the Leeward Islands Acts,
1871 to 1950, as amended, it is provided that the Coungil may
from time to time be convoked, prorogued, and dissolved by
Proclamation:

AND WHERKAS itis expedient that the said Council
should be dissolved on the 30th day of June, 1956.

NOW THEREFORE, I, Patrick Donarp Mac-
DONALD, a Companion of the Most Distinguished Order of
Saint Michael and Saint George, Deputy for the Governor of
the Colony of the Leeward Islands do hereby proclaim and
order that the General Legislative Council be dissolved with
effect from the 30th day of June, 1956.

AND the members of the said Council and all others
whom it may concern are hereby required to take due notice
hereof and to give their ready obedience accordingly.

GIVEN under my hand at the Government House,
Antigua, this 14th day of June, 1956, and in
the fifth yesr of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !
ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Gutoe, Leeward Islands,
by EARL PreoTt, Acting Government Printer.—Ry Authority.
1958.

18/00068—480—6.56. [Price 3 vents.’


LEEWARD ISLANDS.

ANTIGUA.

STATUTORY RULEs AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 18.

c

Tus Trarric Signs (Kinps anp Duscriprions) (AMENDMENT)
_ Recutations, 1956, parnp May 29, 1956, MADE BY THE
TRAFFIC COMMISSIONER UNDER SECTION 75 OF THE
Veuicues AND Roap Trarric Orpinancr, 1946, as
AMENDED, AND APPROVED BY THE GOVERNOR IN CoUNCIL.
1. Crratron. These Regulations may be cited as the
Traffic Signs (Kinds and Descriptions) (Amendment) Regula-
tions, 1956, and shall be read and construed as one with the
Traffic Signs (Kinds and Descriptions) Regulations, 1959
(S.R.&. O. 1955, No. 9) hereinafter referred to as the Principal
Regulutions.

» AwenpMeNT. The following amendments are hereby
made to regulation 3 of the Principal Regulations:—

(1) Paragraph (¢) and the caption thereto is hereby
deleted and the following substituted therefor:—

Sian TO Harr or Siow at Roap AHEAD

“(¢) G) Hart Sign: A sign which shall be
interpreted as indicating that any person driving a
vehicle on a road on or to which such sign is placed
shall bring the vehicle to a halt before entering, but as
near ag practicable to, the driving surface of the road
which he ig about to enter, such sign having inscribed
thereon the words “HALT AT MAJOR ROAD
AHEAD”.

(ii) S.ow Siex: A sign which shall be imter-
preted as indicating that any person driving a vehicle
shall, when approaching a junction of a road where
such sign is placed, slow down and conform with the
Highway Code for road junctions, such sign having
inscribed thereon the words “ SLOW MAJOR
ROAD AHEAD ”™.”
2

(2) Paragraph (d) and the caption thereto is hereby
deleted and the following substituted therefor:—

SIGN AT OR NEAR SCHOOL

‘“(d) A school traftic sign of the like kind and
description as is prescribed in the Highway Code

which shall be interpreted as indicating that a school .

is situated in the vicinity of the fond on which the
sign is placed and that the driver of a vehicle on that
road shall take special care und slow down when
approaching such school or the road leading thereto.”

3) Paragraph (i) and the caption thereto are
hereby cleleted and the following substituted therefor:

Bus Sror

(i) A sign to indicate the places where motor
omnibuses shall stop on or near the route or routes on
which they are permitted to travel, for the purpose
only of “taking up or setting down passengers and
goods, and where no other vehicle shall be permitted
to stop or atand. Such sign shall be erected at such
places on the route-as may be approved by the Traftic
Commissioner and shal! have inseribed thereon the

words “ BUS STOP ”.”

Made this 16th day of May, 1956

A, A. M. Flinn.

Traffic Commivsioner,

Approved by the Governor in Council this 29th day of
May, 1956.

F. A. Crarkh,
cleting Clerk of the Council,

ANTIGUA.,
Printed at the Governmen,: Printing Office, Leeward Islands.
by Earp Pi@otr, Acting Government Printer.— By Authority.
1956.

A, 47 [6—520—6.56. . frice 4 cents,

.

@
LEEWARD ISLANDS

ANTIGUA.



STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.

No. 19 of 1956



RULES MADE BY THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL UNDER AUTHORITY
OF SECTION 27 Of THE PRISON ORDINANCE, 1955 (No. 4
of 1955). :



PART I.
PRELIMINARY.



i. Short Title. These rules may be cited as the Prison
Rules, 1956.

2. Interpretation. In these Rules unless the context
otherwise requires—

“appellant” has the same meaning as in the Windward
Tslands and Lezward Islands Court of Appeal Rules,
1240 (S.R. & O. 1949 No. 23) ;

“juvenile prisoners’? means prisoners under sixteen years
of age ;

“prison”, “ prisoner’ have respectively the same mean-
ings ‘as are assigned to them in the Ordinance ;

‘prison officer”? means an officer appointed by virtue of
subsections (1) and (2) of section 7 of the Ordinance ;

“subordinate officer” means any prison officer other than
the Superintendent and the Prison Medical Officer ;

‘Superintendent ” means the Superintendent of Prison ;
“the Ordinance” means the Prison Ordinance, 1955 (No.
4 of 1955) ;

“Visiting Committee” means the Visiting Committee ap-
pointed under Rule 3 of these Rules.
2
PART IT

VISITING COMMITTEE.

3. (1) A Visiting Committee shall be appointed by the
Governor and shall consist of not less than three and not more
than six Justices of the Peace of the Presidency. Such appoint-
ments shall be for a period not exceeding three years and may
be terminated at any time at the Governor’s pleasure.

(2) The Chairman of the Visiting Committee shall be
appointed by the Governor and shall preside at all meetings
but in his absence the members of the Visiting Committee shall
elect one of themselves to be chairman of the meeting.

(3) The Governer shall appoint a Secretary to the
Visiting Committee.

(4) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (1) of
rule 199 of these Rules, two members of the Visiting Committee
shall form a quorum and all questions arising for the decision
cf the Visiting Committee shall be decided by a majority of
votes of the members present, and when the votes are equal,
the Chairman shall have a casting vote.

(5) A member of the Visiting Committee shall vacate
his oftice.

(a) if he resigns in writing addressed to the
Governor ; or

(b) if he fails, without reasonable excuse (the
sufficiency whereof shall be determined by
the Governor) to attend three consecutive
meetings of the Visiting Committee ; or

(c) if his appointment is determined by the
Governor.

(6) The Visiting Committee shall meet not less than
once a month during the first week of the month on a day
to be fixed at their discretion and more frequently as occasion
may require.

(7) Minutes of every meeting of the Visiting Com-
mittee shall be taken by the Secretary and shall be submitted
to the Governor as soon as possible after every meeting.

(8) At the monthly meetings or an adjournment
thereof, the Visiting Committee shall visit the whole Prison,
and shall hear and investigate any application or complaint
which any prisoner may desire to make to them and, if
necessary, repcrt the same, with their opinion, to the Governor.
They shall specially inquire into the condition of those
prisoners who are undergoing solitary confinement.
3

(9) The Visiting Committee shall have free access to
all parts of the prison records and to all prisoners and may
see any such prisoners as they desire, either in their cells or
in a rcom out of sight and hearing of prison officers.

(10) The Visiting Committee shall co-operate with
the Superintendent in promoting the efficiency of the prison
and shall make enquiry into any matter specially referred to
them by the Governor and report their opinion thereon.

(11) The Visiting Committee shall assist the Super-
intendent with advice and suggestions as to the employment,
education and recreation cf the prisoners.

(12) The Visiting Committee shall investigate at the
prison all charges brcught against prisoners (for the due
punishment of which the Superintendent’s power is inadequate)
and deai with them in the manner provided in the rules relating
to punishment.

; (13) Twice each year the Visiting Committee shalt
consider the character, conduct and prospects of each prisoner.

(14) The Visiting Committee shall report to the
Governor any matter which they consider it expedient to report.

(15) The Visiting Committee shall examine the
“Prison Punishment Book” monthly and shall enquire into
any irregularity cr excessive punishment therein and shall,
if necessary, communicate with the Governor on the subject.

PART III.
OTHER OFFICERS



THE SUPERINTENDENT

4. -Residence, Employment, Etc. (1) The Superintendent
shall have the general control and management of a prison
and shall reside in such quarters at the prison as may be
assigned to him by the Governor. He shall not follow or be
concerned in any other occupation or trade, unless specially
authorised by the Governor. He shall not derive, directly or
indirectly any emolument or benefit, pecuniary or otherwise
from the Supplies furnished for the use of the prison, or from
the sale of any article produced in the prison. He shall not
let for hire any portion of his quarters or any part of the
prison buildings or grounds.

(2) The Superintendent shall be allowed medical at-
tendance and medicine for himself at the public expense.
4

_ 5. Absence. The Superintendent shall not leave the
prison between 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. without the permission
ot the Governor except in cases of emergency which shall be
noted in his Journal.

6. Observance and Enforcement of Prison Laws. The
Superintendent shall strictly conform to the provision of these
Rules and of all the laws relating to the prison, and shall require
obedience to the same from all subordinate officers, and rigidly
enforce them on the prisoners. He shall be responsible for
every relaxation or infringement of such rules and laws.

7. Inspection of Prison. The Superintendent shall inspect
every part of the men’s prison, and see every prisoner at least
once in every twenty-four hours, and shall in like manner inspect
the women’s prison at least twice a week, and in default of such
inspections shall state in his journal how far he has omitced
them, and the cause thereof. He shall at least once in each
week go through the men’s prison at an uncertain hour of
the night, which visit, with the hour and state of the prison
at the time, he shall record in his journal. When visiting the
women’s prison he shall be accompanied by the matron.

8. Inspection of Cells. The Superintendent shall at least
once in every twenty-‘our nours visit each ceil at the prison In
which a prisoner is undergoing cellular confinement, and shall
see that every prisoner under punishment is visited, during the
day, at intervals of not more than three hours by the appointed

officer.

9. Medical Certificate Pricer to Punishment. The Super-
intendent shall take care that no prisoner is subjected to any
cerporal, cellular, or dietary punishment which the Prison
Medical Officer has not certified that he is capable of under-

going.

10. Prehibition of Unauthorised Person Sleeping in Prison.
The Superintendent shall not allow any person unconnected
with the prison to sleep therein, without the written permission

ot the Governcr.

11. Communication with Prisoners. The Superintendent
shall not permit any person, not being an officer cf the prison,
to have any communication with any prisoner, except as pro-
vided by these rules.

12. Precaution against Escape and Fires. The Superin-
tendent shall take every precaution to guard against the escape
of any prisoner, and shiall cause a daily examination to be made
of all cells, bars, bolts and locks. In the event of an escape
being effected, he shall immediately report it to the Governor
and to the Holice. He shall also adopt proper precautions

against fire.
5

_ 1s. Escape of Prisoners. The Superintendent shall en-
quire into the escape of any prisoner and the conduct of the
officers in charge at the time.

14. Inspectien of Supplies. The Superintendent shalt
satisfy himself that the food, clothing and other supplies
furnished by the contractors are wholesome and good, and are
in quality, description, and weight, in accordance with the re-
quisitions and contracts and shall reject all supplies which
aie not satisfactory. All contractors’ accounts for articles
supplied shall be certified bv him and he shall frequently inspect
the diets ot prisoners and see that they are of the proper
description, quantity and quality.

15. Prisoners’ Cemplaints. The Superintendent shall at
all reasonable times ke ready to hear the complaints of any
‘prisoner and, should he deem it necessary, shiall report the
same to the Governor. All such complaints shall be entered
in his journal.

16. Mechanical Restraint ef Prisoners. The Superinten-
dent shall in cases of urgent necessity, have power to place a
priscner under mechanical restraint, but no such prisoner shall
be kept under mechanical restraint for a longer period than
twenty-four hours, unless his conduct is such as to render if
absclutely necessary, when the restraint may be continued with
the sanction of the Governor.

17. Circumstances and Type of Mechanical Restraint.
Mechanical restraint shall only be resorted to in extreme cases,
not as a punishment, but in order tc prevent acts o* violence.
Ne mechanical restraint shall be used except of such patterns
as shail be approved by the Governor.

18. Publication in Prison of Abstract of Rules. The Super-
intendent shall cause an abstract of these Rules to be placed
in conspicuous parts of the prison, and shall cause te be read
to the prisoners once a month such of the rules as relate tc
their conduct, discipline and treatment.

\

19. Neétification of IUmess of Officer cr Prisoner. The
Superintendent shall report to the Prison Medical Officer, witnh-
cut de’ay, the sudden illness of any cfficer or prisoner, and
shall acquaint him, on each cf his visits, with the names oi

1



all prisonen: whe complain of iiness or ave undergcing evhy ar
conimement. The Superintendent snall report tc whe Prison
Medical Officer any case of insanity or apparsnt insanity oc-
curring amongst the prisoners, or any case in which the life of
any prisoner seems tc him likely to be endangered by further

continuance in prison or by the discipline thereof.





20. Observance of Medical Officer’s Orders. The Super-
intendent shall carry or cause to be carried into effect any
orders of the prizen Medical Officer with reference to health
6

and cleanliness, and shall report to the Senior Medci
» an. ll re yonio edcial Officer
any such order which he is unable to carry into effect.

21. Notification of Clergyman. The Superi i
5 ; on : perintendent shall
give notice toa munister ef the religicus denomination to which
oe EOE oe In any case where he is informed by the
to be in danger. pope ae ane

22. Notification of Relatives and Friends. The Superin-
tendent shall notify, whenever practicable, the relatives or
friends of any officer or prisoner whom the Prison Medical
Oificer reports to be seriously ill.

23. Prisoners Whese Health Endangered. On receipt of
any report from the Prison Medical Officer that the mind or
body of any prisoner is likely to be injured by the discipline
or by further detention in prison the Superintendent shall give
such divections as may be requisite, reperting in every such
case ta the Governor.

24. Kepsrt cf Death of Prisoner. Upon the death of a
prisoner, or an infant in the prison, the Superintendent shall
immediately repert the same to the Governor, the Coroner of
the District, and, when practicable, to the nearest relatives
of the deceased.

25. Employment of Prisoners. The Superintendent shall
take care that all convicted prisoners are regulariy worked in
accordance with the rules for employment of prisoners, unles=
exempted by the Priscn Medical Officer, and he shall, if piac-
ticabie, provide suitable employment for all unconvicted
priscners who may desire to work.

26. Restriction on Employment ef Prisoner. The Super-
intendent may authcriss any prisoner to be employed within
a prison in the service of the prison, but not in its diccipline
her, except with the permission of the Governor, in his own
service, nor in the service of any prison cfficer.

27. Corporal Punishment and Executions. The Superin-
tendent shall attend all corporal punishment and shall enter
in his Journal any orders which the Prison Medical Officer
may have given on such eccasion. He shall make all necessary
arrangements for the carrying out of all executions ‘and shall
be present thereat.

28. Prisoners’ Letters. The Superintendent shall read
every letter addressed to, or written by, ‘a prisoner, and in every
instance where he may deem it necessary to withhold any such
letter he shall record the fact in his Journal: Provided that
the Superintendent may delegate the duty cf reading any such
letter to the Chief Ojificer.
7

29. Responsibility for Prison Stores. The Superintendent
shall be responsible for all stores, clothing, etc., and for all
deficiencies in the same. He shall direct the issue of the prope
Supplies and take care that no article of any description is
issued until it is properly marked with the prison marks. He
Shall carefully study the requirements of the prison for the
purpose of promoting economy and preventing waste.

_ 30. Condemnation of Articles. Between the first and
fifteenth days of January and the first and fifteenth days of
July in each year, the Superintendent shall prepare and forward.
to the Governor a list of articles to be condemned as unfit for
further use and shall dispose of such articles as directed. He
shall take stock of all prison property on or before the 31st
March each year, and shall keep a certified inventory thereof.

31. Weekly Returns. The Superintendent shall forward
the following returns te the Governor every Monday morning :—

(a) A return showing the prisoners receivec
during the week, their names, offences and
sentences; likewise the prisoners released,
and by what autnority.

(b) A return of the occupation ‘and distribution
of the prisoners during the week.

32. Annual Report. The Superintendent shall annually
prepare and forward to the Governor a report upon the condi-
tion and working of the prison as required by the circular
despatch of the Secretary cf State numbered 12758/47 and
dated 23rd June, 1947.

35. Notification of Religious Denomination of Prisoner.
The Superintendent shall once a month forward to the minis-
ters of religious denominations lists of the prisoners belonging
to their respective persuasions.

24. Conduct of Officers. The Superintendent shall ex-
ercise his authority with firmness, temper, and humanity, and
abstain trom all irritating language. He shall not strike a
prisoner, unless compelled to do so in self-defence. He shall
enforce similar ccnduct on the part of the subordinate officers.

35. Reports on Long Sentence Prisoners. The Superin-
tendent shall bring to the notice of the Governor all long
sentence convicts (both men and women) at the end of the
fourth year of imprisonment and every fourth year thereafter,
describing the prisoner’s mental and bodily condition with par-
ticular reference to the effect of his imprisonment upon his
health, his demeanour and his attitude towards the offence
and towards crime generally and upon his conduct and industry
and on any other points which might be of assistance to the
Governor in considering his case.
8

36. Records. The Superintendent shall be responsible for
the folowing 'and such other books and records, as may from

time to time be
up to date :—

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)

(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(kK)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(0)
(p)
(q)

(r)

required at a prison being kept properly and

a Prison Register ;

a Journal of all occurrences of importance in
the prison ;

a Prisoners’ Punishment Book ;

a book recording interviews with prisoners by
the Superintendent ;

an Inventory Book of all articles belonging to
the prison ;

an Order Book for the entry of any standing
orders relative to the discipline of the prison ;

a record of officers’ services, defaults, etc. ;
a Provision Ledger ;

an Official Visitors’ Book ;

a General Visitors’ Book ;

a Diet Book, showing daily number of
prisoners on each class of diet ;

a record of previcus convictions ;

a Cash Book for all receipts and payments ;
a Monthly Pay and Stoppage Book ;

a Diary of daily cccurrences ,

a Prisoners’ Property Book ;

a Stores Book in which shall be recorded all
articles of clothing and all cther article:
supplied for the use of the prison or prisoners,
recording distributicn and use of the same ;
and

a Gatekeeper’s Occurrence Book to be kept at
the Gate Lodge for recording the hour and
minute of entries and departures of all in-
dividuais to or from the prison, and also for
recording the receipt of all prison stores.

37. Visits of Inspection. The Superintendent shall ac-
company the Governor and the Visiting Committee on their
inspection of the prison.
9

38. Notice of Approaching Release of Prisoner. The Super-
intendent shall give notice to the Superintendent of Police of
the approaching release of any prisoner under conviction who
has been in prison six months and upwards. No prisoner shali
be released before the termination of his sentence without com-
petent authority being transmitted to the Superintendent.

39. Release of Prisoners Unprovided with Clothing. The
Superintendent shall, upon the release of ‘any prisoner un-
provided with clothing, ascertain whether his relatives or
friends can furnish him with clothing and, if not, he shall
supply him with clothing of value not exceeding ten dollars
at the public expense.

40. Priscners Eligible for Licences. The Superintendent
shall transmit tc the Governor the names ‘and descriptions of
such prisoners as are eligible for discharge under the rules
h-reinatter provided for remission of sentences, and also of
every prisoner under a life sentence who has served fifteen
years of his sentence, or having served ten years, has attained
or is believed to have attained the age of sixty.

41, Prisoners Liable to Pay for Wilful Damage to Prison
Preperty. The Superintendent may order the money or other
property of any priscner to be applied towards the repair of
any injurv wilfully done bv such prisoner to the prison property,
or any other preperty in the prison.

42. Care of Prison Walls. The Superintendent shall see
that no trees are allowed to grow ‘against the outer wails of
the priscn and that no rubbish or other article is laid against
them,

43. Limewashing of Buildings. The Superintendent shall
have the prison walls and buildings limewashed once in six
months, or more often if necessary.

44, Inspection of Prisoners’ Work. The Superintendent
shall frequently inspect the work pertormed by prisoners both
inside the prison walls and outside, so as to satisfy himself
that every prisoner at work is working diligently and shall also
cause the Chief Officer to do the same. Such inspection of
outside work shall be recorded in a book kept for that purpose
In the prison.

45. T>aty in Case of Disturbance. In the event of any dis-
turbance or insubordination among the prisoners which the
Superintendent and the officers of the prison are unable to
subdue, the Superintendent shall make immediate demand on the
Police for assistance and shall also report the matter to the
Governor.

46. Essue of Firearms to Staff. The Superintendent may
equip anv member of the staff while on duty or while having
charge of any prisoner with such firearms as may be approvec
10

by the Governor in Council, if in his opinion such a course is
necessary or expedient for the preservation of order or discipline
or for the protection of any person or to prevent the escape of
any prisoner: Provided always that the previous sanction of the
Governor shall be obtained, except in cases of emergency, when
ihe same shall be reported as soon as possible to the Governor.

47, Dispcsal of Fines and Costs Collected. The Superin-
tendent shall forthwith forward to the proper authority all fines
and costs received by him from prisoners committed in default
ot payment.

48. Prison Visitors. The Superintendent may, with the
assistance of the Visiting Committee, obtain a sufficient number of
suitable prison visitors of both sexes for the purpose of instructing
prisoners. All voluntary workers in a prison shall be requested
by the Superintendent to observe the usual rules and regulations
which are binding upon prison officers and they shall conduct their
work under the general guidance of the Superintendent.

THE PRISON MEDICAL OFFICER.

49, Ciass of Labour to be Performed by Prisoner. The
Prison Medicai Officer shall certify the class of labour for which
every prisoner is fit on admission, and from time to time there-
after, if necessary on medical grounds, and no prisoner shall be
emploved at any labour for which he is not certitied as being ft.
He shall also assist, when necessary, in assigning the task of
labour according to the physical capacity of a prisoner.

50, Sick Prisoners and Officers. The Prison Medical Officer
shall attend to and prescribe for all sick prisoners. He shall
aitend both within the prison and at their residences without the
prison, all officers of the prison. He shall examine all prisoners
on admission and record in the Medical Minute Book the cases of
any who are found to be in an unfit state to be sent to prison,
he shail also certify tha’ a prisoner, previous to his being trans-
ferred to any other legalised place of confinement, is in a fit state
af health to be removed.

ol. Health of Prisoner endangered by further Imprisonment
Whenever the Prison Medieal Officer has reasuns to believe that
the mind or body of a prisoner is or is likely to be injuriously
affected by the discipline or treatment of the prison he shall record
the case in the Medical Minute Book for the information of the
Superintendent and shall give such directions as he may think
proper. He shall also report to the Superintendent whenever he
shall be of the opinion that the life of any prisoner is endangered
by his continuance in prison, with the grounds of his opinion.

52. Visits. The Prison Medical Officer shall be in attendance
at the prison not less than one day in every week before nine
o’clock in the morning and shall arrange his several visits and
il

duties so as not to disturb the routine or discipline of the prison.
He shall enter in the Medical Journal the name of each prisoner,
together with such directions for his treatment, diet, clothing,
exercise, etc., and such other observations as he shall see fit; the
Journal shall be signed by him and handed over daily to the Super-
intendent for his information and guidance.

53. Tiness of Officers. The Prison Medical Officer shall
keep a Medical Journal of all officers who mav apply to him for
advice, and shall, on receiving information from the Superin-
tendent that any subordinate officer has absented himself on the
plea of illness, visit such officer and shall record in the said Journal
whether such officer is fit or unfit for duty, and if unfit, the period
of time fer which he is excused. The Journal when signed by
him shall be handed over to the Superintendent for his information
and guidance.

54. Bsoks to be Kept by Medical Officer. (1) The Prison
Medical Officer shall keep at the prison the following books :

(a) a Prisoners’ Medical Journal ;
(b) an Officers’ Medical Journal ;
(cj) a Medical Minute Beok; and
(d) a Hospital Case Book.

(2) The form of these books shall be settled by him
from time to time with the approval of the Superintendent, sub-
ject always to revision by the Governor in Council.

5d. Inspection of Frison. The Prison Medical Officer shall
once a month inspect every part of the prison and record in the
Medical Minute Book the result of his inspection, together with
any observations he may think fit to make on the cleanliness,
drainage, or ventilation, the quality of the provisions, the sufti-
ciency of the ciothing or bedding, the quantity or quality of the
water, or anything which may in his opinion affect the health of
the prisoners. He shall also frequently inspect the prisoners’ diet
and satisfy himself that it is of proper quantity, quality and des-
cription, and shall keep a record of any irregularity in the Medical
Minute Book. ‘ 1

96. Inspection of Prisoners at Labour. The Prison Medical
Officer shall occasionally inspect the prisoners at labour in order
to observe the effect it has upon them.

57. Prisoners in Cellular Confinement. The Prison Medical
Officer shall daily visit every prisoner under punishment in cellu-
lar confinement and record the visit in his Journal.
12

58. Corporal Punishment and Executions. The Prison
Medical Officer shail attend all corporal punishment and his
instructions for preventing injury to health shall be carried out.
IIe shall also be present at any execution.

o9. Repcrt cf Dangerous IHness. The Prison Medical Off-
cer shall give notice to the Superintendent when any case of
iilness appears ta him to assume a dangerous aspect.

60. Operations. The Prison Medical Ofticar may, subject
to the approval of the Superintendent in cases of danger or diffi-
culty which appear to him to require it, call in additional medical
assistance. No serious operation shall be performed without a
previous consultation with another medical practitioner, except
under circumstances not admitting of delay; such cirecum-
stances to be recorded in his Journal. If he recommends the
removal of a prisoner to hospital in any case under this Rule,
under Rules 50, 51 or 59 of these Rules or under subsection (2)
(b) of Section 13 of the Prison Ordinance, 1955, he shall, in addi-
tion to his other records, submit to the Governor, through the
Superintendent, a medical certificate in the form in Schedule A
to these Rules. ‘

61. Death of Prisoier. The Prison Medical Officer shall on
the death of anv prisoner enter in his Journal the following par-
ticulars. viz:—At what time the deceased was taken’ ill; when
the circumstances were first communicated to him; the nature of
the disease, and when it assumed a dangerous aspect; whether
there were any special circumstances connectcd with the case:
When the prisoner died; when the Coroner sat; the verdict; and
any comments made by the Coroner,

62. Appointment of Substitute. In the event of the Prison
Medical Officer being prevented from attending to his duties
through illness or any other unavoidable cause, he may depute a
qualified medical practitioner to act as his substitute for twenty-

four hours. Any longer period shall require the approval of the
Governor.

63. Annual Report. The Prison Medical Officer shall
furnish on or before the 31st January in each year, a report
specifying, with reference to the past year, the health of the pris-
oners on admission, and the general state of health that has been
maintained; the diseases which have been most prevalent and
whether any connection can be traced between them and the
locality; the state of the buildings, the diet, the employment, or
other circumstances; the number of deaths; the number of pris-
oners admitted to the hospital; the number of cases of slight
indisposition treated in the cells; the proportions of sick to the
whole number of prisoners examined during the vear, and any
other circumstances with respect to the health of the prisoners

that he may consider proper to bring to the notice of the
authorities.
13

64. Discharge of Sick Prisoners. No sick prisoner shall at
the expiration of his sentence be released from prison, unless in
the opinion of the Prison Medical Officer he can be released wi'h
safety to health, or such prisoner refuses to stay.

65. Capital Offences. (1) A prisoner charged with a
capital offence shali be kept under special observation, if practi-
cable in the prison intirmary, at all times and the Prison Medical
Ovticer shali keep a written record of the physical and mental
condition of the prisoner in which entries shall be made from time
to time daily if necessary. if deemed advisable, application may
be made to the Attorney General for a copy of the records of the
case, in order to assist the Prison Medical Officer in forming an
opinion as to the mental condition of the prisoner, but he should
bear in mind that records are furnished only that he may be in
possession of important and true particulars of the prisoner’s
recent history, in so far as it has a bearing upon his menial state
while under observation in prison. A report shall be submitted
fo the Attorney General on the mental condition of the prisoner
a few days before the date of the trial, stating whether or not any
indication of insanity has been exhibited and whether or not the
prisoner is fit to plead.

(2) This report should not express any opinion as to
the prisoner’s degree of responsibility at the time the offence was
committed, this being a matter for the finding of the jury on the
evidence submitted, but, if from symptoms exhibited while under
observation in the prison it is clear that definite insanity ex:sts
and has done so from time previous to the offence, or if the Prison
Medical Officer is of the opinion that there is a distinct history of
periodical attacks of insanity, followed by intervals of mental
clearness, and that the prisoner has been enjoying a lucid interval
while under observation in the prison, his report would embody
this opinion.

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS (Generally)

66. Training and Exaniinations. Subordinate officers shall
he provided with copies of the Prison Rules and shall be required
io make themselves familiar therewith and to undergo such train-
ing in the duties of a prison officer as may be prescribed and to
pass, from time to time, examinations on such rules and trainin.
Failure to pass such examinations may result in the termination
of a probationer’s engagement. Promotion of officers will depend
Jargely on the passing of these examinations.

67. Maintenance of Order and Discipline. Subordinate offi-
cers shall strictly conform to and obey all rules and orders of the
Superintendent and assist to their utmost in maintaining order
and discipline. To this end punishment for prison offences may
sometimes be resorted to upon their report, but good temper and
good example on their part will have great influence on prisoners
in preventing the frequent recurrence of offences and the necessity
for such punishments.
14

68. Conduct Towards Prisoners. No officer shall allow any
familiarity between a prisoner and himself, nor shall he discuss
bis duties, any matters of discipline or prison arrangement, within
the heaving of a prisoner. No officer shall by word, gesture, or
demeanour, do anything which may tend to irritate any prisoner.
ee

69. Attendance on Female Prisoners. Female prisoners
shall in all cases be attended by female officers.

70. Report of Prisoners’ Complaints, etc. Subordinate oft
cers shall inform the Superintendent of any prisoner who desires
to see him or to make any complaint or prefer any request to him
or to any other superior authority. Any neglect in carrying out
this rule will be severely dealt with.

71. Visiters. Subordinate officers shall not be permitted to
receive any visitors in a prison without the special permission of
the Superintendent.

72. Report of Prisoner’s IWness. Subordinate officers shall
not compel any prisoner to go to labour who complains of iliness
but shall report all such cases to the Superintendent. They shall
direct the attention of the Superintendent to any prisoner who
may appear to them to be suffering from illness, although he may
net complain, or whose state of mind may appear to them deserv-
ing of special notice and care.

73. Responsibility for Stores, Tools, «te. Subordinate officers
in charge of stores, tools or other Government articles. will be held
responsible for them, and will be liable to pay for any articles
committed to their charge which may be negligently lost or dam-
aged, or for any other damage which they may commit.

74. Duties on Relieving Each Cther. (1) Subordinate offi-
cers shall when they relieve each other, point out to their
successors all matters of special importance, check over all tools
or other articles committed to their care and explain any directions
of the Superintendent affecting any particular prisoner or the
work to be performed.

(2) No subordinate officer shall, on any pretext what-
svaver, leave prisoners entrusted to his care until he has received
an audible and proper acknowledgment for them from the officer
to whom he is handing over.

75. Prisoners in Celiular Confinement. Subordinate officers
hail pay particular attention to prisoners under punishment in
cellular confinement and see that they are provided with neces-
saries, that their slops are frequently removed, and that they are
visited at the regular times, and that they receive one hour’s exer-
cise daily in the open air.
15

76. Correspondence, etc., with Prisoners’ Friends. No
subordinate otficer shall correspond or hold any intercourse with
the friends or reiations of any prisoner, unless expressly author-
ised by the Superintendent; nor shall he make any unauthorised
communication concerning the prison or prisoners to any person
whatsoever. He shail also carefully abstain from forming
acquaintances with discharged prisoners.

77. Occupation of Officers. Subordinate officers shall not
be allowed to follow or be concerned in any other trade or busi-
ness nor, without special permission, to hold any office of a public
character unconnected with the prison.

78. Divine Service. Subordinate officers shall punctually

attend divine service with the prisoners, unless off duty, on other
duty, or excused by the Superintendent; their absence, with the
cause thereof, being entered in the Superintendent’s Journal.
“ 79. Absence of Officers. No subordinate officer shall be
absent during the regular hours of attendance without the per-
missicn of the Superintendent. When absent for his meals, or
on other authorised occasions, he is to return to his duty at the
2ppointed time.

80. Prison Keys. A_ subordinate officer entrusted with
keys shall not on anv pretext take them out of a prison, but shall,
when leaving the prison on any occasion, deliver his keys to such
officer as the Superintendent may depute for that purpose.

81. Attendance at Posis. Subordinate officers shall at all
times confine themselves to their respective posts, unless specially
ordered to go to any other part of the establishment in the per-
formance of other duties.

82. Report of Misconduct, etc. It shall be the duty of all
subordinate officers to make an immediate report to the Superin-
tendent of any misconduct or wilful breach of the Prison Rules.

83. Conversations, etc. (1) Conversations between sub-
ordinate officers on duty and between subordinate officers and
prisoners shail be limited to such remarks as may be necessary
for the proper performance of duty or work or maintenance of
order and discipline. Conversation between subordinate officers
on duty and civilians is prohibited.

(2) Conversations between prisoners at labour shall be
limited to such remarks as the work requires. There shall be no
idle talking on general subjects. Out of working hours the mak-
ing of a remark or two need not be forbidden. When, however,
the remarks are continued and the officer seas gossipping
conversation is developing he should direct the prisoners to stop,
and if they fail to do so after one or more such orders, he should
16

report them. Reports should not be for “talking,” but for “cdis-
obedience of orders by “talking after being tcld to stop.” If there
are any special reasons for preventing all communication between
prisoners, the right plan is to keep them separated.

84. Dress and Appearance. Subordinate officers shail at all
times pay strict attention to cleanliness of persons and dress and
shall always appear. when on duty, properly shaved and dressed
in such uniforms as may be allowed them. All accoutrements,
lbadges, ete. shall be kept perfectly clean and bright at all times.

85. Wearing of Uniforms. Subordinate officers shall no‘
wear uniforms except when on duty or going to or coming from
ihe prison for the purposes of duty.

86. Combination Amongst Subordinate Officers. It is the
du'y of all subordinate officers to report to the Superintendent
any proceedings that may come to their knowledge having the
character of a combination amongst the subordinate officers with
regard to their duties or positions in the prison; and any com-
plaint of one officer against another shall be made within twenty-
four hours of the occurrence complained of.

87. Restriction or Striking Prisoners. No subordinate offi-
cer shall strike a prisoner unless compelled to do so in self-defence
or when ordered to inflict corporal punishment. When in charge
of a gang beyond the prison walls, he may place a prisoner in
handeuffs in case of gross misconduct, or for the purpose of
security, reporting the occurrence to the Superintendent on his
return to the prison.

85. Observation of Prisoners Character, ete. Subordinate
officers shall carefully observe the character and habits of the
prisoners under their charge and shall afford unreserved informa-
tion on such subject, it being of the utmost importance that the
Superintendent shall be fully informed on these points.

89. Prisoners’ Labour. Subordinate offiears in charge of
gangs shall ascertain carefully the amount of work done by pris-
oners under their care and report the result to the Superinten-
dent faithfully and accurately on the diligence of prisoners at
work. Any unfairness or partiality in this respec’ will be dealt
with as a serious offence.

90. Counting, ete., of Prisoners. Subordinate officers shall
count the prisoners under their charge at 2.09 p.m. every day as
well as at locking up and at unlocking time and shall report the
state of their respective divisions and the number present. They
shail examine daily the state of the cells, bedding, locks, bolts,

etc., and shall seize all prohibited articles and deliver them to
the Superintendent.
17

$i. Duty of Subordinate Officers in Charge of Gangs at
Outside Labour. A subordinate oilicer proceeding with prisoners
to work beyond the prison walls shall be furnished with a book
with the name of each prisoner entered therein. He shall, be-
fore leaving, check the name of each prisoner with the Superin-
tendent or other appointed officer, after which he shall be hel
responsible for the safe custody and proper conduct of such pris-
oners. Especially shall he see that they do nct straggle, or hold
coramunieation with any unauthorised person. Upon his return
to the prison he shall check the name of each prisoner as before
with the appointed officer and give up his book to be signed.

94. Searching of Prisoners on Return to Prison. An offi-
cer shall thoroughly search every prisoner on his return to the
prison, for the purpose of ascertaining whether he has any pro-
hibited articles secreted on his person. All tools and other
implements are to be checked at the commencement and comple-
tion of work and handed over to the officer deputed for that
purpose.

93. Standard of Connduct Required of Subordinate Officers.
All subordinate officers placed in authority over prisoners shall
be persons of good moral principles. Any disreputable conduct
will render an officer liable to dismissal. Intoxication will be
liable to be visited with dismissal and it will not be taken into
Con ration at what place it occuvred or whether it be a greater
ov loss degree of intoxication, nor will it be regarded as any
excuse that the person cffending may claim to have been at the
time capable of performing his duties; it being absolutely neces-
savy that all persons connected with the prison shall be perfectly
sober at ail tines. Subject to the provisions of rule 114 swear-
Ing, cursinys the use of iraproper lencuage, incurring debts whien
he is unable io pay, frequenting public houses, keeping bad com-
pany ond gambling will be considered sufficient grounds for the
discontinuance of an cflicer’s services.








vz. ecuniary Dealings, etc., with Prisoners vorvidden
No subordinate officer, or any person in trust for him or em-
ployed by him, shall seli or have any benefit or advantage from
tne sale of any article to any prisoner, nor shall he have pecun:-
wiry Gealings whatever with any prisoner or employ any prisoner
on his private account ov in any oflicial capacity in the discipline
of the prison.

va. Ynterest in Prison Contracis Forbidden. No subordi-
nate officer shall directly or indirectly have any interest in any
contract oi agreement for the supply of the prison; nor shall he
receive. directly or indirectly, under any pretence whatever, any
tee or present for many contract or person tendering any con-
tract with the establishment, but he may, if the terms of the
contract permit it, purchase provisions for the use of himself and
family at the contract rates.


18

96. Receipt of Fees Prohibited. No subordinate officer
shall at any time receive money, fees or gratuity of any kind for
the admission of any visitors to the prison or to prisoners, or
from or on behalf of any prisoner, on any pretext whatever.

97. Using or Bringing in Prohibited Articles. No subordi-
nate officer shall introduce into, keep or use in the prison tobacco
or liquor of any kind or any newspaper, book or other publication,
except under such restrictions as may from time to time be laid
down by the Superintendent. Officers in charge of gangs em-
ployed outside the prison walls shall on no account use tobacco
or spirituous liquors whilst in charge of such gangs.

98. Punishment for Dealings with Prohibited Articles.
Every subordinate officar or servant of the establishment who
shall (except for lawful purposes and with the authority of the
Superintendent} bring in or carry out, or endeavour to bring in
or earry out. or knowingly allow to be brought in or carried out
of the prison, or convey or aitempt to convey, or knowingly allow
to be conveyed te or for any prisoner within or without the prison
Walls, any money, clothing, provisions, tobacco, letters, papers,
otuer articles whatsoever not allowed by the Rules of the prison,
shall be suspenced from his duties and placed under arrest by the
Superintendent who shall forthwith report the offence to the Gov-
ernev, Such conduct shall be liable to be punished under “he
provisions of the Jaw relating to prisons.

30. Entreduc‘ion of Prohibited Articles by Outside Persons.
“ID subordinate offiecrs shall be watchful to detect and prevent
aay persons secreting prohibited articles for the prisoners when
employed outside the walls or within a prison and shall immedi-
ately report any such occurrence. They shall especially euard
against the clothes of workmen or others being left lving about
in places accessible to the prisoners and shall report at the earliest
opportunity any circumstance of this kind or the loitering of im-
proper or suspicious persons about the prison or in the vicinity of
prisoners working outside.

100. Search of Officers or Servants. Every subordinate
officer or servant of ‘the prison shall submit himself. to. be
searched in the prison if called upon to do so by the Superin-
tendent.

101. Removal of Articles Facilitating Escape. Special care
Shall be taken that no ladder, ropes, implements or materials
ef any kind likely to facilitate escape are left lying about the
yard or elsewhere, Al! such articles when not in us: shall be
Kept in their appointed places. Every subordinate officer shall
Immediately report any instance of such articles being left, about
in contravention to this 1ule.

102. Officers not to Serve as Jurors. No officer of the prison
shall be a juror on any inquest.
19

103. Entering Cell at Night. No subordinate officer shall
on any account enter the cell of any prisoner at night unless
accompanied by another cfficer, and then only in cases of ill-
ness or other emergency.

104. Hours of Return to Quarters at Night. Except by
special permission of the Superintendent, all subordinate officers
residing in the prison and off duty shall be in their quarters
punctually at 10:00 p.m. They will not be admitted to the
prison after that time until next morning at 5:30.

_ 105. Complaints and Requests. A subordinate officer hav-
ing any complaint or request to make connected with his duty
or situation shall state the same respectfully in writing through
the Chief Officer for the decision of the Superintendent or
other superior authority. The Superintendent shall put for-
ward to the Governor all such complaints or requests with such
explanations or remarks as may be requisite in each case.

106. Wrangling among Officers Forbidden. All wrangling
or disputes between subordinate officers on private matters
within a prison, or elsewhere when on duty is strictly prohibited.

107. Subordinate Officers to be Ex Officio Constables. A
subordinate officer, while acting as such, by virtue of his ap-
pointment, and without being sworn in before any Justice, shall
be deemed to be a constable and to have all such powers, au-
thorities, protection, and privileges, for the purpose of the
execution of his duty as a prison officer, as any constabie duly
appemted has by common law, statute or custom.

108. Duty when Superintending Interviews. Subordinate
otticers shall, when superintending interviews between prisoners
and their friends, repress and prevent as far as may be in their
power all improper communication.

109. Medical Attendance. Subordinate officers shall be
entitled to medical attendance and medicine at the public ex-
pense.

116. Officers’ Reward Fund: .Administration. (1) Fines
imposed on officers and deducted from their pay shall be placed
on deposit by the Superintendent in the Treasury to a separate
account to be called the “Prison Officers’ Reward Fund Ac-
count,’’ which will be administered and distributed for the
reward of deserving officers in such manner as May from time
to time be directed by the Governor ; but. no officer shall have
any claim on such fund as a matter of right.

Distribution. (2) Grants from the Officers’ Reward Fund
may be made by the Governor to any prison officer in the
following cases and under the following circumstances, that

is to say:
20

(a) long continued iliness of an officer involving
Is38 or Suspension of pay ;

(b) loss of wife when the officer is put to the
expense of arranging for someone to take care
of his children ;

(c) illness of an officer’s family, cr those dependent
on him, or any similar case of unusual expense
caused by illness ;

(d) discharge with or without pension on grounds
of ill-health if there ‘are any circumstances by
which unusual expenses have to be borne by
the officer ;

(e) to the widow or children of an officer who has
died in the service or, after being retired on
the ground of ill-health, dies within six
months of the date of his retirement leaving
a widow or children ;

(f) any unexpended balance of the fund may be
applied to assist in the education of any
children of an officer who died in the service,
cr to establishing and maintaining officers’
reading rooms, or to some similar purpose by
which the general body of officers may b=
benefited :

(g) to any officer who has been excepticraily
capable and diligent ; and who has not com-
mitted any serious breach of discipline for a
number of years. This grant may be awarded
in addition to his pension and gratuity from
the fund as recognition for such good service ;
and

(h) leans may be made to subordinate officers by
the Governor, on the recommendation of the
Superintendent. Such loans shail not exceed
one and a half times the monthly salary of
the borrower. These loans shall be free of
interest and shall be repaid by monthly in-
stalments of not less than five dollars, to be
deducted from the salar, of the borrower by
the Superintendent.

111. Hours of Work. The minimum hours of work for
subordinate officers shall be forty-four hours in every week. The
hours of commencing and ceasing to work will be decided by
the Superintendent.
21

112. Good Conduct Badges and Pay. Every subordinate
officer shall for continuous good service after the first day of
January, 1956, be entitled to good conduct badges and pay
thereafter at the following rates :—

(a) service for two years during which he has not
been punished “ except for a trivial offence, ”
one badge and two cents per day ;

(b) service for five years under the same condi-
tions two badges ‘and four cents per day ;

(c) service for eight years under the same condi-
tions three badges and six cents per day ;

(d) service for twelve years under the same condi-
tions four badges and nine cents per day ; and

(e) service for fifteen years under the same condi-
tions five badges and twelve cents per day :

Provided always that a subordinate officer who has earned
gced conduct pay on subsequently becoming entitled to a higher
rate of such pay shall not be entitled thereafter to both rates
but enly to the higher rate of pay, and provided also that such
gced conduci pay and badges may be forfeited by order of the
Visiting Committee for any period for misconduct or indifference
in discnarge of duty.

112. Teehnical AVewance. Every subcrdinate officer to
whom special cdutics are assigned shall receive from the first
day on which the officer was appointed to such duties and un-
til the day cn which he ceases to be so empleyed, an allowance
at the rate of twenty-four cents a day.

114. Offences by Subordinate Officers. (1) If a subordi-
nate officer is guilty of any of the following offences, namely :—

(i) coming late on duty ;
(ii) leaving a cell or principal door or gate unlocked ;

(iii) entering a prisoner’s cell at night contrary to
orders ;

(iv) allowing any unauthorised person to communi-
cate with a prisoner ;

| (v) leaving keys in a door lying about ;

(vi) cursing, swearing, or using indecent or immoral
language ;
(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

(xii)

(xiii)

(xiv)

(xv)

(xvi)

(xvil)

(xXvill)

(xix)

(XX)

(xxi)

(xxii)

22

neglecting to guard, supervise, or attend
priscners under his charge ;

speaking of the prison arrangements in the
hearing ct a prisoner or of any person not con-
nected with the prison ;

carelessly searching, or neglecting when
necessary or directed, to search a prisoner or
a visitor ;

neglecting to have the lamps lighted at the
proper times ‘and places ;

neglecting to examine the cells and fastenings
of the cells under his charge, and to examine and
search the wards, cells, bedding, and clothing ;

oo

allowing iools, materia!s, or other articles to be
‘ving about out of their appointed places ;

allowing dirt to accumulate in the wards, cells,
passages, or other places under his charge ;

omitting to report any misconduct, breach of
rules, or omission of duty in himself, another
subordinate officer, or a prisoner, or any injury
done to the prison furniture, or to the walls,
windows, partitions, or any part of the prison ;

inattention when in charge of prisoners ;

allowing unauthorised persons to remain in the
vicinity of prisoners ;

appearing on duty out of uniform, or improperly
or slovenly dressed or dirty ;

quitting his post without authority, and before
being properly relieved ;

wrangling, talking of his own private affairs in
the hearing of prisoners or making unnecessary
noise, either within the prison or when on duty
outside ;

in ‘any way obstructing the duties of the prison ;

omitting, when sick and unable to attend the
prison, to send notice to the Superintendent and
the Prisun Medical Officer ;

neglecting to count the prisoners at the time
prescribed by these Rules, or by the Superinten-
dent ;
23

(Xxili) allowing prisoners to stray from their work,
neglecting to keep them in view, or enforce
silence among them :

(xxiv) smoking or reading whilst on duty ;

(Xxv) drunkenness, disobedience of, or negligence in
carrying out, the Prison Rules, or any orders or
directions given by 'any proper authority.

(xxvi) when on duty as Gate Keeper :—

(a) neglecting to keep the gates locked except
when absolutely necessary to admit au-~
thorised persons and things ;

(b) allowing a prisoner to leave the prison with-
out being attended by a prison officer ;

(c) allowing unauthorised persons or improper
things to go in or out of the prison ;

(d) allowmg any person to loiter about the
gate ;

(xxvii) omitting to peg the tell-tale clock or clocks ;

(xxviii) disobedience of, or negligence with respect to,
these Rules and Regulations or ‘any lawful
order given by any person in authority con-
nected with the prison ; and

(xxix) conduct to the prejudice of good order or prison
discipline :

the Superintendent may, unless he considers the offence to be
of a serious nature, impose a fine not exceeding five dollars
for each such offence. If the Superintendent considers the
otfence to be of a serious nature he shall report the matter
to the Chairman of the Visiting Committee, who may summon a
roeeting of the Visiting Committee and cause an inquiry upon
oath to be made before him and if after such inquiry the Visit-
ing Committee are satisfied that the offence with which the
officer has been charged be proved to their satisfaction, they
may award any of the following punishment —

(i) reduction in rank or grade ;
(ii) suspension, stoppage or deferment of increment ;

(iii) forfeiture of good conduct pay or of any benefit
arising from service ;

(iv) forfeiture of not more than half a month’s
salary ;
24
(v) admonition ;
(vi) reprimand ;
(vil) severe reprimand ; and
(vill) recommendation for dismissal.

(2) Any subordinate officer against whom any such
fine is imposed or any such punishment awarded may, within
seven days of his conviction, appeal in writing to the Governor,
and the Governor may allow the appeal, reduce or confirm the
ig or punishment or make such other order as he may deem

; (3) Where an offence against a subordinate officer
is to be tried by the Visiting Committee, the Superintendent
may suspend such subordinate officer from his duties pending
the decision of the Visiting Committee or the Governor, as the
case may be, and while his suspension continues such subordi-
nate officer shall be allowed to receive such pcertion of his salary,
not being less than one half, as the Governor shall think fit.

(4) Where a subordinate officer has been guilty ot
and fined for ‘any offence under subregulation (1) of this re-
gulaticn, the name of the oficnder, the date and description
of the offence, the amount of the fine and the authority by
whom he was punished shall be entered in the subordinate
otticers’ Punishment Book.

THER CHIEF OFFICER

115. Duties. The general duty of the Chief Officer shall
be to assist the Superintendent, in such manner as may from
time to time be directed, in the general superintendence of the
officers and prisoners, and in the details of his duties. Such
duties shall include the proper keeping of all books and records
which the Superintendent may, from time to time, require him
to keep.

116. Conduct of Subordinate Officers and Prisoners. The
Chief Officer shall restrain by his authority ‘any tendency to
oppression or undue harshness on the part of the subordinate
officers and likewise any rudeness and insubordination on

the part of prisoners.

117. Observance of Rules. The Chief Officer shall refrain
from undue familiarity with the subordinate officers and shall
diligently observe their behaviour as well as that of the
prisoners. He shall see that they strictly adhere to the Rules
and shall report to the Superintendent any neglect or miscon-
duct that comes to his notice.
25

118. Absence of Subordinate Officers. The Chief Officer
shall see that the absence of subordinate officers for their meals,
or on other autherisecd occasions, takes place at the proper
hours and that they return to their duties at the appointed
time.

119. Inspection ef Prison. The Chief Officer shall frequent-
ly inspect every part of ‘a prison, especially the cells and bedding,
and shall report to the Superintendent any irregularity he may
cbseive.

120. Report on Welfare of Prisoners. The Chief Officer
shall lose no time in communicating to the Superintendent any
circumstance which may come to his knowledge affecting the
satety, health or comfort of the prisoners.

121. General Superintendence cf Prisoners. The Chief
Officer shall generally superintend the arrangements for the
regular messing of the prisoners and distribution of their meals,
and shal! take care that their clothing is in good repair and
their hair kept properly cut ; that washing, bathing, and shav-
ing are attended te aecording to the Rules and tnat the pre-
scribed hours tor exercise are duly observed.

122. Searching of Prisoners on Admission. The Chicf
Officer shall see that all male prisoners on adrnission are strictly
anu minutely searched, but with ‘all regard ta decency, handing
over any prehibited arcicles and personal efiects to the Super-
intendent. He shall also be resuonsible for the bathing, shav-
ine and hair-cuttine of such prisoners, and snall see that they
are properly clothed with the prison dress, except when cther-
wise directed by the Rules.

123. Permission to Leave Prison. The Chief Officer shali
not leave the prison on any account whaiever without the au-
therity of the Superintendent.

124. Absence of Superintendent. The Chief Officer sha!!
take charge of the Prison during the illness cr temporary absence
of the Superintendent and exercise ali his powers and perfor
his cuties subject to the discretion of the Governor with whom
he shali communicaie in every emergency ; he shal! on no 6c-
casion, durh the absence cf the Superintendent, leave the
pricey without the permission of tye Governor.

ima






125. Custody of Keys. (1) Except as specified in paiagraph
(2) cf this rule, the Chief Officer shall every evening before
leaving the Prison deliver all the keys to the senior prison officer
en night duty and such prison officer shali see that the keys
are securely disposed of for the night in accordance with the
erders of the Superintendent. The senior prison officer on night
duty shall make such inspections o: the prison during the night
as the Superintendent may direct.
26

: (2) The Chief Officer shall on no account deliver up
to another officer the keys of the storerooms under his charge,
without special directions from the Superintendent.

126. Execution of Orders, ete. (1) The Chief Officer shail
specially attend to the carrying into effect cf any orders ‘as to
the punishment of prisoners and pay particular attention to
prisoners under punishment in cellular confinement, so as to
ensure that they are provided with necessaries and food, tiiat
ed are visited regularly and that they are made to wash

ally.

2 (2) He shall attend especially to the carrying into
etiect of any orders of the Superintendent as to the classification
of prisoners in order that the risk of contamination may be re-
duced to the minimum.

(3) He shall attend especially to the carrying into
etlec: of any orders of the Prison Medical Officer as to the treat-
ment of sick prisoners not confined in the infirmary.

(4) He shall inspect and check over, with the officers
in charge, all parties of prisoners working outside the prison,
before they leave and on their return to the prison.

(5) He shall visit daily every party of prisoners while
et work inside the prison and see that discipline and order are
maintained.

(6) He shall every evening inspect the officers for
night duty and see that they are in all respects fit for duty
and fully acquainted with their duties.

127. Superintendence of Interviews with Prisoners. The
Chief Officer shall generally superintend all interviews with
prisoners and repress and prevent, so far as lies in his power,
all improper communications.

128. Care and Employment of Prisoners. The Chief Officer
shall take care that prisoners are duly supplied with all articles
allowed tor their use and that they are regularly worked, and
shali report to the Superintendent every instance in which they
may be unemployed, with the cause therefor.

129. Responsibility for Stores, etc. The immediate charge
of ali previsions, stores, clothing, materials and tools for labour
is vested in the Chief Officer, and he shall see that all articles
are properly marked with the prison marks.

130. Roll Call. The Chief Officer shall call the roll every
morning at 6:40, before the prisoners proceed to their appointed
tasks, and again at 4:45 p.m., and shall then see that every
prisoner is in his cell 'and shall report the same to the Suver-
intendent.
27

(131, Receipts of Stores. The Chief Officer shail carefully
weigh ali provisions received into the prison and shall be held
‘esponsible, under the Superintendent, for the correct receipt
and issue of the same, as well as of all other prison stores.

132. Performance of Chief Officer’s Duties in his Absence.
During the absence of the Chief Officer from a prison all his
duties shall be performed by the next officer in order of
senicrity who shall strictly observe all the rules relating to the
Chief Officer.

THE MATRON.

133. Residence and Duties. The Matron shall reside in the
Women’s Prison and shall be under the immediate direction
of the Superintendent. She shall be entrusted with the care,
sate custody and superintendence of the women prisoners, and
the keys of the Women’s Prison shall be kept by her.

134. Enforcement of Rules. The Matron shall make her-
self fully acquainted with the Prison Rules and shall enforce
them so far as they apply to the women prisoners and any
oiticers under her.

135. Absence. The Matron shall not absent herself from
the nrison at any time without leave from the Superintendent,
and during her absence shall give charge to such other woman
officer as the Superintendent may direct.

135. Night Inspections. The Matron shall make such. visit
of insvection during the night as the Superintendent may direct.

137. Visits to Women’s Prison. The Matron shall, unless un-
avoidably prevented, attend the Visiting Committee, the Super-
intendent and the Prison Medical Officer in their visits to the
Women’s Prison and she shall especially take care that no male
officer or visitor or prisoner enters the Women’s Prison unless
accompanied by herself or some other woman officer.

138. Superintendence of Meals. The Matron shall be
directly responsible in the Women’s Prison for the distribution
of the prisoners’ meals according to the prescribed scale of diet,
and shall report to the Superintendent whether the food is
properly cooked and of sufficient quantity.

139. Instruction of Prisoners in their Work. The Matron
shall give instruction to women prisoners in sewing, washing
and other approved labour, and shiall be directly responsible
under the Superintendent fer the enforcement of the proper

tasks.

140. Misconduct of Woman Prisoner. The Matron shall
report to the Superintendent any misconduct or breach of the
Rules by a woman prisoner and also touching anything in the
discipline 'and condition of the Women’s Prison.
28

14i. Subject to General Rules for Subordinate Officers.
The Matron and every other weman officer shall be subject
to the general rules for subordinate officers so far as they apply
to them.

142. Powers and Duties in Absence of the Superintendent.
in the absence of the Superintendent the Matron shall perform
in the Women’s Prison such of the duties, and shall have such
of the responsibilities and powers (except as to the punishment
of prisoners) as may be required from, or conferred upon, the
Superintendent by these Rules.

THE GATE KEEPER

145. Admittance of Strangers. The Gate Keeper shall see
that no stranger is admitted to see any pari of the prison, unless
by an order from the Governor, cr unless accompanied by the
Superintendent.

144. Examination of Food, ete. Before Adimissisn to Prison.
The Gate Keeper shall see that ne article of food, bedding or
ciothing or cf any other kind, is received into the prison until
it has been examined to ascertain that it contains nothing con-
trary to the rules of the prison ; and the admission of'any article
which apnears likely to be used for an improper purpose may
be refused by him pending retence to the Superintendent.

145. Letters, ete. The Gate Keeper shall take charge of
all letters cr other articles authorised to be received for any
prisoner and shall deliver them to the Suyerintendent. He
shall also carefully examine all orders for admission and sal)
refer them to the Superintendent when in doubt.

146. Priscners entering and Leaving Prison. The Gate
Keeper shall observe, on their going out and entering, all
prisoners who are working outside the prison walls and on no
‘account shall he allow any prisoner te pass out unless under
the charge of an officer of the prison. He shall immediately
report any irregularity he may discover.

147. Precaution Against Escape. The Gate Keeper shall
be diligent in watching tc prevent the escape ci any priscner
through the gate. For that purpose he shail carefully observe
the appearance of workmen, labourers, or sirangers pazsing out
through the Gate in order to detect any attempt on the part
of a prisoner to escape in disguise ; he shall stop and search
any person he may have cause to suspect of making such at-
tempt and any vehicle in which he may suspeci a prisoner to
be secreted.

148. Not to leave Post until Relieved. The Gate Keeper
shall not leave his post at the gate on any occasion without
being properly relieved by the officer who is to take charge
thereof.
29

149. Subordinate Officers Leaving Prison. The Gate
Keeper shall not permit subordinate officers, except on duty,
to leave the prison during the regular hours of duty without
a pass from the Superintendent and shall on all occasions see
that they leave their keys in his charge before passing the gate.

150. Record of Persons Admitted etc. The Gate Keeper shall
record in the Gatekceper’s Occurrence Book the name of every
visitor and other authorised persons making a visit, and the
name of every prisoner visited. He shall also record the time
of admittance and depaiture of such visitor or authorised
person.

UNIFORMS

151. (1) The Chief Officer and subordinate officers may be
allowed uniforms as follows:-—

(A) Chief Officer

khaki tunic

white shirts

black ties

khaki trousers

pairs shoes and

pairs soles

belt (Sam Browne)

eap (silver lace. Principal
Officer, Home Prison Ser-
vice)

buttons (white metal)

1 cape, khaki coloured

1 whistle

- Annually

mee pn ANNE

renewable when
no longer ser-
viceable

i ee ee ee

(B) Male subordinate officers

khaki tunic

khaki shirts

khaki trousers

pairs black boots and
pairs soles

pair canvas shoes with
India rubber soles

Annually

PENN APE

helmet, khaki
cap (Home Prison Service)

bE

Every two years

cape, khaki coloured
pair shoulder titles
belt (waist) black
whistle and chain
truncheon

renewable when
no longer ser-
viceable

V+ Ne re ee

bet pet et pe et
30

(C) Female subordinate officers
brown holland dresses
white collars

white cuffs

white aprons

helmet

pairs black shoes and
pairs soles

cape (blue)

Annually

renewable when
no longer ser-
viceable.

MN NeW Oe

Nasal Psa encima at ala

(2) The above articles of uniform shall be issued when
necessary on the approval of the Superintendent. but the issues
shall not exceed the limit fixed. The uniforms shall remain the
property of the Government.

152. Officers Responsible for Upkcep of Uniforms. The
Superintendent subordinate officers shall keep all articles of
uniform in a ¥ vepaiy at their own expense, unless the Super-
Intendent is savistied that any damage to an article of uniforra
was incurred wnilst in the execution of duty and through no
fault of an cHlicer











193. Return sf Unitorm on Leaving the Service. Whenever
the Superintendent or a subordinate officer quits the Service on
resignation, dismissal or otherwise, he shall return into store all
articles of uniform in his possession and all bedding and equip-
ment issued to him. In default of so doing, their value at the
time may either be charged to him and deducted out of any salary
due at the time of his quitting the Service or he may be proceeded
egainst for unlawful delention of prison property.



PART IV.
PRISONERS.

154. Applicatisn of Part 1V. The Rules in this Part shall
apply to all classes of prisoners exCEDE in so far as they may
be Lee with the special rules for particular classes of
prisoner

155. Time of Admission. Prisoners shall not be received
at a prison earlier than 6.00 a.m. and later than 6.00 p.m. or
on any Sunday, Christraas Day er Good Friday, except with the
special permission of the 3 Superintendent.

156. Cemmittal Form. Befcre any prisoner shall be re-
ceived into a prison the usual form of committal, properly filled
up in all its parts, shal! be put into the hands of the Superinten-
dent or other oflicer in charge.

157. Searching of Prisoners on Admission. Prisoners on
sedmission shall he minutely searched (men by a male officer, wo-
men by a female but with all regard to decency and


31

privacy; they shall be deprived of their personal effects which
shall be taken by the Superintendent or Matron and a list of them
entered in the “Prisonevs’ Property Book,” and each such entry
shali be signed by the prisoner concerned in acknowledgment.

158. Return of Articles en Discharge. On the discharge of
every prisoner the Superintendent shall deliver to him the per-
sonal effects which were taken from him on his admission and
shall take a receipt for the same in the book kept by him for
registering such effects, which receipt shall be signed by the
prisoner if he can write, and. if not, by some officer witnessing
the delivery.

159. Confiscation of Prohibited Articles. No piisoner shail
have in his possession any food, money, clothing, provisions,
liquor, tebaceo, matches, letters, papers, books. or any other
article prohibited by these Rules, or any other article whatsoever,
and no such article whatsoever shall be conveyed or thrown into
or out of any prison. or conveyed to any prisoner while in cus-
tody outside a prison, unless expressly allowed by the rules or for
a lawful purpose under such restrictions as may be laid down by
the Superintendent with the approval of the Governor. Any
article brought, thrown, conveyed or carried contrary to this
rule may be confiscated by the Superintendent.

160. Medical Examination of Prisoners on Admisston.
Every prisoner shall, as soon as possible after admission, be
separately examined by the Prison Medical Officer.

161. Bathing. Every prisoner shall take a bath on arrival]
at the prison and at the prescribed times, unless it shall be other-
wise directed in any particular case by the Rules or by the
Superintendent or the Prison Medical Officer.

162. Eradication of Vermin, ete. If any prisoner is found
on admission to have any cutaneous disease or to be infested with
vermin, means as laid down by the Prison Medical Officer shall ©
taken effectually to eradicate and destroy the same.

163. Reading of Prison Ruies. — An abstract of the Prison
Rules relating to the discipline, conduct and treatment of pris-
oners shall be read to prisoners on admission and once in each
month.

164. Weighing of Prisoners. Every prisoner on admission
and on discharge, shall be weighed and the weight recorded in
a book kept for that purpose. Every prisoner sentenced to six
months’ imprisonment and upwards shall, in addition, be weighed
enee in each month. Prisoners may also be weighed at any time
by order of the Superintendent or the Prison Medical Officer.

165. Photographs and Finger-Prints. Every prisoner may,
if required for the purposes of justice, be photographed and his
32

fnger-prints taken on reception and subsequently. but no copy of
such photograph ov tinger-print shall be given to any person ex-
cept those oiliciaily authorised to receive it.

166. Admission of Infants with Msther. The child of a
woman prisoner may be received into prison with its mother,
provided it is at the breast, and any such child so admitted shall
not be taken from its mother until the Prison Medical Officer
certifies that it is in a fit condition to be removed.

167. Clothing and Removal of Infants. When any child
admitted with its mother has attained the age’ of nine months,
the Prison Medical Officer shall report whether it is desirable or
necessary that it shal! any longer be retaimed; but, except under
special circumstances. no such child shall be kept in prison after
it has arrived at the age of twelve months. Any such child
while in prison may be supplied, if necessary, with clothing at
the public expense.

168. Delivery of Body of Prisoner Dying in Prison. When-
ever the relations of a prisoner who has died in prison of natural
causes are desirous of having the body of such prisoner delivered
to them for burial, they shall apply to the Superintendent who,
after ascertaining from the Prison Medical Officer that it would
not be injurious to the public health to grant such request, may
deliver up the body and it shall be taken away from the prison
in a decent manner.

169. Time of Release. Prisoners shall be released on the day
which the sentence expires, or on the previous day, when-
ever the sentence expires on Sunday, Christmas Day or Good Fri-
day. They shall be discharged at such hour of the day as the
Superintendent thinks fit in the circumstances of the particular
case, but not later than five o’clock p.m. for residents in the citv
of Saint John and eleven o’clock a.m. for residents elsewhere.

170. Passage te Prisoners on Discharge. A prisoner resid-
ing in a place other than St. John’s shall, on discharge, if the
Superintendent thinks it necessary, be provided with free passage
to the town or village nearest 1o his place of abode.

171. Payment cr Part-Payment of Fines, etc. by Prisoners.
(1) Where any person has been committed to prison by the Court
for non-payment of any sum of money adjudged to be paid by an
order, such person may pay or cause to be paid to the Superin-
tendent the sum mentioned in the committal warrant, together
with the amount of the costs. charges and expenses, if any, also
mentioned therein, and the Superintendent shall receive the same
and thereupon, discharge such person, unless he is in his custody
for some other matter.
33

(2) Where a term of imprisonment is imposed by the
Court for non-payment of any sum adjudged to be paid by an
order, that term shall, cn payment of a part of such sum to the
Superintendent be reduced by a number of days bearing as nearly
as possible the same proportion to the total number of days in the
term as the sum paid bears to the sum adjudged to be paid.

FOOD, CLOTHING, AND BEDDING

172. Dietary. (1) Subject as hereinafter provided by
way of punishment, every prisoner shall be supplied with a suffi-
cient quantity of plain end wholesome food in accordance with
Schedule B hereto, which may from time to time be varied by
order of the Governor in Council.

(2) No prisoner shall receive or have in his possession
any food other than the allowance authorised in Schedule B
hereto except —

(a) with the authority of the Governor in special
circumstances, or

(b) with the authority of the Prison Medical Officer if
a variation of diet is desirable on medical grounds
for an individual prisoner.

(5) The diet of an individual prisoner who persistent-
ly wastes his food may be reduced on the writien recommendation
vf the Prison Medical Officer.

(4) The Superintendent may award prisoners an extra
bread ration, net exceeding eight ounces, for special work done
in addition to the daily task.

(5} No prisoner shall be given or allowed to have any
intoxicating liquor except in pursuance of a written order of the
Prison Medical Officer specifying the quantity to be given and
tire name of the prisoner for whom it is intended.

ivs. Complaints as te Diet. A prisoncr who has any com-
plaint to make regarding his diet, or who wishes it to be weighed
to ascertain whether it contains the authorised quantity shall
make iis request as soon as poss'ble after the diet is handed to
him and it shall be weighed in his presence and in that of the
officer deputed for that purpose. Should, he vever, repeated
complaints of a groundless nature be made by anv prisoner under
colour of this rule, with the evident purpose of giving annoyance
or trouble it shall be treated as a breach of prison disciphne and
the offender will be liable to be punished accordingly.

174. Prison Dress. The prison aress of every convicted
prisoner shall censist of the following: for men, a shirt, a
merino and a pair of underpants, a pair of trousers or short
pants, a belt, a cap, a handkerchief and a sleeping suit; for
34

women, a dress, a headkerchici, combination under-clothes, a
handkerchief and a night gown. Additional under-clothing
and J:ippeis cr shoes shaii be supplied on the written authority
of the Prison Medical Officer,

175. Change of Clothing of Prisoners. The clothing of
every prisoner shall be changed at least once a week.

176. Private Clothing of Prisoners. The clothing of
prisoners shall be returned to them on their release, unless
it has been found necessary to destroy it, in which case they
shall be provided with clothes at the public expense.

177. Cell Furniture. Every prisoner shall be supplied
with —
(a) a canvas cot;

(b) a blanket ;
(c) a pillow; and
(d) a utensil.

Additional bedding shlall be supplied on the recommendation
of the Prison Medical Officer.

PERSONAL CLEANLINESS AND HEALTH.

178. Washing, etc. Prisoners shall obey such regulations
and orders ‘or their washing, bathing, hair-cutting, shaving
cud Cxcrckie as may from time to time be established by the
Superintendent, with a view to the proper maintenance of
health and cleanliness,

179. Cleaning of Cells. Prisoners shall keep their cells,
utensils, clothing, bcoks and bedding clean and neatly arranged,
unless provision for the performance of these duties is other-
wise made in accordance with the rules.

180. Cutting of Women Prisoner’s Hair. The hair of a
woman prisoner shall not be cut without her consent, except
by order of the Prison Medical Officer on account of vermin or
dirt, or when he deems it requisite on the ground of health.

181. Exercise. Prisoners shall be permitted to take such
exercise In the open air for the purposes of health as may be
ordered by the Prison Medical Officer : Provided that notwith-
standing any other provision cf these Rults prisoners who are
elther excluded from labour (such as those under sentence of
death) cr are not compelled to labour ( such as these awaiting
trial, committed for contempt o° Court, for want of sureties,
noen-criminal debtors and first class misdemeanants) shall be
given thirty minutes exercise every morning and afternoon.
35

RELIGIOUS AND SECULAR INSTRUCTION.

182. Bible and Prayer Book. (1) Every prisoner who can
vead shall be furnished with a Bible and Prayer Book or with
such other religious besks of the denomination to which he be-
longs as the Superintendent may deem necessary.

__ (2) Adequate arrangement shall be made for the
provision of religious ministration to ali prisoners.

183. Divine Service. Every prisoner shall attend Divine
Service whenever it is performed within a prison, unless
specially excused, prevented by illness, or under punishment.
No prisoner shall be compelled to attend the religious service
of a denomination to which he does not belong.

184. Educational Classes. Provisicn may be made for
educational classes for the benefit of prisoners who are likely
to benefit thereby.

185. Unauthorised Books, etc., Prohibited. No books or
printed paper shall be permitted in a prison for the use of the
prisoners except such as are sanctioned by proper authority.

VISITS AND COMMUNICATIONS

186. Special Letters and Visits. The Superintendent may
allow any prisoner on admission or at any time during his
sentence to write and receive a special letter or letters and to
receive a special visit or visits in connection with any of the
following circumstances :—

(a) the death or serious illness cf a near
relative;

(b) business or family affairs of an urgent nature;

(c) the payment or part-payment o: any sum
which, in pursuance of any conviction or order,
he is required to pay to procure his release
from prison;

(d) arrangements for obtaining employment or
assistance from relatives or friends on dis-
charge.

187. Ordinary Letters. Every prisoner may be allowed to
write a letter on his admission and to receive a reply thereto,
and he may further be permitted to write and receive letters
at intervals of not less than two months.

188. Visits. A prisoner, on his admission, may be allowed
a visit, and every two months thereafter may be allowed to
receive visits of fifteen minutes duration between twelve noon
and 4:00 p.m. from his relatives or friends not exceeding three
in number at the same time.
wo

8

189. Forfeiture of Visits and Letters. The Superintendent
may deprive any piiscuer of a visit or writing a letter as pre-
scribed in Rules 186 and 187 for misconduct cr breach of the
Prison Ruies.

196. Official Supervision of Visits. Men prisoners shall be

visited in the sight and hearing of a male officer, and women
prisoners in the sight and hearing of a female officer.

191. Visits of Legal Advisers. The legal adviser of a
priscner shall be allowed to see such prisoner, with reference
to any legal business, in the sight, but not in the hearing, of
a prison officer.

192. Visits of Police. A police officer not lower than the
rank cf Corporal may visit any prisoner who is willing to see
him in the presence of a prison officer.

193. Non-Admission of certain Visitors. Any visitor to 4
prisoner who introduces or attempts to intreduce ‘any article
or money shall be refused re-admission and shall be liable
to prosecution, and any visitor who misconducts himself may
be summarily ejected. No person of lcose or immoral
character shall be admitted on any account.

194. Reading of Letters. Every letter to or from a prisons?
shall be read by the Superintendent or by the Chief Officer, i
so instructed by the Superintendent, and it shall be within the
discretion of the Superintendent to stop any letter on the
grounds that the contents are objectionable.

PUNISHMENT

195. Power to Punish. (1) When a prisoner has been re-
ported for an offence, the Superintendent may order him to be
kept ‘apart frem other prisoners pending adjudication.

(2) No punishment or privation of any kind shall be
awarded except by the Visiting Committee or ithe Superin-
tendent and no prisoner shail be punished until he has had
an opportunity of hearing the charges and evidence against
him and of his defence.

(3) Every cffence against prison discipline shall be
reported forthwith and the Superintendent shall investigate
such reports as soon as practicable, and, in any case, not later
than three days after the alleged offence.

196. Dietary and Corporal Punishment. Cellular punich-
ment, corporal punishment, or restricticn of diet shall in no
case be awarded unless the Prison Medical Officer has cervified
that the prisoner is in a fit condition of health to bear such
punishment.
37

197. Punishment Awardable by Superintendent. Any
prisoner, who discbeys any preper order of an officer, or treats
him with disrespect, or is idie or negligent at his work, or behaves
irreverently 'at Divine Service, or is guilty of swearing, or of any
indecent or immeral conauct, or assaults, quarrels or hoids ini-
tercourse with another prisoner, or causes any Gisturbance by
Singing, whistling, or cther noise, cr leaves or attempts to leave
his cei. ward or werk without) permission or disheures tho walls
or other parts of the prison by writing on them or otherwise.
cy defaces, secretes or destroys any paper or netice hung ww)
in the prison by proper authority, or has in his cell or possession
any article prohibited under Rule 158 or wilfully injures any
prison property, or commits any nuisance. or conducts him-
self in any wav to the prejudice of good order and prison
discipline, or malingers or feigns disease, cr disobeys any of
the rules of the prison, shall be liable, after inquiry as set
out in rule 195, to be punished by the Superintendent as
follows :—





(a) by cellular confinement, or Restricted Diet
No. 1 contained in Schedule C heretc, for any
term not exceeding three days;

(b) by deprivation of morning tea and bread, or
fish or meat for a period not exceeding seven
days;

(c) by imposing a pericd not exceeding fitteen
days on restricted Diet No. 2 contained in

Schedule C hereto;

(a) by exciusion from associated work for a
period net exceeding fcurteen days;

(c) by recuciion from a higher ‘to ‘a lower stage
or postponement of promoticn to a higher
stage for a peiloc not exceeding one month;
and

({) by forfeiture cf a number oi remission days
not exceeding fourteen,

193. Grave Offences Punishable by Visiting Committee.
Any prisoner who offers vicitence to an cfficer of the prison, being
in the executicn of his duty, or escapes or attempts to escape
trem custeacy berore being set at liberty by proper authority,
or is guilty o° repeated offences against the Prison Rules, ov
ct grave misconduct for the due punisnment of which the power
of fi.. Superintcnecnt is inagequave, sha. forthwith be reported
by the Superintendent to the Visiting Committee, who shall
attend ai the prison and enquire into the charge upon oath
in the presence cf the prisoner, and may, subject to the ap-
proval cf the Governor order him to undergo any of the follow-
ing punishments, in addition to or substitution for any cther
punishment provided for by the laws relating to prisons for any
such. offence:—


(a)

(b)

(c)

38

to be placed in cellular confinement on
Restricted Diet No. 1 contained in Schedule C
hereto, for any terms not exceeding fourteen
days: Provided that such cellular confine-
ment shall not be continuous for more than
seven days, and that an interval of seven
days shall elapse before a further pericd of
such cellular confinement is undergone; and
provided further that the said restrictzd diet
shall not be imposed for more than three days
continuously, with an interval of one day on
the diet to which the prisoner is entitled be-
fore it is again imposed and that. if the
cellular confinement exceeds seven days, an
interval of seven days shall elapse on the diei
to which the prisoner is entitled before a fur-
ther term of restricted diet is imposed ;

to forfeit a number of remission days not
exceeding one hundred and twenty ; and

to forfeit any gratuity earned or to be earned
or any part thereof.

i99. Pewers of Visitine Committee. (1) A meeting of the
visiing Committers at which not less than three members are
present may after inquiry in which evirence is given on oath
in the presence of the nvisoner, urder ecrporal punishment
to be inflicted on a mste prisoner fer the following offences :~-

(a)
(b)
(c)

mating :
Tamitam ast matin: at
Incitoment to mutiny: and

gress peisonal victence te an officer cf a
prisen,

(2) The punishment which may be inflicted under an
order of the Visiting Committee shall not exczed —

(a)

(b)

in the case of a person appearing to the
Visiting Committee to be not less than twenty-

_one years of age, eighteen strokes of a cat-o’-

nine-tails or tamarind rod; or

in the case of a person appearing to them to
be under that age, twelve strokes of a
tamarind rod,

and if corporal punishment is inflicted, no further punishment
by way of confinement in cells or restricted diet shall be imposed.

(3) Where an order for the infliction of corporal
punishment has been made under this rule, a copy of the notes
of evidence given at the inquiry, a copy of the order and a
39

statement of the grounds on which it was made shall forth-
with be given to the Governor; and the order shall be carried
into effect only after confirmation by the Governor and, if the
Governor confirms the order with modifications, in accordance
with the modifications.

(4) A refusal by the Governor to confirm such an
order as aforesaid shall not prejudice any power to impose an-
other punishment for the office for which the order was made.

200. Infliction of Corporal Punishment. Corporal punish-
ment shall be inflicted in strict compliance with the provisions
ot any law in force in the Presidency governing the infliction
of corporal punishment for offences against prison discipline.

27. Witnesses to Corporal Punishment. Prisoners shall

not be paraded to witness corporal punishment, which shail
be inflicted in the presence of the Superintendent, the Prison
Medical Officer and such prison officers as the Superintendent
may think proper.

202. Record of Punishment. Every punishment inflicted
an prisoner shall, with the statement of the offence and
tr- written certificate of the Prison Medical Officer where
necessary, be recorded in the ‘Prisoners’ Punishment Book,”




298, Brisoners’ Liability for Wiltcl Pamace to Prison
Prenerty. The money or Oj tersy of a prisoner may
be ordered by the Super: mo to 88 ape 2? termsrds the
recair of any injury done by him wilfully to (ac p..un or to
pry ct! property or to any other property thocctn.

en





20%. Punishment in Adéition to Denvivatien of Remission.
Ne punishment in connection with the remission system shall
exempt a prisoner from any other punishment to which he
would be liable for misconduct or breach of prison discipline.

EMPLOYMENT.

205. Employment of Prisoners. (1) Every prisoner unless
excused by the Prison Medical Officer on medical grounds shall,
from the beginning of nis sentence, be employed on usefui
work.

(2) No prisoner shall be employed on any class of
work unless he has been certified by the Prison Medical Officer
as tit for that class of work.

(3) Work shall be of three classes as follows:—
40

ist Class.

Men >: Trades, handicrafts, agriculture, farming and
such hard bodily labour as may, from time to
time, ke appointed by the Suveriniendent either
within or without the walls of the prison. The
daily vasks for stonebreaking shall be four
bushels cf stone of a size to pass through an



tity according to any larger size. The daily
task for quarrying stones shall be fifteen cubic
teet.

2nd Ciass.

Men : Slightly less hard bodily labour as may, from
time to time, be appointed by the Superintendent
either within or without the walis of the prison
and in the workshops. The daily tasks for
stone-breaking shall be three bushels of stone
of a size to pass through an inch ring, and a
corresponding increase in. quantity ‘according to
any large size. The daily task for quarrying
stone shall be twelve cubic feet.

Women: Cooking, laundry, sewing, sweeping and clean-
ing, sifting of stone, and such form of handi-
cratts as may be appointed by the Superin-
tenden!. Women prisoners shall not work out-
side the walls of the prison.

3rd Class.
Men Light occupation within the prison in acccrd-
and ance with the directions of the Prison Medical

Women: Officer.

(4) No prisoner shall be employed on any work not
authorised by the Governor.

(5) Ne prisoner shall, except in pursuance of special
rules, be employed in the service of any other prisoner, or of
any Officer of the prison, or for the private benefit of any
person.

(6) No prisoner shall be employed in any disciplina:y
capacity.

(7) Arrangements shall be made for the avoidance o!
all unnecessary work on Sundays, Christmas Day, Good Friday,
and public holidays.

206. Daily Routine. (1) Except cn Saturdays, prisoners
employed within the prison shall perform eight hours’ labour
daily on week days as follows:— From 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
with an hour’s interval from 11:00 a.m. to 12 noon for lunch.
Al

(2) Prisoners employed without the prison walls
shall leave for work at 7:00 'am., cease work for lunch at
10:00 a.m. when returning to the prison, resume work at neon
and return to the prison at 4:00 p.m,

(3) On Saturdays work in the prison shall be
suspended and all outside gangs shall return to the prison at
2:00 p.m. for purpose cf was.:ng, shaving, hairclipping, etc.

207. Werk in Cell. (1) If at any time it appears to the
Visiting Committee that it is desirable for the maintenance of
good order or discipline or that it is in the interest of a prisoner
that he should not be employed in association with others, the
Superintendent may be authorised to arrange for that prisoner
to work temporarily in a cell and not in association.

(2) It shall be within the discretion of the Superin-
tendent to ‘arrange for any such prisoner to be employed in
association again whenever the Superintendent considers this
desirable, and he shall do so in any case if the Prison Medical
Officer so advises on medical grounds, or at the expiration of
one month, unless further authority is given from month to
month by the Visiting Committee.

208. Disposal of Prisoners when not at Work or Exercise,
ete. Prisoners when net at work, or exercise, or attending
Divine Service shall be confined to their respective cells or
wards.

COMPLAINT BY PRISONERS.

269. Requests ef Prisoners. (1) Any request by a prisoner
to see the Superintendent shall be attended to by the officer
to whom it is made and cenveyed without delay to the Superin-
tendent through the Chief Officer.

(2) Applications by prisoners to see a member of the
Visiting Committee shall be recorded by the Superintendent.
Should the application require immediate attention a member
cf the Visiting Committee shall at once be informed, otherwise
the prisoner shall be placed before them on their next visic
to the prison.

(3) The Superintendent shall hear the applications
of ‘all the prisoners, who have requested to see him, daily at the
orderly room.

JUVENILES.

210, Juveniles. Juvenile prisoners sentenced to imprison-
ment shall be kept from all other prisoners. The Superin-
tendent shall report the circumstances to the Governor, forward-
ing the commitment and stating the age and previous convic-
tions as tar as is known, with a view to the prisoner being dis-
pesed of as may appear advisable.
42

REMISSION

_ 211. Remission. Every prisoner sentenced to a term of
imprisonment whether by cne sentence or by consecitive
sentences for a period exceeding one montn shal! beccme
eilgible for uncenditional release when he shall have completed
two-thirds of the said term of imprisonmené in addition to anv

ae of days forfeited under rules 197 and 198 of these
ules:—

Provided that nothing in this rule shail authorise the
reduction of a pericd of imprisonment to a period less than
thirty-one days.

_ 212. Award of Extra Remissien by Gcverner. Extra re-
mission May be granted to ‘any prisoner by the Governor, cn
the recommendation of the Superintendent, for any speciai
service.

213. Stages. (1) There shall be three stages : first, second
and third. Every prisoner shall pass through these stages or
through as many of them as the term of his imprisonment
admits. The promotion of a prisoner from sts¢2 te stage shall
he gained by industry and good conduct. :

(2) The Superintendent shall have the power to posi-
pone promotion of any prisoner to a higher stage or to reduce
such prisoner to a lower stage if he thinks that misccnduct or
lack of industry on the part of the prisoner warrants such
action.

First Stage. Prisoners on admission. shall be puf in
the first stage for the first three months of their sentence. They
shail wear ordinary prison dress and be treated in accordance
with the general rules for prisoners. They shail be allowed
to earn cther privileges which the Superintendent may accord
to prisoners in this stage.

Second Stage. Prisoners, after having served the first
three months of their sentence, shall be promoted to the second
stage and shall remain therein until they shall have served
the first nine months ef their sentence. They shail wear or-
dinary prison dress with the addition of one blue stripe on
“he left sleeve above the elbow. They shall be eligible for all
privileges accorded to prisoners in the first stage and any ad-
ditional privileges which the Superintendent may accord to
prisoners in this stage.

Third Stage. Prisoners, after having served the first
nine months of their sentenc2, shall be promoted to che third
stage and shall remain thercin for the remainder of their
sentence. They shall wear ordinary prison dress with the ad-
dition cf two blue stripes on the left sleeve. They shall be
eligible for all the privileges accorded to prisoners in the second
stage and any additional privileges which the Superintendent
may accord to prisoners in this stage.
43

214. Aid On Discharge. Prisoners who have been sentenced
te imprisonment for a term of or exceeding six months shall
be granted on discharge financial aid from a fund set aside
for that purpose at the rate of twenty-four cents per week of
sentence served. The Superintendent may, in his discretion
mcrease such and according to the needs and prospects of re-
habilitation of the individual cases.

CLASSIFICATION.

215. Classes of Prisoners. (1) With a view to facilitating
the training of convicted prisoners and to minimising the danger
of undersiable asscciations, the Superintendent shall classify
them in accordance with the following prcvisions:—

(2) Star Class. Those who are in the prison for
the first time or those whose previous séeti-
tenees were for trivial cffeices and whos?
character is otherwise good shall wear a rea
star cn the le't shirt sleeve, ‘above the elbow.
shail cecupy ¢ in a part ef the prison es-
pecially set apart, and be worked in ass elation
and, when practicable, apart from hara
criminals. Their cell badge, worn on the left
breast, shall be white.








(b) Ordinary Class. All convietcd prisoners noi
in star class shall be placed in the ordinary
prisoners clase. Their cell badge, worn on
the left breast, shall be black.



(c) Youn, Prisons, Convieted prisoners under
21 years of age shall be placed in the young
prisoners class, and, as tar as facilities permin.
shall be employed separately from adult
prisoners.

(2) The Superintendent may, in his disere.ion, ex-
clude or remove from the star class any prisoner wae
character cv conduct renders him unfit to associate with other
prisoners of that class.

PART V
SPECIAL RULES FOR PARTICULAR CLASSES OF PRISGNERS
PRISONEES UNGER SENTENCE OF DEATH

216. Search and Medical Repgort. (1) A prisorer under
sentence of death shall, immediately on his reception at the
prison, be specially searched ‘and every article shall be taken

from him which the Superintendent deems dangerous or in-
expedient to be left in his possession.
AA

(2) Inthe case of a prisoner under sentence of ceath,
if it appears to the Governor cither by means of a certificate
signed by two members o/ the Visiting Committee of the Prison,
cr by any other means, that there is reason to believe such
prisoner to be insane, the Governor shall appeint a speciai
medical board composed of two or more government medical
ctticers to examine such prisoier and enquire as to his in-
sanity and after such examination and enquity the Board
shal! make a report in writing to the Governor as to the in-
sanity of the prisoner and the Board, or the majority of the
Board, may certify in writing that he is insane.

217. Confinement and Observation. (1) A prisoner un-
der sentence of death may be visited by such of his relations,
friends and legal ‘advisers as he may desire to see, and if anv
person maxes it appear that he has important business to
transact with the prisoner such person may have a conterence
with the prisoner on getting permission, in writing, from the
Superintendent. Such conference, when permitted shall take
place in the presence of the Superintendent or the Chief Officer.

(2) A prisoner under sentence cf death shall be con-
fined in a cell apart from all other prisoners and shall be placed
py day and night under the constant charge of an officer. He
shall be allowed special facilities to corresponu with his legal
acvisers, his relatives and friends.

218. Visiters Liabie to be Searched. Any person holding
communication with 'a prisoner under sentence of death shal},
at the discretion of the Superintendent, be liable to be searched.

219. Attendance at Execution. During the preparation
for an execution and the time of the execution no person shal!
enter the prison or place of execution who is not legally en-
titiec. to de so, unless in pursuance of ‘an crder, in writing from

the Superintendent.

299) Feed and Exercise. A prisoner under sentence of
death shall be alicwed such dietary and amount of exercise
as the Prison Medical Officer, with the approval of the Super-
intendent, may direct.

221. Religious Ministration. A Minister of his religious
persuasion, or any Minister of Religion whom he may desire
to see, shall have free access to a priscner under sentence ol
death at all reasonable hours.

OFFENDERS OF THE FIRST DIVISION

992. First Division Prisoners. Persons committed to

prison :—
(a) under ‘any rule, order or attachment for con-

tempt of Court; or
45

(b) ae default in payment of any non-criminal
ebt or for non-payment of any tax
shall be placed in the first division. , nae

223. Cutting of Hair. First division prisoners shall not be
compelled to have their hair cut cr to shave except when the
Prison Medical Officer deems it necessary on the grounds of
health or cleanliness, and their hair shall not be cut closer
than may be necessary for such purposes.

224, Clothing. (1) First division prisoners may be per-
mitted to wear their own clothing and have necessary changes
supplied trom time to time provided that —

(a) the clothing is sufficient and suitable ;

(b) it is disinfected if the Prison Medical Officer
so requests.

(2) If they do not provide their own clothing they
shall wear prison dress of blue with the figure 1 stamped on
the left sleeve of the shirt, above the elbow.

295. Bedding. The Superintendent may on application of
any first divisien prisoner (if having regard to his ordinary
habits and conditions of life he thinks such special provision
should be made) permit him to have at his own cost the use
of private bedding, necessaries, or furniture; but such
privileges shall be withdrawn on any abuse thereof, or mis-
conduct on the part of any such pvisoner.

If unprovided with bedding, such prisoners may, at
the discretion of the Superintendent, be allowed a fibre pillow,
a blanket, and a mattress.

296. Food. First division prisoners shall be allowed to
procure food tor themselves at their own expense and to receive
same at prescribed hours, subject to strict examination. This
privilege may, at any lime, be withdrawn by the Superintendent
on preof of abuse shereof, They shall not be ‘allowed any
prison diet when providing themselves witn food, but, if not
otherwise prcvided for, they shall be allowed prison diet as pre-
scribed by Schedule B to these Rules.

297. Visits and Letters. (1) Ti their conduct and industry
are satisfactory first division prisoners may be permitted to
be visited once a week by not more than two relatives or friends
at the same time for a period of fifteen minutes between the
hours of 10:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. on week days. They may
also be allowed to write and receive one letter a week.

(2) Visits shall be in the sight and hearing of a prison
officer. Letters shall be subject to inspection by the Superin-
tendent and may be refused, if objectionable.
AG

228. Bosks, Newspapers, etc. First division prisoners may
be permitted to have supplied to them, at their own expense,
books, newspapers or other means of occupation except such
as are, in the opinicn of the Superintendent, of an objectionable
kind. This privilege may be withdrawn by the Superintendent
on proof of abuse thereof.

229, Accommedation. First division prisoners shail be
confined in such part cf the prison as may be set apart for
them.

236. Class of Work. First division prisoners shall be re-
quired to work within the prison at work of the 2nd Class.
When practicable they shall work apart from other convicted
prisoners but, should this be impracticable, the Superintendent
shall endeavour to minimise the risk of contamination and the
loss of self-respect to this class of prisoner.

231. Subject to General Rules. First division prisoners
shall be subject to the general rules for prisoners except so
far as the same are inconsistent with Rules 220 to 230 hereof.

OFFENDERS OF THE SECOND DIVISION.

232. Second Division Prisoners. Persons committed to
prison for default of entering into reccgnizances o7 finding
sureties for keeping the peace or for being of good behaviour
unless they are convicted priscnsrs, shall be called second
division prisoners.

233. Dress. Second division vrisoners shall wear prison
ciress of blue with the figure 2 stamped on the left sleeve of the
shirt above the elbow.

934. Visits and Letters. (1) If their conduct and industry
are satisfactory second division prisoners may be permitted to
be visited once a month by not more than two relatives or
friencs at the same time for a period of fifteen minutes between
the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. on wee! days. They
may be allowed to write and receive one letter 'a month.

(2) Visits shall be in the sight and hearing of a
prison officer. Letters shall be subject to. inspection by the
Superintendent and may be refused, if objectionable.

935. Work. Second division prisoners shall be required to
work, but not cutside the prison.

236. Subject to General Rules. Second division prisoners
shall be subject to the general rules for prisoners except so
far as the same are inconsistent with Rules 233 to 235 hereof.
AT

UNCONVICTED PRISONERS.

237. Unconvicted Prisoners. Persons committed to prison
for sate custody in any of the tollewing circumstances:—

(a) on commitment for trial for any indictabie
offence

(b) pending the preliminary hearing before a
Magistrate of a charge of an indictable offence,
or pending the hearing of an information or
complaint ;

(c) on ccmmitment to await the hearing of an
appeal or who, after admission as a convicted
prisoner shall enter an appeal against suca
conviction or sentence ;

(d) on commitment to await extradition ;
shal! be called unconvicted prisoners.

938. Cutting of Hair. Unconvicted prisoners shall not be
compelled to have their hair cut or to shave except when
the Prison Medical Officer deems it necessary on the erounds
of health or cleanliness and their hair may not be cut closer
than may be necessary for such purposes.

239, Clothing. (1) Unconvicted prisoners may be per-

mitted to wear their own clothing and have necessary changes
supplied from time to time: Provided that —

(a) the clothing ic sufficient and suitable;
(b) it is not required for the purpose of justice ¢

(c) it is disinfected, if the Prison Medical Officer
se requires.

2) A prisoner who does not wear his own clothing mav
ired to vrear a blue prison dress.

249, Bath, Unesnvicted priscners shall not be required to
take a bath on admission and at the prescribed times, if on the
application of any sich prisoner the Superintendent shall decide

that it is wanecessary, ov the Prison Medical Officer shall think
it inadvisable on medical grounds.

“44. Food. Unconvicted prisoners shail be allawed to pro-
cure food tor themselves at their own expense and to receive same
at prescr:bed hours and subject to strict examination. The pri-
vilege may, at any time, be withdrawn by the Superintendent on
proof of abuse thereof. They shall not be allowed any prison
diet when providing themselves with food but, if not otherwise
provided for, they shall be allowed prison diet as prescribed by
Schedule B to these Rules.
48

242. Visits. (1) Unconvicted prisoners shiall be permitted
to be visited on any week day between the hours of 10:00 a.m.
and 2.00 p.m. by not more than two relatives or friends or legal
advisers at the same time for a period of fifteen minutes. The
Superintendent may in any special case or fur special reasons, pro-
long the period of the visit to allow them to be visited by more
than two persons at the same time, such interviews to be in the
presence and hearing of a prison officer, except in the case of legal
advisers, when the interview shall be in the sight, but not in the
hearing of a prison officer.

(2) An unconvicted prisoner shall, if necassary for the
purpose of his defence be allowed to see a registered medical
practitioner appointed by himself or by his friends or legal ad-
visers, on any work day at any reasonable hour, in the sight but
not in the hearing of a prison officer.

243. Letters. Any unconvicted prisoner shall be allowed
to communicate by letter with his relatives, friends or legal ad-
visers. Any confidential written communication prepared as
instructions for his legal adviser may be delivered personally
to him: or his nuthorised clerk without being examined by the



sup tendent, unless the Superintendent has reason to believe
that it contains ratier not relating to such instructions. All

other communications shall be subject to inspection by the Super-
intendent, and may be refused, if objectionable.

244. Books Newspapers Etc. Unconvicted prisoners may
be permitted to have supplied to them, at their cwn_ expense,
such books, newspapers or other means of occupation, other than
those furnished by the prison as are not, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, of an objectionable kind.



245. Documents in Connection with Defence. Unconvicted
prisoners may. on application to the Superintendent, be permit-
ted to reecive any books, papers or documents required for the
preparation of their defence.

246. Abuse Of Priveleges. Such of the special privileges as
are allowed by Rules 241 to 243 ‘may be forfeited for any abuse
thereof, excépt in the cases of visits and letters required for the
purposes of securing bail or preparing a defence.

247. Accommodation. Unconvicted prisoners shall be con-
fined in such part of a prison as may be set apart for them and, as
far as the circumstances of a prison allow, shall be kept entirely
separate from other prisoners.

248. Exercise. Ete. Unconvicted prisoners shall be allowed
such exercise as may be laid down for them from time to time
by the Superintendent and shall at all times, except when at exer-
cise or attendine Divine Service, or when permitted to work,
occupy the cells assigned to them.
49

246. Computation Of Sentence. The time served by a pris-
oner Lefore entering his appeal (as in paragraph (c) of Rule 237)
shall be taken into account in computing the length ef his sen-
tence, should such sentence ke confirmed by the Court of Appeal.

250. Work Optional. Unconvicted prisoners shall not be
required to work but may, with their own consent, at the discre-
tion of the Superintendent, be employed within a prison. If
employment apart from convicted prisoners is impracticable, they
may be associated with this class of prisoner should they so elect.

251. Subject To General Rules. Unconvicted prisoners
be subject to the general rules for prisoners except so far as the
same are inconsistent with Rules 238 to 250 hereof.

APPELLANTS

252. Appellants. (1) Where under rule 40 of the Wind-
ward Islands and Leeward Islands Court of Appeal Rules, 1940
(S.R. & O. 1940 No. 22) an appellant who is in custody is enti-
tled as of right or by leave of the Court of Appeal for the Wind-
ward Islands and Leeward Islands ( hereinafter, referred to as
“the Court’) to be present at the final hearing of his appeal or
on any application fcr leave to appeal or on any proceedings pre-
liminary or incidental to an appeal, the appellant shall be taken
to, kept in custody at, and brought back from, the Court or other
place to which the Court or a Judge thereof may order him to be
taken for the purpose of any proceedings of the Court, by a po-
lice officer.

(2) An appellant who is absent from prison in connec-
tion with his appeal shall during such absence be permitted to
wear his own clothes, or clothing different from prison dress.

(8) An appellant shall be treated in the same man-
ner as an unconvicted prisoner for the purposes of rules 248, 244,
and 245 of these Rules and shall be permitted to see his legal ad-
viser in connection with his appeal on any working day at any
reasonable hour, in the sight but not in the hearing of a prison
officer.

PART VI

RULES TO BE OBSERVED IN CASE OF FIRE

253. Summoning Of Officers. If any part of a prison is
found to be on fire, or in danger from fire. the Superintendent
shall immediately be communicated with whether the fire be at
once extinguished or not. If it is not at once extinguished all
officers, sleeping in or living near the prison, shall at once be
summoned by the alarm bell and keys shall be issued to them.
Notice shall also be given to the Police at Headquarters by tele-
phone, and, if possible, to the Governor.
50

254. First Consideration. If a fire occurs in any building
occupied by prisoners or contiguous thereto, safety of life is the
first matter to be attended to; the secure custody of the prisoners
and steps for extinguishing the fire shall be the next considera-
tion. The prisoners shall at once be removed to the yard or
other place of safety, the Superintendent using his discretion as
to the use of shackles or handcuffs.

255. Fire In Infirmary. If the fire is in the infirmary, the
patients shall be removed to some portion of the building or some
other place out of danger and shall be provided for as comfortably
as circumstances will admit.

256. Prevention Of Draughts. All doors and windows shall,
if possible, be kept closed,to prevent draughts adding intensity
to the flames.

257. Lighting Of Yard. If the fire occurs at night, the
whole of the yard shall be lighted up, as far as practicable, and
held in readiness to receive prisoners.

258. Stores And Reccrds. After due attention has been paid
to the life and safe custody of the prisoners, the prison stores and
records shall receive attention for the purpose of preventing loss
or damage through fire or water.

259. Firebuckets And Hand Grenades. Buckets, always to
be kept filled, some with water and some with sand, and fire-ex-
tinguishing hand grenades shall be kept ready for use in easily
accessibie positions in different parts of the men’s and women’s
prisons.

260. Commencement. These Rules shall come into operation
on the ist day of July, 1956.

Made by the Governor in Council this 4th day of June, 1956.

F, A. CLARKE,

Clerk of the Couneil
Here state condi-
tion and whether
treatment or
operation is recom.
mended.

Here state
which Hospital.

Here state the
treatment or
operation.

Here delete
words not
required.

51
SCHEDULE A.
(Rule 60). Her Majesty’s Prison, St. John’s.
REMOVAL OF PRISONER TO HOSPITAL UNDER

SECTION 13 (2) (b) OF THE PRISON ORDINANCE,
1955.

NaMe 2.0... 0. cece ee eee Age of conviction....

COUPE es ec ee eee ee eee

OTFENCE Loo eee eee ete

Sentence ........ 0... cece ee eee Date ..........00-50-

Number of previous convictions ...............2..006-
(1)

I have the honour to report that the above-named.
prisoner ‘3 suffering from

I recommend removal to

and certify that he is in a fit state of health to be
removed.

The prisoner is willing to undergo
and understands that rzmoval does not mean dis-
charge.

Prison Medical Officer.
(2)

Submitted and recommended. I consider that
judging from the prisoner’s past record and from his
behaviour in prison a guard will be required,

Will not be
and I have arranged accordingly.

Transfer approved.
Administrator.
(4)
Progress in hospital of prisoner to be recorded
after each month of absence on this paper.
Medical Superintendent of Hospital.
(5)
The prisoner was transferred to hospital on
eee eee Returned to prison on....

yee eee gee se eee eee 19 ......
52
(Rule 172)

SCHEDULE B.

DAILY DIETARY SCALE

A. Breaktast and Lunch

l. (a) Week days
(i) Breakfast (6:15 a.m.)
6 ounces bread
Â¥e ounce skimmed milk powder
1% ounces sugar
Y ounce cocoa.

Limes if available should be issued at Breakfast three
times week".

Gi) Lunch (10:00 a.m.)

4 ounces bread

1% ounces sugar

1 pint porridge

y¥% ounce skimmed milk powder.
One guava or other fresh fruit when available.
(b) Sundays

Breakfast (8:00 a.m.)

8 ounces bread

Y% ounce skimmed milk powder

2% ounces sugar

Y% ounce cocoa.

(bo) Dinner

Two days a week 8 ounces fresh soup meat

4 ounces beans or pcas

1 ounce flour

16 ounces yellow sweet potato
When yellow sweet potato is not available there
may be substituted 15 ounces sweet potato or
other starchy root (yam, tannia, eddo, dashsen
etc.) and

2 ounces carrots or spinacna or

7 ounces swest potato (or other starchy

root) or
4 ounces pumpkin and
1% ounces flour.

Three days a week 5 ounces salt fish

9 ounces cornmeal or rice

% ounce Margarine

4 ounces pumpkin
When pumpkin is not available there may be sub-
stituted 2 ounces Carrots or dark green leaves
(Spinach, etc)

Two days a week 2 ovnces calt pork

4 ounces peas or beans

4 ounces yellow sweet potato

8 ounces bread.
(a)

(b)

(c)

(ad)

(a)

(b)

53

SCHEDULE C.
Rules (197 and 198)
RESTRICTED DIETS
NO. 1 DIET.

This diet, when given for a period of three days or less, shall
consist of one pound bread per diem with water.

This diet, when given for more than three days shall be as
stated in rule 197 (a).

No task of labour shall be enforced on any one of the days
on which bread and water constitute the sole food supplied
to the prisoner who may, nevertheless, be allowed the option
of performing suitable labour in the cell.

No prisoner who has been on No. 1 diet shall be placed upon
this diet for a fresh offence until an interval has elapsed
equal to the period already passed by the prisoner on No. 1
diet.

No. 2 DIET.

This diet, when given for a period of 15 days or less, shali
consist of:—

Tea ...... Bread, 8 ounces with water.
Breakfast .... one pint of cornmeal

gruel containing 3 ounces cornmeal

and flavoured with salt. Bread, 8

ounces with water, Potatoes, 8 ounces with water.

Supper .... Bread, 8 ounces with water

If a prisoner while on No. 2 diet should be guilty of miscon-
duct, No. 2 diet may be temporarily interrupted and the
prisoner may be placed on No. 1 diet for a period not exceeding
three days, on the expiration of the period awarded on No. 1
diet the prisoner shall resume the diet originally ordered and
the period passed upon the No. 1 diet shall count as part
of the period originally amended on No. 2 diet provided that
no prisoner who has been on No. 2 diet for a period of 15 days
continuously shall be again placed on either No. 1 or No. 2
diet until after the expiration of one week.
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

ANTIGUA.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 20.

PROCLAMATION DATED JUNE 6, 1946, BRINGING INTO OPERA-
TION THE Prison Orpinance, 1955 (No. 4 or 1955).

BY THE GOVERNOR.
A PROCLAMATION.

Arc Lovezacr,
Administrator.

WHEREAS by section i of the Prison Ordinance, 1945
(No, 4 of 14955) it is provided that the said Ordinance shall
come into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor
by proclamation published in the (ruzette :

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Antec Lovetacr, a Member
of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire, Adminis-
trator of the Presidency of Antigua, do by this my proclaima-
tion declare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation

on the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of Antigua and all others whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
Obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Administrator's Ojjice, Antigua,

this 6th day of June, 1956, in the fifth year
of Her Majesty’s reign. ,

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!



ANTIGUA.,.
Printed at the Government Printing Giuce. Leeward Islands,
by EAnu Pia@ort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.

A. 47/20—480—6.56. [Price 3 vents.
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

ANTIGUA.
STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 21.

PROCLAMATION DATED JUNE 6, 1956, BRINGING INTO OPERA-
TION THE Prison (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 1956 (No. 12
oF 1956.



BY THE GOVERNOR.
A PROCLAMATION.

ALEC LovELACE,
Administrator.

WHEREAS by section 3 of the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 12 of 1956) it is provided that the said
Ordinance shall come into operation on a date to be appointed
by the Governor by Proclamation published in the Gazetée.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Atec Lovetace, a Member of
the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire, Administrator
of the Presidency of Antigua, do by this my proclamation
declare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation on

the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
vf Antigua and all others whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

xIVEN at the Administrater’s Office, Antiqua this
6th day of June, 1956, in the fifth year of
Her Majesty’s reign. ’

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!

ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Picgorr, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956,
A. 47/20—480—6.56. [ Price 3 oents.]
LEEWARD JSLANDS.
MONTSERRAT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 11.

ProcLAMATION DATED JUNE 7TH, 1956, BRINGING INTO
OPERATION THE Prison Orpinancr, 1955 (No. 10 oF
1953).



BY THE GOVERNOR.

A PROCLAMATION.
QO. E. Henry,

Acting Commissioner.

WHEREAS by section 1 of the Prison Ordinance, 1953
(No. 10 of 1955) it is provided that the said Ordinance shall
come into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor
by Proclamation published in the Gazete:

NOW THEREFORE, I, Oscar Eruenperr Henry,
Acting Commissioner of the Presidency of Montserrat, do by
this wy proclamation declare that the said Ordinance shall come
into operation on the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND, all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of Montserrat and all those whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Commissioner's Ojjice, Montserrat,
this 7th day of June, 1956, in the fifth year of
Her Majesty’ reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !

ANTIGUA
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Earn Preort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.

M 64/23—480—6.56. Price 3 cents.


LEEWARD ISLANDS.
MONTSERRAT.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 12.



PROCLAMATION DATED JUNE 7TH, 1956, BRINGING INTO
OPERATION THE Prison (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 1956
(No. 9 of 1956).



BY THE GOVERNOR.
A PROCLAMATION. '

QO. E. Henry,
Acting Commissioner.

WHEREAS by section 3 of the Prison (Amendment )
Ordinance, 1956 (No. 9 of 1956) it is provided that the said
Ordinance shall come into operation on a day to be appointed
by the Governor by proclamation published in the (racedle:

NOW THEREFORE, J, Oscar Ernerserr Henry,
Acting Comtnissioner of the Presidency of Montserrat, do by
this my proclamation declare that the said Ordinance shall come
into operation on the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND, all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of Montserrat and all those whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Commissioner's Ojjice, Montserrat,
this 7th day of June, 1956, in the fifth vear of
Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !



ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Eanu Pigort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.
M. 64/23—480—6.56. [Price 3 cents.]
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

MONTSERRAT.

ney

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 18.

PROCLAMATION DATED Jun 7, 1956, BRINGING INTO OPERA-
Tron THE Leprosy Onpinance, 1956 (No. 12 of 1956).

BY THE GOVERNOR.
A PROCLAMATION.
O. E. Henry,

Acting Commissioner.

WHEREAS by section 31 of the Leprosy Ordinance,
1956 (No. 12 of 1956) it is provided that the said Ordinance
shall come into operation on i day to be appointed by the
(yovernor by proclamation published in the Gazette :

NOW THEREFORE, !, Oscar Ernersert Henry,
Acting Commissioner of the Presidency of Montserrat, do by
this my proclamation declare that the said Ordinance shall
come into operation on the Ist day of July, 1956.



eo

AND, all Her Majesty’: loving subjects in the Presidency
of Montserrat and all those whom it may concern are hereby
required to take due notice hereof and to give their ready
obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the ( ommissioner’s Office, Montserrat,
this 7th day of June, 1956, in the fifth year
of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !



ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Offic, Lzeward Islands,
by EARL Pigott, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956,
M. 47/129—480—6.56. EF Price 3 conts-)
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No 17.

Proclamation dated June 7,1956, bringing into operation
the Lunacy and Mental Treatment Ordinance, 1956.

BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER
OF THE PRESIDENCY OF THI
VIRGIN ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

Ii. A. EVELYN,
Acting Commisstoner.

WHEREAS by section 46 of the Lunacy and Mental
Trestment Ordinance, 1956, it is provided that the said
Ordinance shall come inte operation on a date to be appointed
by the Governor by Proclamation published in the Guzette.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Epwarp Anrtnuur Evetyn,
the Officer for the time being administering the Government of
the Presidency of the Virgin Islands do by this my Proclama-
tion declare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation

on the 1st day of July, 1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of the Virgin Islands and all others whom it may concern are
hereby required to take due notice hereof and to give their
ready obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at che Commissioner's Office at Tortola in
the Virgin Islands, this 7th day of June,
1956, and in the fifth vear of Her Majesty’s
reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!



ANTIGTU A.
+ Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands.
by Earn Proora, Acting Government Printer—Hy Authority.
1956.
47/00419—480—6.56 [ Price 3 cents.)
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS
1956, No. 19.

PrRocLaMATION DATED JUNE 7, 1956, BRINGING INTO OPERA-
TION THE Currency, CoInace and LreaaL TENDER
OrpDINANCE, 1956.

BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER
OF THE PRESIDENCY OF THE
VIRGIN ISLANDS

A PROCLAMATION.

Kk. A. Evityy,

Acting Commissioner.

WHEREAS by section 9 of the Currency, Coinage and
Legal Tender Ordinance, +1956, it is provided that the said
Ordinance shall come into operation on aday to be appointed
by the Governor by Proclamation publish red in the Gacette.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Epwarp Artiur Every,
the Officer te the time being administering the Government Ol
the Presidency of the Virgin Islands do by this my Proclama-
tion declare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation
on the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of the Virgin Islands and all others w hom it may concern
are hereby required to take due notice hereof and to give their
ready obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Commissioner’s Office, Tortola in
the Virgin Islands this 7th day of June, 1956,
and in the fifth year of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN!

ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
by Bart Piuort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.

24100082 —480—b.56. [Price 4 cenis.]
?
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

é VIRGIN ISLANDS.

STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.

1956, No. 20.

Proclamation dated June 7, 1956, bringing into opera-
tion the Prison Ordinance, 1954 (No. 12 of 1954).



BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF THE
PRESIDENCY OF THIt VIRGIN ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION.

K. A. EvEtyn,
Acting Commassvoner.

WHEREAS by section 1 of the Prison Ordinance, 1954
(No. 12 of 1954) it is provided that the said Ordinance shall
come into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor
by proclamation published in the (racedée.

4

4 NOW, THEREFORE, 1, Epwarp Artuur Everyy,
the Officer for the time being administering the Government of

: the Presidency of the Virgin Islands, do by this my proclamua-

f tion deciare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation

on the Ist day of July, 1956.

AND, all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of the Virgin Islands and all those whom it may concern are
hereby required to take due notice hereof and to give their
ready obedience accordingly.

GIVEN at the Commisxsioner’s Office at Tortola in the
Virgin Islands this 7th day of June, 1956, and
in the fifth year of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !

‘ ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Office. Leeward Islands,
by Eart Prieort, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956,

47/00324—480—6.56. Price 3 eenis.
LEEWARD ISLANDS.

VIRGIN ISLANDS.



STATUTORY RULES AND ORDERS.
1956, No. 21.

Proclamation dated June 7, 1¢56, bringing into operation
the Prison (Amendment) Ordinance, 1956.

/ to

BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF THE
PRESIDENCY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

A PROCLAMATION. \

i. A. Every,
Acting Commissioner.

WHEREAS by section 3 of the Prison (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1956, it is provided that the said Ordinance shall
come into operation on a date to be appointed by the Governor
by Proclaraation published in the (race/te.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, Epwarp Artaur Everyy,
the Officer for the time being administering the Government of
the Presidency of the Virgin Islands do by this my Proclama-
tion declare that the said Ordinance shall come into operation |
on the 1st day of July, 1956.

AND all Her Majesty’s loving subjects in the Presidency
of the Virgin Islands and all others whom it may concern are
hereby required to take due notice hereof and to give their
ready obedience accordingly. .

GIVEN at the Commixsioner’s Office at Tortola in
the Virgin Islands this 7th day of June, 1956,
and in the fifth vear of Her Majesty’s reign.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN !

ANTIGUA.
Printed at the Government Printing Office, Leeward Islands,
0“ by Ear Pigott, Acting Government Printer.—By Authority.
1956.

47/00324—480—6.56. Price 3 cents.
4.7247
/ At
"ASLE